AUGSBURG COLLEGE
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
PAID
Second Class
Postage
-
Minneapolis
MN
-
[
11
BugsbumColf'egeisa fobryeat, fully accwditd liberal art5
colle8e affil lated with The American Lutheran Church. Located
in the h... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
PAID
Second Class
Postage
-
Minneapolis
MN
-
[
11
BugsbumColf'egeisa fobryeat, fully accwditd liberal art5
colle8e affil lated with The American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heartof thewin Cities, he small college environment,
h
t 1700 sfudmts dufing the academic war, 'rs enriched by the
many cul~ml,sporting and recreaflunal adIvities found In this
vlmbtant metropolitan area*An active summer corn bl nihg classes
and participation in nmtimpaliun wen& is s delightful and
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
includlng regulaf courses, ihternships, independent studies and
student teachingom two terms. Tkm I runsfrom June3-June 28,
Term It runs from luly I-August 9. This brochure presents the
Summer School Ppgrarn and wci5 correct at the time of
publication.
bmaden ing experience.
Term I
Term I I
Preregistration with Tuition Discount
April 24
April 24
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
June 3
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10.00
(No registrations will be accepted
after this date)
June 5
Holiday
None
Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W)
June 17
July 22
Classes End
June 28
August 9
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
July 3
August 14
Summer Students m y take one course duringTerm I and h r v ~
cou,rsesduringTern 11. Unless otherwise indicated, ail courses
carry a value of om course &it,
the equiwalent of fwsemester
urrdits crsfx quanerdits. Coum fulfilling Augsburgdistribution requirementsare SQ nored in the couwe descriptions.
,Cwtselmklsare indicated by the first digit of the three digit
c ~ u ~ n , u m1bore 2,
~ lower division, primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate leveI.
Cou-s Regutnrly Taught durfng the academic year are more
fully d&crj'lbRd in the October AUGSBlJRG COLLEGE CATALOG.
if:you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contactthe Summer School Oftice
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments.
lnternships involve work experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to
preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial
demand may be dropped.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
1
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall -230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Ruth Maertens, Secretary
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their
registrations on June3; Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on
July 1. This procedure Includes canfirmation of all preregistered comes and applies to Tptern'shipsand independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's
Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30
p.m. on June 3 and July 1.
The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration
is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on
Augsburg account from previous termls must be p a ~ din full
before confirmation of registration.
Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted
for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under
special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any
student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the
summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact
the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046).
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 4 and June 5. A late fee of $10.00 will be
assessed for Term II registrations completed on July 2 and July 3.
Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and
enroll in another course, fill out a CancelIAdd form at the Registrar's
Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration
after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m.
on June 5 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 3 for
Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and
independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund
or adjustment of fees is determined according to thei'Tuition
Refund Policy".
Augsburg Col lege admirs students of any race, color, national and
ethnic origin to all rights, privilege, pmgrarns, and activities
generally accorded or made milable to studen& at the school. It
does not discriminateon the basis of race, color, creed, national
and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its
educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs and athletic and other school-admi nistered programs.
The tuition charge for Summer School is $340.00 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) is $170.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are
noted with course descriptions.
Preregistration on April 24 will result in a savings of $30.00 for
each course taken. This reduced tuition of $310.00 per course
applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters
on April 24. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is
required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition.
If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may
be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for
both Term I and Term II courses on April 24; tuition discount
applies to both terms.
After April 24, students may preregister at the Registrat's Office on
an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00
per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course
tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled.
35W from the NorthTake Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right
onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date
of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrat's Office.
Schedule of Refunds
Refund
(No refund after the dates listed below)
Term I
June 3
June4
June 5
June 6
June 7
Term I I
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn
left at 21st Ave. S.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S.
35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two
mergers).Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S.
A
U
C
C
O
S
L
B
L
U
E
R
G
G
E
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 111-8126
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students
with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th,F
JUNE3-JUNE 28
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
OM23
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawingin pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects includestill-life, figures, building
HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-8128
ADMINISTRATION &SUPERVISION
Borstad
OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationshipsto community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 320.
,W, Th
M22
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M, 1
lntcdnrs and mreriors, and experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
1 :00-4:OQp.m.
M, T, W, Th
O M 17
Bollman
ART 223-81011368-8102 PRINTMAKING I & II
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching,
silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
OM17
HPE 491-8129
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
1,Th and Arranged
M5
(1st meeting 614, 6:00 p.m.)
BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
10:30-1:00 p.m. Lect.
M, T, W,Th,F
5205
1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab.
T, W, Th
5214
BIO 103-8103
HPE 493-8130
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION
Husing
OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
T,Th and Arranged
M24
(1st meeting 614, 6:00 p.m.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 101-8104
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
Kader
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. D~st.:No.
L1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
HPE 495-81311496-8132 PROFESSIONALAFFILIATION
497-8133
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department.
BUS 135-8105
INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Cerrito
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: NO.
O M 10
9:30-11:50a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
INTERNSHIPS
HISTORY
HIS 299-81361499-8137
Kader
Arranged
DIRECTED STUDY1
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
INTERDISCIPLINARY
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
Staff
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction
to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: High school chemistry.
9:30-11:50a.m. lect.
M,T,W,Th,F
5315
T, W, Th
5327
1:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab.
Arranged
HIS 233-81341433-8135 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA
Stadurn
Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race,
ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes.
M22
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
BUS 261-8106
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and managementof funds within the firm; sources
and uses, of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101, 102.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th, F
M22
BUS 399-8107
Saugestad
INS 399-8138
C H M 109-8108
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
NURSING
I
I
NUR 303-8152
CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
Nilsson
(112 course)
This course is oneof the transitional courses that introduce the student to components of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process.
9:30-l l:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
I
ECO 120-8109
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Bv
-,
independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 122-81 10
1
PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS
Gupta
(MACRO)
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
M4
EDUCATION
I
I
I
EDE 353-81 11
YOUNG CHILDREN WITH
R. Anderson
SPECIAL NEEDS
Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a
mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th, F
OM22
(% course) June 10-21
EDE375-8112
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arranged.
Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
9:30- 1l:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
L4
PHI 120-8139
ETHICS
Fuehrer
This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
Dist.: Yes.
M4
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
PHI 130-8140
Examination of ruleswhich govern valid argument sand aid in developing the ability
to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-ll:50a.m.
M, T, W, Th,F
OM13
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 158-8141
POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D
Hedblom
PROCESSES
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
Dist.: Yes.
OM11
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T,W, Th,F
POL 299-81421499-8143 DIRECTED STUDY1
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Topic by arrangement)
Hedblom
POL 199-81441399-8145 INTERNSHIPS
Hedblom
Arranged
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching lor both efemntary and wondaw educalian Is d i e d by the
Department d Eduqtl~n
duringthegeneralpwiad lmm the middle of june ta the end
olJuly.Thexact dates are determind tn conjunction with the school system. A l l of
the m u m u w i r e acceptance intothe kpartmtof Educatimprogram. Cmtm
tk Registfar's Offtce kurexaci dates and caurse number ta be used in registration.
EDE 481-81 131482-8114 STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
483-81 151484-8116 PREKINDERGARTEN
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by
instructor. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDE 481-81 171482-8118 STUDENT TEACHING:
Pelton
483-81 191484-8120 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision
of college and public school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDS 481-81211482-8122 STUDENTTEACHING:
Fardig
483-81231484-81 24 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under
supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
LOVE I N LITERATURE
ENG 269-8125
Blackburn
ewrnim Ihrydep~ctImso f p d - k I=, IndludinqThe
This course WIII
of Songs," Ov~d's
Tk+ArtOTbw, Shakespea& AwhPaandldCe~riaA ~Id$umril@r
N~ght's
Dream, ~ s ~ 1 o h nthenobrlowblmof
~ ~ e ,
FannyHill,hd
manly IoveofA ~ b ~ m x r e d & v r o l 8 c 5 r t w r ~ t h e m q ; l n i n g f d l m a n d
thus, perhaps, IaeItsdf. DM.:
9:30- 1l:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M23
mg
Arranged
PSYCHOLOGY
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 105-8146
Anderegg
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior;
research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
1:00-4:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
PI
RELIGION
REL 369-8147
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.j. Class meets approximately every ither day.
Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or 221.
9:30-ll:50a.m.
M, T, W,Th, F
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 241-8148
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
Gerasimo
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas ofnprimitive", "civilized, and "progress": a comparison
of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
L1
SOC 199-81491399-8150 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS
BEGINNING SPEECH
SPC 111-8151
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T, w, Th
Cole
M23
HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION
JULY 1-AUGUST 9
ART
ART 107-9100
DRAWING
B. Olson
As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media,
pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, J, Jh
OM17
ART 118-91011355-9102 PAINTING I & II
B. Olson
Watercolor-Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using
design concepts, developing personal expression and exploringvariety of techniques.
Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, T,Th
OM17
ART 132-91031132-9104 PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
2:30-6:00 p.m.
M, W Section I
OM4
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W Section II
BIOLOGY
HPE 485-91 19
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Lieske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for
the handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th & Arranged
M24
(1st meeting 7/2,6:00 p.m.)
HPE 487-9120
NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M24
(1st meeting 7/1,6:00 p.m.)
HPE 495-91211496-9122 PROFESSIONALAFFILIATION
497-9123
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department.
Saugestad
Arranged
HISTORY
EASTERN EUROPE I N THE 2OTH
S. Anderson
CENTURY
Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation
of new "national statesnafter the war. World War II Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet
domination, and the start of the Cold War over East Europe. Also recent crises.
Dist.: Yes.
Additional work required for upper division credit.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
HIS 239-91241339-9125
INTERDISCIPLINARY
BIO 108-9105
MICROBIOLOGY
Arvold
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 p.m. Lect.
M, W
5205
J, Th
5202
6:OO-9:30 p.m. Lab
INS 399-9126
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
MATHEMATICS
MAT 114-9143
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 102-9106
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
Kader
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
J, Th
5205
BUS 145-9107
FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Developmentof the theory of management, organization, staffing, planningand control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: No.
10:05-1l:30 a.m.
M, J, W,Jh, F
M23
BUS 399-9108
1
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL
Staff
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prereauisites: 109 or equivalent with de~artmental~ermission.
CHM 110-9109
COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND
B. Loe
TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Jh
5112
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9127
ASTRONOMY
PaulsonIStaff
Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch
reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
J, Th
LI
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-91281499-9129 INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Topics by Arrangement)
Hedblom
Arranged
POL 199-91301399-9131 INTERNSHIPS
Hedblom
Arranged
RELIGION
REL 111-9132
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Benson
Zn intrnd~lrtinn
t n t h ~ a r a d ~ m i c d i ~ c i n l i n ~ n f t h ~ n l n to
e vtahn~dr l i a l n vhetween
~l~
-,
10:OO-12:OO N. Lab
T, W,Th
S327
ECONOMICS
RELIGIONS OF INDIA:
Benson
HINDUISM & BUDDHISM
Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses
primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M24
ECO 123-9111
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
Sabella
(MICRO)
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, w
M22
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9134
GROUP WORK I N A
Perry
WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain
practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process
of a winderness group as a social system. Dist.: No.
Additional fee.
(See instructor for details)
ECO 353-91 12
ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL
Gupta
ECONOMICS
Economics concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance,
management, and marketingwill also be solved. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 123.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
M4
I'
I
ENG 226-9114
CREATIVE WRITING
Mitchell
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Dist.: No.
11:40a.m.-1:25p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM11
I
ENG 245-91 16
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Gidmark
Introductionto the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particularattention will be devoted
todmlopingcritical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommendedfor English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
M23
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
SWK 499-9135
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
Arranged
SWK 399-9136
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
Arranged
I
ECO 392-91 13
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and bankingsystems, particularlycommercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M4
ENG 241-9115
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film
medium. The course includesthe viewing and discussingof both feature length and short
films. Dist.: Yes (for So., Jr., Sr.).
5:30-9:00 p.m.
5123
M, W
w
SOC 220-91 371320-9138 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW
Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society
on it. From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law,
deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal profession, and corporate crime.
Dist.: Psychology-Sociology.
Prerequisites: 121 or Introductory Pol. Sci. course or permission of instructor.
10:05-1 l:30 a.m.
M,T, W, Th,F
M22
SOC 356-91 39
ISSUES I N CONTEMPORARY
Bloom
CORRECTIONS
Analysis of adult correctional programsand processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
SOC 199-91401399-9141 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER
SPC 367-9142
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
GER 112-9117
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Steinmetz
Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent.
10:05-1 l:30 a.m.
M, T, W, Th
OM29
SPA 112-9118
BEGINNING SPANISH II
Kingsley
Aims todwelop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th, F
OM29
M24
REL 372-9133
ECO 120-91 10
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By inde
pendent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ENGLISH
-
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: ye;
10:05-1 l:30 a.m.
M, T, W, Th,F
A
U
C
G
O
S
L
B
L
U
E
R
G
G
E
Show less
-
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal
arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in
the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college
environment, about 1700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural,... Show more
-
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal
arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in
the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college
environment, about 1700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and
recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan
area. An active summer combining classes and
participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent
studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I
runs from June 2-June 27, Term I1 runs from June
30-August 8. This brochure presents the Summer School
Program and was correct at the time of publication.
Summer Students may take one course during Term I
and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit,
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Term I
Term I1
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three
digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 23
April 23
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
June 2
June 30
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 4
July 2
Holiday
None
July 4
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from
the Director of Housing.
Last Day to Withdraw from
Class (W)
June 16
July 21
Classes End
June 27
August 8
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are
advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
July 2
August 1 3
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are
more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If
you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those
listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number
of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency,
government, or industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed
Courses.
Additional information and registration forms may be
obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Kathy Brown, Secretary
P e r s o n s i n G o o d S t a n d i n g at regionally accredited
colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions,
and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible
to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing
implies that the student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
O t h e r P e r s o n s wishing to take summer school work
should contact the Director of Summer School to
ascertain eligibility under special circumstances.
A c c e p t a n c e as a summer student does not imply
admission as a regular student of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College
should apply for admission through the Office of
Admission.
F i n a n c i a l Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time
student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a
Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office
to make loan arrangements (330-1046).
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm
their registrations on June 2. Term I1 registrations must
be confirmed on June 30. This procedure includes
confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to
internships and independent studies as well as to
regularly scheduled courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the
Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of
8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 2 and June 30.
The balance owing for tuition must be paid before
registration is confirmed. Augsburg students please note:
Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s
must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I
registrations completed on June 3 and 4. A late fee of
$10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on July 1 and July 2. Registrations will not be
accepted afler these dates.
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color,
national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges,
programs, and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national
and ethnic origin in employment practices or
administration of its educational policies, admissions
policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and
other school-administered programs.
To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add
form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00
for changing a registration after the first day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 4 for Term I
courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 2 for Term I1 courses.
This procedure applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or
adjustment of fees is determined according to the
"Tuition Refund Policy."
The tuition charge for Summer School is $360.00 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The
audit charge (non-credit)is $180.00 for each course.
Laboratory/special fees are noted with course
descriptions.
Preregistration on April 23 will result in a savings of
$30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of
$330.00 per course applies only to those courses for
which the student preregisters on April 23. A
nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at
this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a
course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution
may be made without loss of discount. Students may
preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April
23, tuition discount applies to both terms.
After April 23, students may preregister at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours.
The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is
applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions
allowed if course is cancelled.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part
of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the
term to the date of the Student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed
below.)
Refund
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
Term I
June 2
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 6
Term I1
June 30
July 1
July 2
July 3
July 7
3 5 W from the NorthTake Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Ave.),turn left at Riverside, right
at 21st Ave. S.
1 - 9 4 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S.
1 - 9 4 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at
21st Ave. S.
3 5 W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of
two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th
Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 2lst Ave. S.
ENG 282-8140
EVIL IN LITERATURE - TOPICS
Eaton
495-8141
Selected texts read and discussed to gain literary and historical insights
into role and function of evil in our culture."Additional work required for
upper division credit. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:00p.m.
M,T.W.Th
M5
. .
-
GER 111-8126
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmete
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German
for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM29
-
-
nrrE
ART 107-8100
.WING
As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a
variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes.
9:OO-12:OOIV.
M,T,W,Th
06117
ART 118-8101/355-8102 PAINTING I & I1
B. Olson
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes,
still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00N.
ICI, T,W,
Th
O M 17
K. Anderson
ART 352-8103
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
Study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's
place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of
each period. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M22
i
I
Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional
needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight
control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes.
Prereqaisites: Permission of instructor.
12:OO-3:00p.111.
M,T,W,Th
S205
BUS 101-8104
PRINCIPLES
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and h~ndamentalsof
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L1
BUS 145-8107 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: No.
9:30-11:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
11.123
Morgan
BUS 261-8106
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocalion, and management of funds within the
firm; sources and Llses of long and short term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101,102.
9:30-11:50a.111.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
I
BUS 399
INTERNSHIPS
Staff
Arranged with individt~alfaculty in the Department of Business Adminnistralion & Economics.
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
HPE 410-8128 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION
Borstau
OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 320.
5:00-8:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
HIS 299-8136
DIRECTED STUDY/
499-8137
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
ITERDISC:IPI,INAII
INS 399-8138
.
I
Slc
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
D
J. J o h n s o n
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
IN PINE ARTS
Explores relationship between music of each period and the other fine
arts. Dist.: Yes.
7:00-10:OOp.m.
M,T,W,Th
M22
MUS 130-8111
PHI 130-8132
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing
the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
PHY 118-8163
LIVING THE SKY:
Hollabaugh
318-8144
NATIVE AMERICAN ASTRONOMY
Focus on archaelogical evidence left by the northern plains Indians at
Medicine Wheel, Wyoming and the ruins of the Anasazi at Chaco Canyon,
New Mexico and Hovenweep, Utah. Field course; 8 class days in Minneapolis and 15 on the road. Dist.: Yes.
Limited enrollment; additional cost.
For details, consult M. Hollabaugh, Department of Physics, (330-1019)
(
-
I
CHM 109-8108 GENERAL. ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
stncf
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and
an introduction Lo organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisiles: High school che~nistry.
9:30-11:50 a.m. Lect.
M,T, W,Th,F
S315
1:00-3:00 p.111. Lab.
T, W,Th
S327
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
ECO 120-8109
Study of economic in~plicationsof problems facing a metro-urban environmenl. By independenl study. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
Gupta
ECO 122-8110 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Introduction to macro-econonlics; national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
A14
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
EUUCATION
EDE 375-8112
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
Osnes
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculunl, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
9:30-11:50 a.m.
,\.I,T, W,Th,F
L4
STUDENT TEACHING
The Department of Educatio~loffers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle
of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made.
Exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All
the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program.
EDE 481-8113/482-8114
STUDENT TEACHING:
Osnes
483-8115/484-8116
ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35.00
fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
-
STUDENT TEACHING
Staff
EDS 481-8121/482-8122
483-8123/484-8124 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school
level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
.
.-.
- - ..--.
ENG 257-8125 ADVANCED GnnMMAR AND STYLE
Mitchell
Systematic analysis of basic English structure through
sentence dia>
g a m m i n g , writing exercises, and analysis of selected poems. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: None.
5:00-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
M4
Palosaari
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM
Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied a s cultural documents a s well as works of art. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Eng 111 o r equivalent.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
L1
ENG 264-8139
-
DIRECTED STUDY/
499-8143
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Topic by arrangement)
Hedblom
POL 199-81451399-8146 INTERNSHIPS
Hedblom
Arranged
Arranged
....
dman
OF PSYCHOLOGY
Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methodology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
OM11
M,T, W,Th,F
8:30-10:50 a.m.
Quanbeck
REL 370-8150LITERATURE OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION
Understanding of the spiritual life a s disclosed in significant Christian
writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM11
Holt
INTERNSHIPS
REL 199/399
8 weeks: June 16 - August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis.
See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details.
SWK 499-8151
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
Arranged
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
Arranged
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B. J o h n s o n
SOC 121-8154
Sociology a s a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to a n
understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social
inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM4
B. J o h n s o n
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
SOC 231-8155
An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating,
mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the
family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No.
M23
6:00-990 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Gerasimo
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress":
a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. Dist.: No.
M,T, W,Th
M24
7:00-10:00 p.m.
SOC 241-8148
SOC 199-8149/399-8148 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
Siemel
COMEDY IN THE SUMMER:
THEATER PRACTICUM
A workshop performance class which will rehearse and present a classic
comedy o r farce; emphasis o n laughter and entertainment. Absolutely
n o previous experience in theater necessary. Dist.: No.
6:OO-990 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Stage 2
SPC 286-8152
INDEPENDENT
Global Service
STUDY
Middle East: July B - August 1 4 Seminar and work project to learn
about the life of Christians, Jews, and Muslims in the Middle East.
For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159.
INS 299-9123
499-9124
-
-
-
ART 107-9100
D
G
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 l:30 a.m.
hI,T, W,Th
OM17
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9103
ART 132-9104
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and
white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera.
Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
rCf, W Section I
01\14
1:30-4:15 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
/\.I,W, Section I1
ART 223-9101
PRINT MAKING
Bollman
I & I1
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:30 a.m.
M, T, W, Th
Oh117
368-9102
INS 199-9125/399-9133
INTERNSHIP
Global Service
Hong Kong: J u n e 28 - August 16 Opportunity to teach English in
refugee camps or a Lutheran youth center in Hong Kong.
For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159.
INS 399-9126
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
I
-
-
MUS 155-9129
~ ! I @ x & S METHODS
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills.
Dist.: No. ('h course). 1st class session meets Monday, June 30 at 6:00 p.m.
in Music Office. Other class times to be arranged.
MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS
Mickelson
MUS 218-9130
For students and professionals interested in learning to develop recreational music activities for people with special needs. Basic Music Therapy techniques; also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar. Course
6:OO-9:30 requirements
satisfies
p.m.
for Mus 271. Dist.: Yes. (lh course)
T,Th
h126
Stacke
JAZZ - A HISTORICAL SURVEY
MUS 377-9131
Studjr of the styles, trends, and musicians of the jazz idiom from the early
1900's to the present. Lectures, listening, and demonstrations by guest
musicians. Dist.: No.
M,T, W,Th,F
A123
10:05-11:30 a.m.
ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND
C. J o h n s o n
HEALTH CARE
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
/\I24
PHI 380-9145
Cerrito
I1
BUS 135-9106
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors a s they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
1\1, W
h122
G:00-9:30 p.m.
COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS
Schield
AND ECONOMICS
Introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming lang~iage
software applications in Business. Dist.: No.
IW, 14'
1M22
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 250-9107
-
INTERNSHlPS
Staff
BUS 399
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Administration & Economics.
IOLOGICAL
E '
CHM 110-9109 GENERAL, OR
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry; theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission.
S315
i\I,T, W,Th,F
8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect.
S327
T, W,Th
10:OO-12:OO I\'. Lab.
ASTRONOMY
Hollabaugh
PHY 101-9127
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical i n s t r ~ ~ m e n tuse
s ; 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W
h124
-
IIJFICAL SCleNCl
Kelly
PUBLIC POLICY
ISSUES
Current and important American public policy issues analyzed and discussed. Visiting professor: Dr. Rita Mae Kelly, Arizona State University School of Public Affairs. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
1\15
POL 295-9112
421-9134
Hirdman
PSY 362-9143
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. Visitation to conlmunity service agencies included.
Prerequisites; Psy 105 o r Psy 121. Dist.: No.
M23
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
.
-
--
- -
-- -
-- - -
bbuixumlw
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
ECO 120-9110
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 123-9111
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
Sabella
(MICRO\
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the lio~~sehold,
firm, market structures and income dislribution. Application of elementary economic theory lo market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30p.111.
I\/, W
M23
-
ECO 392-91 13
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly coniniercial banks, and the
Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
ICI,T,W,Th,F
8:30-955 a.m.
I
BNG 223-9114
WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND
Schramer
THE PROFESSIONS
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reporls, lelters, and
proposals will be emphasized. Dist.: No.
Prerenuisites: 11 1 or eauivalent.
Mitchell
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ARTS
ENG 241-9115
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development
of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. Dist.: Yes. (for So., Jr., Sr.)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
S123
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH
Palosaari
LITERATURE AND FILM
Taughl at Camp Norway, Bandane, Norway. See Dr. Palosaari.
Introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 a.111.
CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holl
AND ETHICS
A study of Christian life froni two related perspectives: The styles of
devotion and Lhe norms of ethics. Brief history of Christian spirituality,
discussio~lof modes of prayer, and the implications of basic Christian
teachings. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p.m.
R.1, W
OR11 7
REL 240-9138
440-9140
REL 199/399
INTERNSHIPS
Holt
8 Weeks: June 16 -August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis.
See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details.
mae:*amSWK
499-9135
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
Arranged
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
Arranged
SWK 399-9136
SOC 356-9139
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
Bloom
CORRECTIONS
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and sile visits to correctional institutions and government offices.
Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.111.
T,Th
R.122
ENG 264
GER 112-9117
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Steinnietz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent.
8:30-955 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
01\129
SPA 112-9118
BEGINNING SPANISH 11
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing- of elemenlary
Introduction to cultitre of Spanish- Spanish.
.
speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
ICI,T,W,Th,F
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
SOC 375-9144
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and Psy 105.
I\/, W
11\4
6:00-9:30 p.m.
-
Gerasimo
RACIAL AND MINORITY
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (P/N grading
6:OO-9:30p.nl.
only)
T,Th
M22
SOC 383-9147
SOC 199-9148/399-9149
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
BEGINNIh" "PEECH
Siemers
SPC 111-9151
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
hI,T, W,Th,F
R.122
HIS 229-9119
TWENTIETH CENTURY
S. Anderson
GERMAN HISTORY
This course examines important questions in German history through
five different regimes: The Kaiselbrseich,the Weimer Republic, Hitler's
Third Reich, and the postwar division of Germany into the capitalist Federal Republic and the socialist German Democralic Republic.
6:OO-9:30p.111.
T,Th
A14
329-9 120
HIS 299-9121/499-9122
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
SPC 354-9153 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Hall
The dvnamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages,emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. Dist.: No.
5:30-9:00p.m.
M, W
L1
SPC 367-9142
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays.
Dist.: No.
T,Th
6:OO-9:30p.m.
2815 41st Ave. So., ~Clpls.,1ClN 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
... Show more
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about
1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies
and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from
June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
was correct at the time of publication.
Summer Students may take one course during Term I
and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit,
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Term1
Term11
(- \
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 22
April 22
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
June 1
June 29
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(noregistrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 3
July 1
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from
Class (W)
June 15
July 20
Classes End
June 26
August 7
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
July 1
August 12
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three
digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
/--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
4.,burses
Regularly Taught during the academic year are
more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If
you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those
listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number
of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency,
government, or industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from
the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are
advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed
Courses.
Additional information and registration forms may be
obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call:
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1026
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by
that institution.
Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \
under special circumstatlcea.
k .<)
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission
as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to
begin a degree program at the College should apply for
Lhe Office of Admission.
admission throi~gl~
Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national
and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and
activities generally accorded or made available to students at
[heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or
ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions
policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and
other school-administe~~ed
programs.
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any
student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for
the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student
Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (33Ck1046).
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm
their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be
confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation
of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and
independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled
courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's
Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29.
)xilance owing for tuition must be paid before
i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note:
Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s
must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be
assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and
July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates.
To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a
registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30
p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as well as scheduled
courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined
according to the "Tuition Refund Policy."
The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit
charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/
special fees are noted with course descriptions.
Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00
for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per
course applies only to those courses for which the student
preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00
per course is required at this time and is applied to
designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low
enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of
discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term
I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms.
After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The
required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied
to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course
is cancelled.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of
the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term
to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at
21st Avenue S.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.)
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
Refund
Term I
Term I1
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 29
June 30
July 1
July 2
July 3
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two
mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
,
'I
STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level
under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2
483-8083/484-8084
-
-
-
Secondary
Osnes/Staff
-
1
-
F~
REI
LA
C
NN
GYB~ES
--SPA 111-8044
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
", sneaking.
n
". readini.
". and
writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
.
-
-.
----
-
-
-
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
-
--
v
-
-
-
-B o l l m a n
A R T 107-8001DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures,
building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
1:oo-4:oop.m.
M,T,W , T ~
on-
,
-
.
HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1
SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~
~orsGd
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11)
Arranged
I
A R T 223-8002
PRINT MAKING I & 11
Bollm,..
368-8003
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM17
A R T 242-8008
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rueten
Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using
professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment.
T,W,Th
OM4
6:OO-9:00p.m.
9:OO-12:00 noon
Sat.
--
-
-
BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.:
Yes.
S205
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect.
M,W,Th,F
T
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab.
PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION
Borstad
O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0
5:30-8:30 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L4
HISTORY
-
-
HIS 239-8042
EASTERN EUROPE IN
S. A n d e r s o n
339-8043
T H E 20th CENTURY
Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and
the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over
East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes.
Additional work required for upper division credit.
M,T,W,Th
M24
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
-.
INTERDISCIPLINHRY
-
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
-
--
Gustafson
HIS 299-/499-
INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6
- -
Arranged
--
,
-
-
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
-
BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6
COMPUTERS FOR
Schield
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4
PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1
K~:J
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3
PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W
M23
MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6
-- PIANO CLASS METHODS -
-
Nortwen
(GROUP PIANO)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills.
'st.: No. (1/4 course).
J
Arranged
-1
-
~OLITTAL
SCIENCE
-
--
-
-.
a
0
6
0
WORLD POLITICS
Goldman
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
8:
0.50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
I
QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
Morgan
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability,
sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.
12:OO-3:00p.m.
MtT,W,TYI
M23
399-8066
BUS 279-8016
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Ka
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-,
tration & Econimics.
44
Arranged
---
--
PSYCHOLOGY_
-
-
-
INTRODUCTION TO THE
Hirdman
WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY
Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
;&5
(General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
.do-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
-
r
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis,
"
. monetarv and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M4
EDUCATION
-
EDE 255-8037
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
Osnes
EDS 265-8038
IN AN URBAN SEITING
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above.
Arranged
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
Endorf
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
Arranged
EDE 363-8039
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
I
)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged
-
-
-
S.-T U D E N T TEACHING
-The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary
and secondary education during the general period from the middle of
June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made.
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and public school personnel.
Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDE 481-8071/482-8072
483-8073/484-8074
-
PSY 121-8060
Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff
EDE 481-8061/482-8062
483-8063/484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6)
Osnes/Staff
BDE 481-8066/482-8067
483-8068/484-8069
Kindergarten
Osnes/Staff
RBL 369-8070
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view.
Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor.
9:30-11:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
~
A W O RLK
- SWK 410-8085
FAMILY VIOLENCE
M. Brown
Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing
factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission.
2:OO-590p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM4
SWK 399-8082
INTERNSHIPS
(May continue through Term 11)
M. Brown
Arranged
- -
SOCIOLOGY
--.
- SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B.
Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n
understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social
inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M4
JX
3C 2 3 1-8076
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
B. J o h n s o n
examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of
the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M22
r
SOC 265-8077
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading
only).
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L1
SOC 199-8078/399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS
SPC 111-8079
BEGINNING SPEECH
Lapakko
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTLNE
H CHEMICAL
ors st ad
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets
M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00p.m.
M, w
M5
(June 29-July 15)
HISTORY
HIS 250/9051
INTRODUCTION TO
Brueee
MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY
Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division
credit.
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M23
350/9053
- ART
ART 107-9001
DRAWING
8. Olson
A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M,W,Th
- -
-
ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11
B.OI-dn
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes,
still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M, W,Th
OM17
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and
white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera.
Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
1:30-5:00p.m.
M, W Seclion I
OM4
M,W Section I1
330-9:00 p.m.
HIS 299-499
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
-
- Y
~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
PHILOSOPHY
-
PHI 380-9055
-
Hesser
Arranged
-
ETHICS OF MEDICINE
C. J o h n s o n
AND HEALTH CARE
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
330-9.90 p.m.
M, W
M24
--
;
1310 203-9010
PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION
Mickelberg
Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional
needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight
control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
1l:40-1:25p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S205
--
B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H
-
--
-
--
+
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR
Herzog
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
1:30-3.35p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
PHY 101-9060
- ASTRONOMY
Hollabaugh
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary algebra.
G:00-9:30p.m.
M, W
MZ2
POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E
POL 365-9065
TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR.
NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Il~r!
History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog
technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting
a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M24
POL 199-9066
INTERNSHIPS
,'
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
So;
.
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: BUS 221.
10:05-11:30a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M4
BUS 252-90 17
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o
m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln
Hedblom
399-9067
Arranged
)LOGY
PSY 2--/SO70 I
-
PSYCHOLOGY AND
HMman
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e
family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical
dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis
ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement).
-
-
i
-BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M4
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics.
-
e
- -- -
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
S~G
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~
nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, w
M5
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the
Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: ECO 112,113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
-
EDE 363-9035
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences:
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
ENG 282-9040
TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES:
Garrison
CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION
Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to
Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th
M5
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
SPA 112-9046
BEGINNING SPANISH 11
"
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary
lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish.
.
speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
-
8:30-9:55a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M22
SPA 21 1-9046
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I
Kingsley
Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and
Spanish texts.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
--
-
M23
AEL 486-9078
I I I~
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
Beneon
AND THEOLOGY
Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics
in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
M5
SOC 366-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices.
Dist.: No.
- -
--
1:30-5:00p.m.
SOC 199-9081/399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
H m r
Arranged
M4
McNeff
OF TEACHING READING
EDS 351-9034
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading
and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T, W,Th
L1
(July 20-August 6)
11:40-125 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m.
-
EDUCATION
-
RELIGION
-REL 3--/SO76
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Beneon
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of
China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes.
M23
-
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Abrame
SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, w
OM1 1
SPC 367-9086
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays.
Dist.: No.
T,Th
2815 41st Avenue South,
6:OO-9:30p.m.
Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565)
-r
1
Show less
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates li... Show more
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
10O0/o
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 6
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
July 1
901
'0
80%
70OO
/
60%
Canzpus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
Central ,Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the
small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan
xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents
khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
%
Term I
Term I1
--
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
April 13
April 13
May 31
June 27
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 2
June 29
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 14
July 18
Classes End
June 24
August 5
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 29
August 10
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall,
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Calendar
Summer 1988
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31.
Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes
confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Augsburg in the Summer
-
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11;
Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg
students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be
paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A
late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June
29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There
is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1
courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the
"Tuition Refund Policy."
Information and Fom~s E l igibility
Fees
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer
School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit
courses, and $140 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the tuition
rates listed above. Laboratory and special
fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the
individual course descriptions.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact
.
the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
itudents admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not
imply admission as a regular student of
to
~
~
g
wishing
~
~
~
begin a degree program at the College
should
for
the
Officeof Admission.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 13 for
Term I and Term I1 Summer School
courses. Courses that you sign u p for on
this date are billed at the following rates:
$360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit
courses. To receive this tuition discount, a
deposit of $50 per course is required.
Please note: This tuition discount applies
only to courses so designated on April 13.
The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute another
course without loss of discount.
After April 13 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular
office hours. Each course preregistration
must be accompanied by a $50 tuition
deposit. This deposit is applied to
designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except
when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before the
first day of the term.
I
I
I
:A;?:
Summer School
-
-
A RT
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
B.Olson
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include
still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh
OM17
ART 118-8157
335-8158
B. Olson
PAINTING I AND II
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of
nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts,
developing personal expression and exploring variety of
techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh
OM17
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship
to women's place w ~ t l i ~the
n cultural, economic, and
sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh
M22
BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d
preparation of financial statenients Dist : No.
8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F
5112
BUS 242-8013
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie
piofcssional manager Dist.: No.
h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th
M22
BUS 252-8159
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in
e smarketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion,
t,
marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No.
5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i
M23
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND
PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial
statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent
asscts Dist.: No.
I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli
P2
BUS 331-8161
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short
t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics.
I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No
8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F
L1
BUS 370-8162
ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Schield
Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS),
programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r
packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert
systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing Dist.: No.
P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279.
6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh
5112
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of
Business Adniinist~atio~l
& Economics
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y
Dist.: Yes.
Time Alrsliged
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF
MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic grorvth Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th
5315
-
EZUJATION
EDE 253-8033
EDS 264-8163
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching
profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or
ED5 352. (112 course)
6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ
LI
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches.
Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time Arranged
-
-
ENGLISH
MATHEMATICS
ENG 2--4167
GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE
Bodziock
The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al
motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from
puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh
M4
MAT 122-8182
CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
Kaminsky
Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with
S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s
,~pplic~ttions
to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il
\\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t
Dist : Yes
Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test
9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F
1'2
EDE 377-8178
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Osnes
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course)
630-9:30p.m. T
LI
EDE 387-8165
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary
levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh
Ll
EDS 352-8166
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary)
Staff
Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required.
Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged.
STUDENT T L S H J N ( ;
-
The Department of Education offers student teaching for
both elementary and secondary education during the
general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made
EDE 363-8039
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL
EXPERIENCES
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2
seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby
eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional
teacher organizations required.
Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE
i 363 (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
A rr;i ngcd
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND
KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school
personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No.
1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt
Arranged
EDE 481-80711482-8072
483-80731484-8074
Kindergarten and Elementary Staff
EDE 481-80611482-8062
483-80631484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff
EDE 481-80661482-8067
483-80681984-8069
Kindergarten Staff
EDE 364-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
McNeff
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious
subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1
Ll
STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high
school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No
I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment
Arranged
EDS 481-80811482-8082
483-80831484-8084
Secondary Staff
M4
FOREIGNLANGUAGE
-
- -
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading
basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith
t s no previous background
in German. Dist.: Yes.
MS
R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F
SPA 111-8044
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I)
SPA 111-8170
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes
R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I)
M23
5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11)
5319
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services,
and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d
HI'E 320
Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc:
.
M5
5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th
-
-
HISTORY
HIS 341-8179
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY
Bruess
An introduction to some of the main topics in European
history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European
politics and society. Examination of the background to thc
wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s
tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients.
Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of
inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes.
/:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i
M4
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
A I ,a rigcd
-
-
Hesser
-
MAT 131-8171
MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky
Examination of tlie interaction between the development
of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for
students not intending further study in mathematics.
Dist.: Yes.
Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test.
6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh
13
NUR 432-8172
HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Enos
Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of
one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with
\z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of
Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and
Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as
n ~ ~ r s i nstudents.
g
Dist : No.
12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh
At15
pJ
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-8060
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d
methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse
and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F
M24
RELIGION
----
REL 215-8175
Quanbeck
ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE
Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical
archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings.
Dist : Yes.
h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi
M24
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 360-8176
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Link
Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and
psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No.
1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh
5112
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A~,r~i!iged
Alrariged
M. Brown
M. Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE-
SOCIOLOGY
POL 326-8173
POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
Morris
Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public
opinion and political parties in the electoral process
Dist.: Consent of department chairperson.
Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of
instructor.
9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F
5319
SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B. Johnson
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs.
5315
8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F
POL 461-8174
NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Goldman
History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the
one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security
issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson
6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th
14'
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A rrdngcd
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
'Topic hy arrangement
A !ranged
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie
process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and
divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional
and cultural context. Dist : No.
5315
12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i
SOC 199-80781399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS
Hedblom
Hedblom
SPC 345-8177
ORGANIZATIONAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
Esimines communication aspects of human organizations,
focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures),
biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No.
8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F
M22
I
mm
A RT
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes.
Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.)
2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I)
6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS
Herzog
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC,
LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No.
I'rc.~~cquisite:
High school algebra.
6:00-9:30p.m. M,W
Sll2
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No,
I'rerequisite: BUS 221.
8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F
5112
BUS 252-9017
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th
5112
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/?
d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin
t y the Dcpertn?ent o t
B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only..
Dist.: Yes.
Time Armngcd
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
[ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie
liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket
policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9330 p . m . TTI?
OM11
Augsburg
June 27- August 5,1988
ECO 313-9131
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Schield
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. Dist.: No.
Prerecluisite: ECO 113
5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th
Summer School
ENGLISH
NURSING
19
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\,
and policy. Dist.: No.
I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113,
6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll
5315
EDUCATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst
4)
L1
EDE 351-9033
EDS 351-9134
TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
McNeff
S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d
resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and
correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh
M22
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES
Fleener
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t
L7
EDE 379-9135
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: ART
Davies
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course)
6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20)
L1
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
LI
600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4)
EDS 350-9156
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27)
L4
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Steinmetz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes.
8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th
OM10
SPA 112-9045
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I)
OM11
5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II)
M23
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTH AND CHEMICAL
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
Borstad
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for
the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota
teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course)
6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74)
M2.3
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988
Jensvold
A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111
metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large
themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered
include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic
trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban
politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics
course in U.S. Iiistory)
6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W
M23
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
A I-ranged
Hesser
NUR 403-9087
CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental
events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No.
Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR
NU R 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A
PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Enos
How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to
make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes
attention to methodology involved. While the course is
designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork
in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for
rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful.
Dist,: No.
S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI?
OM18
--
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 380-9055
ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND
HEALTH CARE
C. Johnson
Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise
in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying
and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V
OM13
- -
PHYSICS
-
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll
PHY 103-9142
Hollabaugh
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:00-9:30pm. M,W
OM11
POL 199-9027
399-9067
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9143
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Noonan
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-9144
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data,
and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this
course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology).
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll
OM13
PSY 362-9145
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie
social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to
community service agencies included. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121.
8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F
M24
RELIGION
REL 111-9146
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to
the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F
M22
REL 341-9147
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching
and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and
prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips.
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W
5315
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Brown
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A I-ranged
Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and controlof mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes,
6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI?
5319
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
Bloom
The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations.
Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie
roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes.
OM18
6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W
SOC 356-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes.
Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No.
I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11
5112
SOC 199-90811399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course description under POLISPC 342).
6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll
5319
SPC 354-9151
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and
non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers.
Dist.: No.
OM10
6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll
28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth,
Ie
Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less
Central Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls du... Show more
Central Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls during the
academic year, is cnriclied by tlic liiany cultural, sport ancl recreational activities
found in this vibrant ~iietropolitanarea. An active s u m m e r combining classes and
participation in mctl.oyolitan events is a dcliglitful a n d broadening cxpericncc.
Augsbuvg in the Summer
Augsburg Collegc provides a diverse sulnliier curriculum including regular
courses, internships, inclependent studies and student teaching over t w o terms.
Term I runs from May 30 - J u n e 23, l e r m 11 runs from J u n e 26 - August 4. This
brochure presents the Summer Scliool Program a n d was correct a t tlic ti~iieo f
publication.
Calendar
Summer 1989
Term I
Term I1
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 12
April 12
May 30
J u n e 26
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 1
J u n e 28
Holiday
None
July 3 & 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
J u n e 13
July 17
Classes End
J u n e 23
August 4
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
J u n e 28
August 9
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
I
Summer Students may take one coursc 'luring T c r ~ nI and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all C O L I ~ S C Scarry a value of one coc~rsccredit,
I ~
crcdils or six rl~lartcrcredits. C o ~ ~ r s fulfilling
cs
the ecluivalcnt of ~ O L semester
Augsburg distribution rccluircments arc so notccl in the course descriptions.
Course Levels arc indicated by [lie first digit of tlie three digit co~rrscn~rmbcr:1 or
2, lower division, primarily for fres1imc:n and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during tlic academic year arc morc fully described in
tlic Augsburg College Catalog. If you nccd morc information about a special
summer offering, please contact tlie Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the sumnicr in a number of departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic prograni in an agency, government, or
industry. Consult tlic Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Ilousing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School arc advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may bc dropped.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listcd courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good
standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently
dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth VanderSchaff
Director
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the
Director of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a surnmer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
C
-.--
Term I Summer School studcnts arc r e q ~ ~ i r ctod confirm their regi~tr~itions
on
May 30. Terin 11 rcgistrations ~iiustbe confirmed on June 26. l'his procedure
includes confirmation of all prercgisterccl coi~rscsand applies to internships and
independent sti~diesas well as to rcgi~larlyschccl~~led
COLI~S~S.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.lii. a n d 6:30 p.111. o n May 30 'ind June 26.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid beforc registration is confir~iied.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations co~iipletedon May 3 L
and June I. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Tcrni 11 registrations completed
on June 27 and June 28. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registralion, r ~ t ~ cyour
c l rc,gislra[ior~,ildd a c t ~ ~ ~i)r~drop
~ s ta~ ,
C O U I ~(ind
S ~ ~ 1 i r ~in
~ 1dlloii1~'r
1
ct)urfic, ('ill out 3 C , ~ l i ~ ~ = l litrm
A d ~at
l LIII~ [Zcgistl-iir's
0ffic.c. 'lhcrr i s a rhnrgc 4)t $5.00 ~ L I I c
. l~~ingin
,I grrt;islralir~~~
,it'trr Lhc first cl;~!? of
oilch Icrnm. 'l'hisI I I L I N ~ clt)n~'t ~ y3:30 p.111.0 1 1 JISIII*1 il)~
'I'P~III I ct)ltrsrs anrl t ~ y
331) p.m. LIII lunc. 2s [c~r'fPrnl 11 courscs. 'I'his proccrlurc app1ic.s to intv~,nships,i~-rd
i~~ciepvndcnt
studies as wcll as s~~licdulcil
t.c)ilrscs. Any ~C'IIIIILI~ I I. *~ C I ~ L I S I I I I C ' 01
I~~
fcus is Jctcrmit>rJ sccol-~ii~ig
to thc "'('i~iliot~
liCftrt~dP<rlicy."
b
~
b
Fees
The Tuition Charge for 1989 S i ~ m m e r
School courses is as follows. $450.00
for full-credit courses, $320.00 for
half-credit courses, and $160.00 for
fourth-credit courses. Audits are
charged at the tuition rates listed
above. Laboratory and special fees,
including those pertaining to student
teaching, are given with the individual
course descriptions.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 12
for Term I and Term I1 Summer Scl~ool
courses. Courses that you sign LIP for
on this date are billed at the following
rates: $420.00 for full-credit courses,
$310.00 for half-credit courses, and
$150.00 for fourth-credit courses. To
receive this tuition discount, a deposit
of $50.00 per course is required. Please
note: This tuition discount applies only
to courses so designated on April 12.
The $50.00 per course dcposit is
non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled due to low enrolllnent.
When this happens, you may elect to
receive a deposit ref~mdor substitute
another course without loss of
discount.
After April 12 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each
course preregistration must be
accompanied by a $SO.Ol) 111ition
deposit. This deposil i s ,lpplicd to
drsignatcd ctwrsc tuitioti drirl is
non-rpfundahlr and nun-translcrable
except when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early.
Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
I
I
I
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the
first day of the term to the date of the
student's official course cancellation at
the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
May 30
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 5
June 26
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
Campus Location
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
MISSISSIPPI
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Policy
di8Crimhakonthe basis &ace, creed, national or
Au&sbqgCollege doe6
ethnic on@, age,marital ~~IIzs,
w of handicap asrequkd $ Title IX of the
19TLE#uWonaI AmendmmB of M i o n YH of the I P e h a i o n Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
mnoo
moo
May 30-June 23, 1989
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
ART
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
Williamson
D r a w i n g i n pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels, Subjccls i n cludc still-life., figi~rcs,b u i l d i n g inlcriors, cxlcriclrs, cxpcrimcntal w o r k . Dist.: Yes.
~.00-8.00}I.III. M,T, W.1'11
OM''
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study o f wolncn's image i n 1111. visual arts i n relalionship to women's place w i t h i n t ~ i c~UIILIIYII,
cconclmic,
and sociological cnvironnicnt o f each period.
Dist.: Yes.
12:lJll-3:011 p.111. M,T,W.l'lr
BUSINESS ADMINISTI<A'I'ION
EDUCATION
EDE 253-8033
264-8163
ORlENTATION TO EDUCAT1ON I N AN URBAN
Germundsen
Stildy a n d investipation o f various aspects o f the tcaclii n profession. Dist.: Yes, w h e n c o m b i n e d \\fit11 EDE
365 o r EDS 352. (112 coursc)
OM16
G:llO-9:lJfl /I,III. Ad, W
EDE 351-8034
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Jntrq$wtibn h, b w h o s s activities, basic concepts ancl
&dnl?.p&kl
re
~
'I
Gupta
I n t r o d u c t i c ~ n to macl-11-cconc~mics; n a l i u n a l i n c o m e
analysis, m o n c l a r y a n d fiscal p o l i c y , intcl'nalional
trade, econc~~uic
~ r o w l l i .Disc.: Yes
9:,31J
51Jfl,lll, ,$.f.,w,~fyl,l:
OM11
Struss
f a r m u n t i n g , the accountin 7 cycle a n d
f&noflmr,rinl
sta!cmcnts. Dist.:
~ #?tit.
~M;r,W,'
$ r'l~,I I l
I&.
BUS 252-8159
Meziou
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I
.
Kader
Analvsis o f accountinc theor\,, pertainin,: t o financial
statc;iicnts, income cc;~ice~ts, current a n a n o n - c u r r e n t
asscts.
~
. Disl.:
-. No.~
Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
G:l10-9:OO 11.11~M,?', W . ? ~ I
BUS 340-8220
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
O M 11
BUS 495-8221
BUSINESS ETHICS: CORPORATE CRIME A N D
VIOLENCE
A gudy ofWii!st#p%ibitik kr m i c t y i n c l u i i i n g
p ~ ednms
mvidue,q,w,
md b& apbrcs
persons h i e i n a
PWr(d, f,mm
mllral
WM
rw~~ian,P;P"T~hDna,(hr
sysa n d behavior.
reascln
. te&&Ily
Dish,:NoJ-
$ budncsa wnduct
1:0~~4:1Jfl
paIII~
M,T, W,'lh
OMI3
BUS 199-8019
INTERNSI-IIPS
Kader
Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f
Business Administration & Bcono~nics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabe,la
,:
Study o f economic implications o f ~ ~ r o b l c mfacins
s
m e t r o - u r b a n c n v i r o n l n c n t . By i n c p e n d c n t st11 y
Dist.: Yes.
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
EDE 379-8182
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Scott
ART
E x a m i n a t i o n a n d re. a r a t i c ~ no f m a t e r i a l s a n d
resources for art at t$e R i n d c r p t r l e n a n d elementary
levels. Lab. cx wrienccs. Dist.: No. (114 coul.sc)
LI
2:OlJ-5:00 ,.II.
h'
EDE 382-8183
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination a n d preparation o f materials a n d
resourccs for m a t l i c m a t ~ c sinstruction at the k i n d e r levels. Dist.: No: (112 coursc)
OM16
EDE 383-8184
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Lindow
,,laterials
and
~~~~~~~~~lP~~~~
r c x ~ u r c e sfur physical e d u c a t i o n a n d h e a l t h a t t h e
k i ~ i d e r v r t e na n d elementary lei~els.Lab. cxpcrienccs.
Dist.: h o . (112 course.)
OM9:3lJ-11:50 fl.111. M,?',W.TII,F (MII!~30-11111c9,
-
EDF
388-8185
-- - .
.- -
EDS 388-8201
Mueller
HUMAN RELATIONS
on Ith &n$g,of v?lues, ?f c~rnrnunicaiiun
&I
ted!niquw+ and or 4 r major mrnor!ty gntups in
Minnemtn fnt , e &vrluprnent of I n t e r c r u r * n a l
+kiliso$&& a h a , teai-hin and l h f r p r o b r
$ I ~ Awmtions
* I all. DI$:
NI. l l R ruuswl
R v Y r e d br all , ptay and Scrlndaq FAuca~tirm
,a
majors.
5:00-8:f10 I~.II~.
M ,W
EDS 350-8202
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Sludy and utilization of a variety of tccliniqi~csand
resources to assist s t u d e n t s in teaching r e a d i n g
through the content areas. Dist.: No. (112 cc~ursc)
OM73
6:00-9:OU{I.111. M , W
EDS 352-8203
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (SECONDARY)
Staff
Inaludc~7 0 , h u u r s in-scl~oolcxpcrienccs, seminars.
McrnEvdrp In clnc of the profcssiunal teacher orjianimtbns ~ u i r r dDist.:
.
Yes, when co~nbincdwith EDS
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Hiaofcal background, legal bases, school health
wrvi~eu,a n d relationships to community health
q f a r n n n d resources. Dist.: No.
Ftprc9uitsite: HPE 320
$$K&B,#I~.III,M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.3
DEVELOPMENTAL A N D ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL
EDUCATION to be added.
Consult Summcr School Office for details.
II
HISTORY
HIS 239-81861339-8195
EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
20TH CENTURY
SPECIAL EDUCATION
EDS 282-8204
INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Heikkila
Introduction to tlie field of special education. An cxamination of the nature, causis, and educational inter-
O M 10
ENG 261-8167
MODERN FICTION
B. Andersen
Significant wol'ks of selected prose writers, chiefly
European, of tlie twentieth c e n t u r
Some nonwestern writers will be included. Dist.:);cs.
2:00-5:00p.111. M.T. W,Tlr
OM16
ENG 282-8168
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
wttty, and even adn$rtlblr. Ewil Is also a I~ar.
ma idfdradr Ilps emptlna o n d d e s p ~ r
Whcm evB ip tke mast d
f im
nt, 11 k l~kelyto he
w & u h o t trivial. cmc.
'the encliantment of evll." will b e e ~ nw ~ t ha studv of Rena~ssance
writers l i k e ' ~ h a k c s p & r e , Marlowe 'and Milton a n d
conclude with works of 20th century writers like C.S.
Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdocli. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50n.111.M,T, W.TII,F
OM11
tbm-t
SOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
*wm,
wcticc speaking, understanding and rcadh ~ i kce r ~ i i a nfol. s t u d e n t s witli n u previous
mnd in Germa~i:,DisL.: Yes.
OM73
,BB&%:@ n.$,r. M,T, W , l r , ~
,a
SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8170 BEGINNING SPANISH I
(Section 11)
Kin sley
Aims to develop four basic skills: Undcrstaniin
speaking, reading and writin 7 of elementary ~ p a n i s f ;
Introduction to culture of kpanisli-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50n.ri!. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Scctiorr I )
OM10
5:30-7:50p.ur. M,T, W,Tlr,F (Scctior~11)
OM78
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL CDUCATION
HPE 114-8041
HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Prlnclpals a n d pmUrccs af sbr rdwatiitn In school
and comrnunIky
Inrludes ilrdnktlaj~ahwt school
health p r o m m u and pwvakn,t henlth n w d s a n d
~ h wa
lge c11Uhn nnd h i n d m n lied
problems
Cross F~rstA1 cam. DM.:W V ( L ~ Z W W ~ ~ ? )
12 00-3 00 p II! T,7 11
&.
01
II
MUSIC
1I
MUS 218-8205
MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS
Griffin
Evil, thou&~ r b e p t Edmulrd S p w e r , 1s a sort of
eucmtmcdf, in teaturn, evil j5 atkn ~~ntercstlng,
Be%%%
II
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
Arrn~~ged
ENGLISH
ch
S. Anderson
brdnt!$ th@hAtIorknlily problem In Au\trla, Russla
and German nnd the meation of new " n a t ~ o n a l
stat-" n b &war. World War ll N ~ Loccu
I 7atlon to
ps1war %I& dqniinntton, the y t a l t of tlie &old War
auw Fssl B u W g , n11g mure viyxnf cvc~llb D I S .~Yes
T ~upper dlvlslcln c r e d ~ t
Addltlotl~lWII re ~ I I for
9iWl1SBn.nr. M,T%, n1.r
OM23
OM29
6 00-9 00 11 111, r,T11
NURSING
.
NUR 432-8172
HEAI.TH
Enos
.
.
- .- ...AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
The cwm 411focus an plnlng a betlw bnderstnhdin& nf oner@Own hmlth and deveta mt 8s a human
tmng; it wlll BIW dml d
w
h
tl ways oI%&m
others
wth in h a areas. ~ r i s S ~ s t t c ErWuon, ~ulkr$P#rurnan. m i
h
.
. e .m
. Lncluhd. Own tn nun-nurdh~
'> studenis aa
we1 ns n>&hgetydC'aty. Dist.: MI.
9;3&1150~~lr!rr.
M.I",W,?k,F
OM25
II
in f i r
SF$,
&duva,
PHYSICS
PHY 111-8208
PHYSICS COMPWEKfi, A N D SOCIETY
A siudur(vnfthwlritarial dcvdonmibnt aE sclectdd tnwcs
in h y a d denm. ~ttt'lldanJill bcgiwn to lfw Giw~r physics md ik ~ O W P ~~ +, I I L , I ~?it!
philuva hy, rcli#w, and cdiufe. bud ~ll
lh ant?,
up a d!~r
find igita~elmc1rr1cs-w+
rusrinn nf the m~anincof twrrhtrttr cmturv L*~YNCS
&d b;hc &,,of ckc&nics nd mmptrtcn ih *tm
mei
v t ~ f ~ ~ m p t t q
ex$m!ve~y in
the k++@&. hrrquhlr: Math Aamnrehh G w p I1
M$,
.
43
I
A
1
PHY 118-8209
SOCIAL WORK
, and Lhes vtdw sthe Amlrayli at Chrll'd
and ownwwv; UM. A ,held
tdp'c&ree with ap rbximainly fit&rr day:, T e n t
travatb t
s varicrus dPas in *r sou+h-.
DM: es.
#
Slr~rrrrrerSdloul Ofice.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
pol, '121.azll
~ m i C k GOYWMEMT
N
A M
mmm
M O W
fhe polltin of Amefieap :~uvelrihIL'pIIncIttiiifig tlrrr
WWUI p n r t f ~idsag;
l
the pttm OEparlidptiotv ~ke
dynamfcs of cobgte&siona't,, prea'rdant~ialand,
& e a ~ a a t t e pal& njaklng: and rwrrmt issues Lh
m
n wcw.
~,w.
P3174XMl a.lr. M,qW,lkip
OM27
,At,:
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrlgerl
M. Brown
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arrnrrp>d
M. Brown
SOC 121-8075
P I U N ~ Dl!
L ~~ C m . ~ B. Johnson
$mi& r u $ g m ~ r uan;rlpis
f
or way of knowlng Its
b8
fin un&shnding of b a s ~ caspects of
a p p;&&mtlM,
~i8~
&et
tiJl%.:?
iddbmumr@fion
+Hti~ol
*f th5
YW ~ n d ~ B *i ixi~ i m rlhni
as
em. we.:
Terms 1 aid II, Fqur stl n a r 4 ~ M d n l h t m
m i a n * I f l d e p ~ a d e ~wflttcn
~l
w#nmahts, shwt
h h & r
Mny 31, JUT
T4, uly 5, and
fiiudonm muat anI'd -tmwJ
.
t@b~~:~~~m.
tM38
I
&MU ,iifc, social ~nequnllt~e\,
Ye5
M;I+.W.~
OM 10
ltlBtllUrn* utc.
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
A n examination of the family as a social institution.
The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustllicnt and divorce. The relationshi of the family to its
institutional and cultural contcxt. gist.: No.
9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T, W,'llr,F
OM29
SOC 199-8078
SOC 399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arrflrfgd
Hesser
SPGSM, COMMUNICA'I'ION AND '1 1 II:,Vl RI: ARlflS
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A~rnr1,ycd
Hedblom
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topic by arrangement.
Arrfllr$~.d
Hedblom
PSY 105-8215
Jesness
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An bdmdudicm 10 the methods and a proaches u w d
ose of un#er5tandlng bef~eldof psychology, Ine r n p h a s ~ ~ eD
d ~ s t Yes
OM10
RELIGION
-
REL 369-8218
smo
L
College
Summer school
BUS 315-9013
MONEY & BANKING
ART 118-9001
ART 335-9005
Bollman
PAINTING I A N D 11
MfnkWIpr -hcryIic;
translating the visual w o r l d o f
natwm, Irridscapes, still-life, i ~ s i n gdesign conccpls,
Gupta
Monelary a n d b a n k i n g systems, particularly comlncrcia1 banks, a n d the Federal Reserve System; m o n e t a r y
theorv a n d volicv. Dist.: No.
dcvelnpfnl; pem~nalcxpl-csslon a n d ex l o r i n g varlcty
ut tcchniqtlm. W ~ u k l ycl.itiqi~cs.Dist.: $s.
BUS 323-9012
ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I1 Kader
OM17
A n analysis o f a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o i n vestments, tangible a n d intangible fixed assets, liabilit i c s a n d r c s c r v c d , o c t i ~ a r i a ll o p i c s . A d d i t i o n a l
c~iiphasison income dclcrmination, considering price
level changes. (I'rereqilisitc: BUS 322) Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 }i.!!r. 7',711
O M 11
SkWiflfl p,llr. '!+,7'l/
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Friederichsen
The camera used '1s a tool for visilal crcalivitv a n d cxprcssion; black a n d w h i t e , color and p h o ~ o g r a h i c
Erc!cesses N
W
~ tl ~
a ~nllll
~
c~a n i c S
r a "is,.:
s t l ~ n a t c dcclsl o f film. ctc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class slze
limited.)
2:OO-5:30 {i.rrr. M , W (Sccfk~rr1)
6:llO-9:30 p.!rr. M , W (Scctror! 11)
Ves,
ART 223-9002
ART 368-9004
PRINTMAKING I A N D I1
BUS 199-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f
Business Administration a n d Econonlics.
ECONOMICS
Bollman
Principles a n d methods o f p r i n t m a k i n g in a variety o f
m c d i a i n c l u d i n g c t c l i l n g , silkscreen a n d w o o d c u t .
Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 11.11~T,Tlr
O M 17
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Basic b i v l g i n l conubpts f r c l ~ na n ank$t!%%E
f
oint of view. An n t t e m p t to answer s u c h qupslions arr:
R ~ i a rnakcs
t
man just another m e m b e r of thr biotic
f d d ? DWh. man have a niclic i n the ecosyste~n?What
influen* d o e m n have 011 the c n v i r o t i m @ n t ? Wllet
influence does tlic environment, especially the u r b a n
i n v i r o n ~ n c n t ,have o n m a n ? ( A student l n a y n o t rccclvc
credit for b o t h 101 a n d 103.) k t . : Yes.
1:15-3:15 p.rrr. M,T, W,Vr
Sabella
I n t r o d u c t i o n to micro-economics. the t h e o r v of the
household, firm, market s t r i l c t u r ~ sa n d i n c h c distribution. Application o f elementary economic Llieory
to market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 / J . J I I . M, W
OM23
~
BIO 101-9010
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Sabella
Study o f economic implications o f p r o b l e m s facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . Bv indck?enclent s t i ~ d v
only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrnrls19d
~~
-
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
P s y c l i o l o g i v a I nnd p h i l n a l ~ p l i i c a ld i m e n s i o n s o f
c o m m u n i c a l i o n through the u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l
technology. Scltrtion, p r e p a m t i o n , p r o d u c t i o n , a n d
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS A N D
evaluation of effectiveau?io.vlsual ~ n a t c r i a l sfor teacli111 l l e a ~ n i n g
siluations. D ~ s t . N
: o . (112 course)
OM23
6:~0-9:30 11 HI. T,Tlr (Irrl!y 18-Arrgrrst 3)
m3NOMrcS
Herzog
lnl~durtinnto m m p u t e r l ~ e ddata p r o c c w n b . BASIC,
L0Tb5. WB.456 wurd proccsslng, c o m p u l c r ~ ~ ebdu s l nesvpaphl~ls.Dbt.: N o
prtwqueik! 1 I ~ w h o oalgebra
l
6:1YI-950y.n.
2
W
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
S112
Solnick
tlitroduction t a business a c l i v i t ~ c s . a c c o u n t i n c f o r
corporation^. &sic concepts a n d f u n d a m c n t a ' f s o f
m a n q ~ w l a lacrounllng. p l a n n i n a n d c o n t r o l l i n g
puccsses, dfciston-ntaklnp a n t b e h a v i o r a l c o n -
sidcratinns. DM.:No.
I'rerequ~sitc: BUS 221.
8:30-955 n.!!~. M,T, W,Tlr,F
BUS 242-9014
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN - ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
elementary levels. Lab. experiences. ~ i s i . ' : No. (114
course)
9:30-12:UU JIOU!~ M,W
(Irrrre 26-/I,/!/ 10 - rro clnss or1 /rrl!y 3)
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
V. Olsen
Examination a n d p r e a r a t ~ o no f n l a t e r ~ a l sa n d
O M 1l
relwurcw lor c h ~ l d r c n ' sFl)icrature at t h e k ~ n d e rarten
cmd c l c r n e n l a ~levels L a b
Cerrito
OM17
rnursc)
9:3&7-1T:Br.t~t. T,TII
experiences D ~ s t 1$o (112
L1
EDE 388-9137
HUMAN RELATIONS
M b mx hd stud
M. Mueller
f vcttues. of mrnmunkwthn
tetlniqws, and nl Xetlmajor minority youpti I*
Minnesota far , h e rCcvebpwcpt d intdrperswrrsl
rdf$hnu skDb appllcablr to teaching and uther'prufrssiona~uwaliw. open tcl
aat.: NO. (2m murep)
ulwd tni 011 Mrrnmtiy and h h & r y Mucation
rnXB
ENGLISH
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
M r ~ m m L w S E :PAUL 1%g3.m Jenawold
A 1
1
- h k f o r y m&vuslng 1hc Mlnndapullsat. Paul
nicwpolly'drt'a ab a &SE study &w wn~inE%large
cont h e m and v m m in US. urban histurv. TLIOICS
OM16
ENG 264-9161
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH
LITERATURE AND FILM
Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied as cultural documents
as well as works of art. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Tnu Irt fll Cnr~rpNont~o!y,So~idn~re,
Norna!l.
see %r. Pd'nlostmri.
ENG 438-9138
SHAKESPEARE
DEVELOPMENTAL AND ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL
EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summer School
Office for details.
HISTORY
ENG 225-9160
INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY
WRITING
1140 n.111.-1:25p.111.M,T, W,Tlr
HPE 320-9163
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Borstad
Techniques for d e v e l o v i n ~a course of studv based
upon gkowth and devclop'hent for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: N o .
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arrfl~l~ed.
and econo~nictrends, transportation, imtnieration and
ethnicit urban politics and refc~rrn. Fie d t r ~s In cluded. bist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. History7
6:UU-9:30 p.111.M, W
OM25
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
NURSING
Griffin
NUR 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A HELPING
Enos
RELATIONSHIP
OM111
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Stein~netz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding a n d
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
8:IO-9:55 n.rrr. M.T. W,Tlr
OM13
SPA 112-9045
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of clc~ncntarySpanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55 0.111. M,T, W,TIt (Srctiorr I ) OM10
5:30-7:15 p.t~r.M.T. W.TI1 (Sectio~r11) OM16.
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE114-9162
HEALTH AND SAFETY EDU ATION
Borstad
Phdpb. and p p d k of &ty
education i n r h o o l
andcsmmuntty Iifc. Includes htDmatlupl nhuk school
hr Irh pra rams and pr~vslcnthealth n t d s a n d
$blcrp o f wlml age ~L~Llildrdn,m d r\mviran Red
rnFmt A?d,rpme. mt.:Nu.(112 &urn)
694:3U, pond.M,W Ifiw 26Jjrrly 72)
OM29
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 120-9165
ETHICS
Creswell
OM16
PHI 130-9166
LOGIC
Creswell
supwhoone @ v ~ ap u waauns, and then says
au hrwt rKdept a g;arhler mhduman. Mid you?
h e n t t w s a cimc+u on
y lollow fmm p m i e ?
Here ac exsrnlne the rul'ea which govqn veftd
eFe,umnC and work 19 d e v e l ~ py4ur abilit ta
niar nnd carrehrsct sund arguments. bid,:
%&snpnr.
~,n
&.
C>,MZS
-
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Ex lain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting tef)escope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1
6:00-9:30 p.1n. T,TIt
OM27
r
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communlcatlons o n l n d ~ v t d u a lbe-
S319
POL 199-9027
POL 399-9067
[NTERNSHIP
SWK 260-9171
HUMANS DEVELOPING
&1.; No.
1 30-3 15 p
C
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Peters
,Pravldesknmwk!p sf w
n gmrutir Mtfflu h tM lnfe
~ e mc~
, at.
n&hy of d u c u i t u ~ ab
i ~lfigia~,
snd g s p l o & l farla*; whlch Influence khc $M&th
,dltnd dwta and f a m i b In cvntmmpmy A m i h n
fadim. Gmdh rr?Ia+tld bopulahons aqd -up
hick rsprwnt athn~can ~r tlfe-style divetsiv.
111.
OM13
M,T,W,TI?
Hedblom
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arrorr~ed
Brown
Hedblom
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arrnr~.y~.d
Brown
PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY
PSY 105-9167
Jesness
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
(B
An ~ntroduct~on
to the methods and a P P ~ W C ~ EBsed
In psychology for the pur ose of u & ~ ~ n be-g
hawor The structure of tRe f~eldof ps h ~ l v mIn:ludlng ~ t ma
s or sub-areas, 1s e m p h a & ! + g l ~ l . : Yes.
11 4011 1 1 1 . - 1 . 2 11,
~ p M,T,W,TII
OM10
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
Bloom
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused u o n pre'udlce, racism, and
the role of self-understanling, ($/N grading only.)
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p.rrr, M , W
OM27
PSY 351-9168
DEVELOPMENTALF$YM@6G)E: atrtP Je~w SOC 356-9080
Emphasis on n o r l d &k,dr?vdapmmt and khqvlar.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
Bloom
Cons~derat~on
of hea$H~dl~rrf~W
usad Mr vlt!wihg
CORRECTIONS
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
the h l q n n e f l b l l seqaetlce-and QI'CYCV&. 119ttf1-y11nW
d m L IfiFglImtiom and aunlY~~~otw
~f dab and
Lectures, discussion, and site v i s ~ t sto correctional institutions and overnment offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.111.~ , T I I
OM18
PSY 371
PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: MALE A N D
Bakker
FEMALE
SOC 199-9081
SOC 399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
I
I
I
I
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
OM12
RELIGION
REL 373-9169
Benson
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course descri tion under POLISPC 342).
6:00-9:30 ~ . I , I .T , T ~
S319
I
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Studying, viewing, and criti uing the acting a n d
production of five lays. Dist.: d o .
6:00-9:30 P . M . T , T /
2815 41st Azrrr~ieSolrH~,Mpls., M N 55406
(Trl.: 721-2565)
OM23
REL 486-9170
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION AND
Benson
THEOLOGY
A study of current psychological views of reli ion in
the context of the trad~tionalChristian view of a u m a n
nature. S ecial attention will be iven to the classics in
the f i e l d t y Freud, lung, and fiilliam James, and to
those Christian theolorrians who have been influenced
by them. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,Tlr
SPC 325-9178
Poole
PLAYWRITING
I
S
,
p
y
i~mlntroductory course In wrltlng for the
$la &u ents w11l learn the baslcs of dralnat~cstruc& m e ~ s d s c r l p t analysis, and techn~quesfor the
devdmment af ~ l a v s c r ~ from
~ t s ~ d e ato f ~ n ~ s h e d
"
:;A
:?
Summer School
101
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a
lelightful and broadening experience.
4ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents
the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
!
.mer 1990
Term I
Term I1
April 23
April 23
May 29-30
June 25-26
May 31
June 27
b
Beginning of
Preregistration
b
Confirmation-of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of T u p n Due
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
-
Holiday
-
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 12
July 16
Classes End
June 22
August 3
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 27
August 8
,
Y ~ Q UN E E D
T
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
I
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
I
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
I
T
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the
Summer School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking
one course is regarded as a half-time
student for the summer and is eligible to
apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan.
&tact the Financial Aid Office to make
loan arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular student
Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to
beginadegreeprogramatthecollege
should apply for admission through the
Officeof Admission,
P
erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on
May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This
procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc
ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
b
Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26.
The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration
~nfirmed.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r
from previni~q
rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
.-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31.
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27.
Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's
Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m.
on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy.
Fees
L
The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe
School courses is as follows. ,$540.00
full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at
tl~itionrat-= lict-d above.
tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute anoth
Starting April 23 you may preregister
for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during
regular office hours. Each course
preregistration must be accompanied
by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This
deposit is applied to designated course
To
)id Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited
enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before tl
first day of the term.
1-
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds
Campus Location
35W from the North -
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside,
right at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South -
Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
I
mourn
mma
May
29 - June 22,1990
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude
still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi
OM17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
Bollman
PAINTING I AND Il
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt
OM17
k
HUMAN BIOLUC
Mickelberg
Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of
view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment, have on
man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and
1 3. Dist.: Yes.
: G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F
SC1205
BUS 221-8104
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN
!k
Introduction to business activities
S drtd
ic concepn
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N
8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F
OM22
BUS 222-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Herzog
A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and
fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
OM13
6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th
BUS 252-8106
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological
factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th
OM11
BUS 279-8107
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference,
and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.)
OM11
9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader
Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets.
Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th
Oh
BUSIECO 199-8109
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of
Business Administration & Economicc
Ifi
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
~abella
~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof
urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8111
Gupta
PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS
Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy,
nomic growth. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM13
ECO 292-8112
EAST-WEST TRADE
ZaPP
An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of
trends and alternatives in the 1990s.
9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
allocation, analysis of consumer
nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113
6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th
'--
d
SCI.
EDE 253-8114
EDS 264-8115
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Gerrnundsen
Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching
profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur
EDS 052. (1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W
OM25
EDE 341-8116
EDS 341-8117
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations.
Dist.: No (1/2 course)
72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur
TOSS175
EDE 375-8118
rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
CINDERGARTEN
~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s,
li
Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor
1.7
930-71:50 0.111 M, W
EDE 382-8119
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E
.5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr
OM22
EDE 383-8120
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH
Lindow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and
elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc)
5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr
EDE 388-8121
EDS 388-8122
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii
niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for
'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open
to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary
and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors
OMIO
5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W
ENG 111-8123
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Swanson
limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research
tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work
of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing
sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity
and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing
~n
gr,idc for this course
is 2 U Dist: Yes
9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F
OM27
ENG 282-8124
SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O
AFRICANLITERATURE
Bodziok
Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle
g.h
to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old
d
traditions Also
included in the coursc are some African-American writers
who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost
African licritagc.
12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1
OM13
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmel
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~
basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid
in German Dist : Yes
8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F
OM72
SPA 111-8126
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsle
Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc
ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1
h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes
8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111)
OM78
11)
5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli
OM7
HPE 410-8128
Borstad
u,
and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program
and re:
sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE
e : 3%
5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII
O M
HIS 341-8129
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
WWII
Zehnder
Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of
Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism
f
in the pre-war era,
followed by an cxani~natio~i
of the coursc of the war itself
Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of
the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity
(Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis
coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this
course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt.
Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r
division crcdi t
12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr,
',
,I
?
MAT 173-8130
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged
more than men for annuities and receive lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums
are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc
figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a
certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in
the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested
ts
in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs
6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr
OM27
1
PHI 130-8131 {
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose
someone gives
you reasons, and then says
you
..
..
.
. .
must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. Dist : Ycs
OM23
X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F
-
r
-
PHY 103-8132
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
Arge
An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~
serve
~students
~ ~ in
~
biology,
. i
psychology, physical
ion (therapy programs), medical technology and
lealth science programs. The course is also a very
r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor
theliberal
arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11
Dist.: Yes.
POL 453-8133
THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN
UNIFICATION
Hedblom
'~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social
changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli
Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West
European reactions, all key elements in the creation of
single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political
science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur
?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20.
,1111-11 :lJO 11 III
1
POL 455-8134
ANATOMY OF THE USSR
Noonan
The course will analyze the politics, economics and social
cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.:
Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc
sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i
~~t
assignments, short papers.
Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students
must attend all seminars.)
SC1319
10:00- 12:00 IIOOII.
POL 199-8135
POL 399-8136
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrr~cd
Hedblom
POL 499-8137
INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
REL 445-8138
THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND
INTERPRETATION
Quanbeck
A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible.
Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will
be based on class participation, a presentation to the class
and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or
consent of instructor.
R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F
OM25
SWK 399-8
INTERNSHIPS
AlVrnr~gcri
M. Brown
SWK 499-8140
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Armrlged
M. Brown
329-8141
~NTERCULTURAL
OMMUNICATION
Lapakko
his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined.
9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM10
k
r
ugsburg
college
~urnmek 1
June 25 - August 3,1990
-
ART 132-8150
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
~ ~ i ~
ART 132-8151
Friederichsen
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs.
Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.)
1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI)
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11)
0 ~ 4
BUS 175-8152
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Her2
Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS
LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra.
G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W
FOSS20
A
BUS 222-8153
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221
8330-9:55n.r11.
M,T, W,TIi,F
- ON'BUS 242-8154
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I)
BUS 242-8155
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
(SECTION 11)
Cemto
rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization,
Developmentof the I;II.II[
staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof
~ ~ authority,
accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i::
~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of
the professional manager. Dist : No
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I )
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11)
OM11
b
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold,
~ firm,
~ market
i ~ structures
h ~ ~and ~income distribution.
Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p'n1'
OM22
'
-^
ECO 315-81
MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I)
ECO 315-8161
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial
hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary
~;
theory
.lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113
6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)'
:00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11)
EDE 376-8162
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou
9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9)
EDE 386-8163
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
V. Olsen
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course)
9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th
L4
EDE 387-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~
1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials
II
and resources
t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~:
.lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand
~1v:
elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.)
1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!?
L4
EDE 388-8165
BUS 323-8156
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader
I 1,11~11,1~.i*.
O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication
twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11;
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts,
L ~ ~ ~
I I I L I I I L . ...
. I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV
~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in
I
Mlnnesatafor
l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved,
.I<
111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,,
i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I
mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli.
t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1
IIIIIC.I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen
kionti
I
I
I
I
1I
I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite:
1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~
BUS 322) Dist.: No.
and Secondary Education majors.
6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W
OM22
8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W
OM10
BUS 199-8157
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of
E,, -82-8166
Business Administration and Ecoiiomics
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational interventions for
ECO 110-8158
such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi.
I I ~mental
L,,>
retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I
.a
edness. Dist.: I .
urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrn~iged
f j t
ENG 241-8167
INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical
development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe
viewing and discussing of both feature length and short
fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films.
6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r
FOSS775
ENG 282-8168
ENG 482-8169
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
Griffin
Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind
the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc
evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most
ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of
dy
Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and
Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers
IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes.
6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W
OM23
GER 112-8170
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Steinmet;
Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM1 1
8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr
SPA 112-8171
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-8172
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world.
Dist.: Yes
8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I)
5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11)
OM18
HPE 320-8173
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI
D(
Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based
growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl
units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc
Consent of instructor,
Ar'rnrr~cd.
A
HIS 341-8174
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN
EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS
Zehnder
This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground
of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and
tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of
the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point
of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart,
Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc
with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes
10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM1 1
INS 225-8175
AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of
Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life
Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs
betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with
tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand
both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes
6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr
OM25
MUS 130-8176
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE
DunhaFINE ARTS
Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th
fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes
70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr
PHI 120-8177
ETHICS
Apolloni
Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because
you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look
at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at
the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F
OM16
-
EEE
PHY 101-8178
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron,
3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement
Group I1
6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi
OM10
POL 160-8179
WORLD POLITICS
Cmz
Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international
politics, including the dynamics of the international
tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus
recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr
OM23
I
POL 475-8180
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law;
and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative,
administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25
and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.)
OM25
6:00-930 p 111. M, W
POL 199-8181
POL 399-8182
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrrgc-d
Hedblom
.
:IOLOGY
:265-8192
ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS
*
Bloom
Tlie dimeiisi~~iis
of racial and minority group relations.
Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the
roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes.
05-8184
;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
OM16
M,W
i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111.
~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its
SOC 356-8193
najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
:30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F
OM12
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes.
.'SY 362-8185
Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No.
:
An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors
1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr
"' " 6
from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview.
.
- -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
COMM
will accompany classroom learning.
Dist.: No.
THEATREARTS
--I'rereq : 15Y 105
10:05-~~1:.30n.111
M,T, W,TII,F
SPC 226-8194
-MOVEMENT FOR THE
F
THEATER
Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci*
REL 366-8186
used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA
Halt
student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b
This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the
examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to
timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml
traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction
sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~
of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body
nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to
exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and
formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section
play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will
of tlie course will focus on contempor
wpunses
also be introduced.
of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1
system of
10:05-21:3
. M,T,W,TIi,F
THEATER
racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes
1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711
SPC 345-8195
ORGANIZATIONAL
REL 441-8187
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
INS 495-8188
An examinatioii of the c,,
of c~nirnu~iication
ill
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
Strattonl
organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage
rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women,
~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and
feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian
authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and
rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible,
sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace
women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and
Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality.
agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes
eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al
communication and attempt to
:00-9:30 p 111 M,W
OM13
apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations.
5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W
OM10
..r...,LLr
SWK 260-8189
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Peters
Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life
cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and
psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No.
10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F
SWK 399-8190
INTERNSHIPS
A rmlr ~<yed
SWK 499-8191
INDEPENDENT STUDY
AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~
OM16
Brown
Brown
-
SPC 414 -8196
INS 414 -8197
Nilsson
FEMINIST RHETORIC
.ican fe~nin~sts
will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected
lyzed to develop a rlietc
perspective on American
feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism
.-...
c.20
o.nn
.. ...r r ! .
OM23
Show less
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting... Show more
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%>
of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc
11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee
I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%,
PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd
class ~iic~tirig
- 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc.
-
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11
The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis,
the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant
~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in
metropolitan events is a delightf~~l
and broadening experience.
Campus Location
C
ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs
2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
from June 24 - A u
? of publication.
was correct at bh-
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
\
\
\
\
\
\
nmer 1991
Beginnii~gof Scheduling
Registratioi
Classes Beg
Balance of Tuition Due
Term I
Term I1
April 24
April 24
May 28-29
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn
lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o
Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli
) , left at Riverside,
right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S.
ue
June 24-25
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date'
May 30
June 26
Holiday
None
July 4
\
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left
I I at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
I
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 11
July 15
Classes End
June 21
August 2
I
Grades Due in Registrar's
June 26
.
August 7
I
1
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left
r n at 21st
Avenue S.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
.. ...
I
Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the
equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution
rg
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry.
Consult the Summcr School Office for information
Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additio~ialinformation and registration
forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr
School Officc
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accrcdited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to
attend Augsburg Sumrncr School.
Good standing implies that thc
st~~dcnt
has bcc~iadmitted and not
s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd
~ e ~ i t l by
y that
institution.
Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE
Murphy Place
731 21st Aven~~e
South
Miluieapolis, M N 55454
6121330-1786
Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one
course is regarded as a half-time student
for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for
a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Officc to make loan
arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor
applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr
School is April 15, 1991. You must have a
complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc
by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award
Other persons wishing to takc
sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact
the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to
ascel tain eligibility under special
circ~~mstanccs.
Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those
wishing to bcgin a degree program at
tlic College should apply for
admission tlirougli tlie Office of
Admission.
itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _
lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must
,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated
Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this
happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To
avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term
Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May
28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc
applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing
registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the
lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance
)wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m
In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is
"
determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc
1;-11
I
The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc
cs is as follows. $595.00 for full
credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above.
1,
EDE382-8142
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc)
6:00-9:00 }I 111
T,TII
OM11
a]
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
BOl'lnall
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s,
cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes
6:f-Of I
M,T,W,'lI
OM 17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
PAINTING I AND I1
Bollman
Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of
n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes,
c,
still-life, sing design concepts,
developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety
of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes.
6:OO-9:OO / I 111
M,'l',W,.l'l~
OM1 7
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt
oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113,
IM1.3
BUS 331-8109
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Solnick
Theory of acq~~isiticln,
allocation, and management of
funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and
s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.:
BUS 222, ECO 113
OM12
S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F
-
ART 352-8103
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
Anderson
A s t ~ ~ of
d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual
~ ~ t ~ - artists,
~ . :
as subjects, and as patrons
M,T, W,T/I
Foss 4.3
B10101-8104
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelbere
.'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric "
ahlc
point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions
as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic
fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What
influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban
environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay
n t not
~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes.
BUS 221-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and
lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle
g and
preparation of financial statements. Dist . No.
S:30-10:51J 11 I I I
M,T,W,T/l,F
OM23
BUS 242-8106
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof
a~~tliority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis
of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No.
6:fJO-9:00 JI.III,
M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.Z
BUS 252-8107
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issi~csin
ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al,
economic and technological factors as they affect
prc~di~ct,
prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing
decisions. Dist.: No
8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111
M,T, W,'~/I,/-'
OM 13
ENG 225-8113
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmidt
The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical
I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i
lar
will Lx given to stylistic
and organizational mattels througl~the course's
workshclp format
Prercq : ENG 111
6:00-9:OU p.111
M,'I,W,Tlr
OM29
w
ENG 351-8115
AMERICAN LITERATURE
SINCE 1920
Palosaari
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics
of American society and its intricate relationship to
the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as
settintr and svmbol in modern
:an literature.
kcs
w.
BUS 301-8110
MORALITY OF CAPITALISM
Schield
Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social
system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be
practical,but ~~nlc?;s
it ismoral it lacks humanity And
givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are
moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who
argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord.
Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the
pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors.
6:UO-9:OO
M,T, W,'1'11
OM27
EDU 388-8143
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc).
Rcq~~ired
for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors.
5:30-8:30 {I 111
M, W
lM25
I
N O M I C S
ECO 110-8111
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC
Study of economic implications of
metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl
Dist.: Yes.
Ar~nr~gcd
,.bells
facing a
.,..A,.
-
ECO 112-8112
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
EDU 264-8140
ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the
tcacl;ing plofessi;.
Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi
EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course)
C
6:OO-9:00 /I.III
M,W
EDS 282-8141
INTRODUCTION T O
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines
tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for
such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders
and giftedness Dist.:..No.
- . -.
...
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no pre\lious
background in German. Dist.: Yes.
S:30-10:50 n 111
M,T,W,T/!,F
SPA 111-8117
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kineslev
" ,
to develop four basic skills: Understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish
Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes
S:30-10:50 n
111
M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I)
HPE 114-8120
SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Principles and practices of safety cducation in school
and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about
school health programs and prevalent health needs
and problems of school age children, and American
Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc )
5:UU - S:00 p 111
T,Tlr
OM25
HIS 341-811~
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
20THCENTURY BRITAIN
Zehnder
This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof
glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc
Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and
Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's
efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the
new European commi~nity.
12:UO-3:UO p 111.
M,T, W,TII
OM12
I
INS 199-8138
INS 399-8139
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
-1
MAT 173-8122
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how
life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are
n s calculated? Or how
installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout?
d Or how
much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the
future? Then this coursc may be meant for you
These and other interesting and usefill topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness
and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested
ts
in
careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math
Placement Group I11
6:.?0-9:30 p.111.
M,
SC1 I12
MUS 218-8138
CREATIVE ARTS FOR
CPECIAL NEEDS
Metzler
or students and professionals interested in learning
LLI develop recreational music activities for people
with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs;
also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar
Dist : No (1/2 course)
30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W
^
PHI 110-8123
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
Appoloni
This coursc provides the student with some experience
in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical
and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs
S:30-10:5U n 111.
M,T,W,T/i,F
OM1 6
PHY 106-8124
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic
science principles required for understanding weather
and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall
weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects
of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11.
1:004:00 p III.
M,T,W,TIl
OM13
I
I
POL 121-8125
INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT
Morris
The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl
Including thc
forms of political ~cl~v~is;
lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation;
the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl,
~~~'t.hidcnlial
and
bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;;
~trclc~lrrcnlissues in
American society Dist.: Ycs.
9:30-71:50 17.rrr.
M,T,W,TI!,F
OM25
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8145
MASS COMMUNICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass comm~~nications
on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public
affairs pr~gr~amming.
Dist.: Yes.
2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F
OM27
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the rolc of self-understanding.
( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes.
OM10
5:00-8:OU p.111.
M,T,W,TIi
SOC 375-8133
Gerasimo
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis
of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part
thcy play in ~~nderstanding
intcrpcrsonal relations
and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121
S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM29
SOC 399-8134
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPC 329-8135
INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
POL 459-8127
Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc
THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN
pott-~~liill
trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r
Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl
COMMUNlTY FORMATION
Hedblom
nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s
s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ .
This course will analyze the formation of the
~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr.,
~ng,
f*i<Ir
~.xperbli~rrl:~,
v;,~lue,,irnrl
Furn(-c~n
C't)m~~ulnily
i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc
t l i ~I:r~ropi!an
r~
l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity,
~~it~
~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of
l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll.
l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I ,
M,T,w,'~.~I
()~IIs
tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt
y
d l i ~ lwurltl
n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl
.
5,rninar
pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn
SPC 347-8136
with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21.
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
9:30-11:50 n.111
F
SC1319
A video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with
non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production
teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing.
PSY 105-8128
9:30-11:50n.rr!.
M,T,W.Tlr,F
FOSS A V Se~rririflr~
GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y
Dyrud
t
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding
behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is
r
' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes.
0 0I .
M, T, W, 7'11
OM16
REL 369-8129
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism
and world view. Reading and discussion of nine
works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,T,W,TI?
OM27
SWK 260-8131
HUMANS DEVELOPING
SPC 354-8137
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
White
A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with
emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d
to docision makink s y k s
of leadership, n~ul
conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W
comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the
student become a more effect~veand product~ve
member of a task-orlcnted small group
9 30-1 1 50 n.111
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1112
Peters
PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr
cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~
l
~bialoatal.
i nnd,
psyUI-1
fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd
Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y
American
f c ~ e Growth
s
related to populahons and groups whtch
represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In
I2 00-3 00 p 111
M,T,W,TIi
lM25
SOC 265-8132
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~
A~gsburg
College
Summer S_chool
I
I
I
OOHmOma
I'
EDE 387-8236
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts
c at the kindergarten and
elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces
Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course)
: ( - 2 I I
T,Tlr
L4
June 24 -August 2
- - ---
1
I
ART 132-820G
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera ~ ~ s as
c da tool for vist~alcreativity and
expression: using black and white photograpl~ic
processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes.
Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00.
(Class size limited )
1 : - J i I
M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1)
~OII
5 : - 9 : I
M,W (Sectio~r11)
BUS 222-8202
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for
corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of
Ilianag" ial acco~~nting,
planning and controlling
prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations.
Dist : No.
I'rercq : BUS 221
10:-I 3 I I
M,T, W.Tlr,F
OM11
BUS 242-8203
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of
authority, accc~i~ntability
and responsibility, 'inalysis
of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No.
6:OO-900 11 111
M,T,W,Tlr
OM23
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
Kader
An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to
invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets,
liabilities and ~ c s ved,
e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional
cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice
Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322
6:UlJ-9:30 p 111,
M, W
OM12
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerri to
l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and
utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242
6:00-9:30 }i.~rr.
T,Tlr
OM11
ECO 110-8206
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
S t ~ ~ of
d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls
of p ~ ~ b l e m
facing
s
a
metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only
dy
Dist : Yes.
AI 1n11pi
EDE388-8237
HUMAN RELATIONS
Cle~nnions
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
tcchniq~~cs,
a i d of the major minority groLlps in
Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations
skills~~pplicablc
to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations
Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all
Elenientary and Secondary Education majors
1:512:I
I
M, W
OM25
ECO 113-8207
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the
liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes
OM29
ECO 315-8208
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary
lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113
:I-9: I
M.W (Sectiorr I)
5:OU-9:30 p 111.
T,TII (Scctiu~~
11)
L7
INTRODUCTION T O
CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical
drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the
HIS 115-8213
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise
ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman
Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot
spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a
better ~~ndcrstanduig
of how the Middle East readled its
conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world
10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F
OM13
PHI 130-8216
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says
you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you?
When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc
I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid
argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to
rccog~~izc
and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 n 111
M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM16
THY
EDU 341-8231
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Strandberg
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations.
Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c
10:05-12:10 }I.III.
T,Th
t
ENG 282-8211
THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph
Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations
of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually
assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man
belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the
heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and
medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in
contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie
heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of
women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes.
A' "'
6:00-9:30 p.111,
W25
EDE375-8232
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
<inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials,
ni,
teaching approaches
Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten
lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor
EDE377-8233
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of niatelials and
resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-'
elementary lcvcl (1/4 course)
11:40-1:25 p ni.
M,W /111y15-AIIS.
v~vdl2
EDE383-8234
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, HEALTH
Bayless
Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand
resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences
Dist : No (1/2 course)
1:5-2:l I I
M , ,I
FI
5
2
L4
EDE 386-8235
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course)
6:01J-9:30 p.111.
M
L4
EER
112-8212
.
E
EGINNING GERMAN [I
Quanbeck
lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and
eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM10
:lo-955 n.111
M,T,W,Tlr
PA 112-8213
EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
'
Kingsley
%PA 112-8214
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.:Ycs.
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I)
5:30-7:15 p.111
M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11)
OM18
Irl-
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical
instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math
Placement Group 11
l.30-3:15 p.m.
M,T,W,T"
OM16
POL 475-8220
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate
student with an introductory understanding of the
functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore:
the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral
limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin:
the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci
(courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~
<,";
5:30-9:0U p.111.
T,TIi
jY 362-8218
ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
. ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from
tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view.
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will
accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105
OM1 1
1 : - 5 I
M,T,W,TIi
PSY 373-8219
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational
bcliavior Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105
10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F
OM10
--
-SOC
- - 121--PRINCIF
OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective
a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in
#ogt;ym.
T,Th
OM10
&
SOC265-8224
RACIAL AND MINORITY
SOC 3568225
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and
s processes.
~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional
institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM25
SOC 399-8226
INTERNSHIPS
SPC 414-8228
INS 414-8229
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Hesser
\
1
-4
Show less
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they will
be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 22 or 23. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22
and 23. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance
due on Augsburg account from
previous term/s must be paid in full
before you can finalize registration. A
late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
Term I registrations completed on May
28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed
for Term I1 registrations completed on
June 24. Registrations will not be
accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for
Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June
24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure
applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses.
Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
Summer 1992
Term I
Term I1
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 22
May 26-27
April 22
June 22-23
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 26
May 26-27
June 22
June 22
May 28
May 28
May 28
June 24
June 24
June 24
None
July 4
June 12
June 19
June 24
July 17
July 31
August 5
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
(Saturday)
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
FEES
The tuition charge for 1992 Summer
School courses is as follows: $650.00 for
full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit
courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial A i d
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April'l5,1992. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Summer
School Financial Aid Application from
the Financial Aid Officer or from the
Summer School Office.
1 , . Admissions House
2, George Sverdrup Library
3 , . Science Hall
.
Mortensen Tower
, Urness Tower
Christensen Center
22:
A.
Partnership
Center for Global Education
Admissions Parking
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
Campus Location
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue Sc
"
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
II
1''
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful
- and
broadening experience.
Augsburgin
the Summer
Augsburg College provides a
diverse summer curriculum including
regular courses, internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
- June 19, Term I1 runs from June
~ay-26
22 - July 31. This brochure presents the
Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
I
7
F
l
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
S u m 1 1 . School
~~
Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
Residence Life.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel
listed courses
,d
kformation
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those m.
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions.
1
1
4
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors,
experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
M,T, W,Th
OM 17
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ART 352-8101
WOMEN AND ART
Anderson
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts,
including the fine arts, the work of Native American
women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.:
None
M,T, W,Tli
Foss 43
1:00-4:OO p.111.
BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC
HUS 175-8102
COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcompu ter-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.:
MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 20
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
BUS 221-8103
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.:
None
8:30-10:50 a.rrl.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
BUS 242-8104
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature
of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis
of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None;
Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th
OM11
6:OO-9:OO p.~tl.
-
.
I
I
5
-
I
w
I
BUS 322-8105
ACCOUNTING THEORY
ANDPRACTICEI
Kader
An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements
and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and EC0 113)
M,T, W,Th
MII.7?(
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-8106
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short
term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 11
8:30-10:50 n.111.
ECO 110-8107
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problclns facing a
nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist :
Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None
AI ~.nrl~ed
ECO 112-8108
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science;
Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc
6:00-9:00 p.l!r
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 24
EDU 264-8109
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with
EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City
6:OU-9:00 p.rrr
M,W
1. 1
EDS 282-8110
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor
such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.:
Nonc
1:OiJ-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
OM 13
EDU 341-8111
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the ~ l s of
c instructional
technology. Selection, prcparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be
included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None
9:30-11:50 n ! I ! .
T,T11
I-.~JSS
175
,
EDE 382-8112
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drelow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None
6:00-9:00 p.trl
T,TII
1. 4
EDU 388-8113
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations Open to all. Required for all
Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist :
Nonc. (112 course)
5:30-8:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 13
ENG 225-8114
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmit
The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical
modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop
format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111)
G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r.
M,T, W,TII
SC1212
ENG 245-8115
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Miskowiec
111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy
of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate
morc fully the plcas~~rcs
of 1iterature.Thc course alms to
expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,7', W,TII,F
OM 18
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1
8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM 27
SPA 111-8117
Kiugsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1)
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary
Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1
s
8:30-20:50 n.lrr.
M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1)
5:30-7350 p.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25
H P E 320-8119
S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M
Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based
u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12.
Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases.
(Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence
numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of
instructor)
5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! ,
W
O M 22
HIS 348-8120
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey
of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics
include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof
Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent
cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The
coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic,
cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Sovict political practices and institutions
9:30-11:50 0
M,T, W,T/I,F
111
O M 23
INS 1991399-8121
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement (witli a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly
seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
PHI 110-8124
INTRODUCTION T O
PHILOSOPHY
Apolloni
This course provides tlic student with some
experience in examining ideas and thereby
sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y;
Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
SCl712
PHYSICS
PHY 101-8125
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the
development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom
l t early
civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary
optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made
of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli
Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg
and laboratory sessions are important components
of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq:
Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.:
MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1
5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r .
M , T , W,TIi
SC1205
Arrnnged
INS 225-8122
INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo
present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims.
Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a
consideration of the differences between tlic
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some
effort to deal witli the similarities and differences
bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism;
and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n
Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie?
R:30-10:50 f l . r r r .
MATHEMATIC
M , T , W,Tlr,F
-
MATH O F INTEREST
Foss
Have you ever wondered why women liave been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how
lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11
money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you.
These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the
~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be
covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students
in business and economics or for any students
interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math
Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics
M,T, W,UI
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8127
MASS COMMUrJICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Rueter
Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns
5:30-8:30 u.111
M,T,W,Th,F
MP 3
PSYCHOLOGY
M H 323
MAT 173-8123
12:OO-3:00 p.111.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SC1772
PSY 325-8128
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and
group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal
settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 1 0 )
1:OO-4:00p.111
M,7', W,Tlr,F
O M 16
RELIGION
REL 472-8129
THEOLOGY O F PAUL
Quanbeck
A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical
background, his relationship to the early cliurcli
and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1273
REL 483-8130
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3
M,T, W,TIi
OM 78
SOC 1991399-8131
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a
student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in
tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnrrgccl
SOC 265-8132
CULTURE, ETHNICITY,
GENDER AND RACE
Gerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N
grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.:
lntcrcultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I .
M,T, W,TII,F
MP 4
SOC 375-8133
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
An examination of the idea of "group," its
.elationship to individual behavior and society. An
111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding
interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic
major assumptions and processes underlying our
everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will
be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs
in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior
students 011ly)
8:30-11:OO o.111
M,T, W,Tlr
OM 29
-
-
COMMUNICATI~GTI~
SPEECH,
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 347-8134
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs
lccture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
Fuss 170
SPC 351-8135
ARGUMENTATION
Hayes
Application of standards for sound cvidencc and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof
argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs.
Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique argi~~nciits
they encounter in
their daily lives
12:00-3:00 )J.III.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
O M 10
SPC 352-8136
PERSUASION
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a
broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to
persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological
appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how
pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising,
and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass
movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass
media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to
pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages
in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
9:30-11:50 0.111,
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 22
.
JUNE
22
ART 132-8200
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film,
etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.)
M,W (Section I)
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
BUSINESS
MIS 175-8202
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECON AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as
a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
M,W
Foss 20
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 222-8203
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accountina for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE 11
Kader
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial
accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant
issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity.
(Prereq.: BUS 322)
M, W
MH 323
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Personnel functions in business, acauisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intearation of the worker with
the goals o'f the firm and society.
(Prereq: BUS 242)
M,W
OM 10
6:00-9:00 p.m.
BUS 440-8206
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught
from a managerial point of view. Topics include an
overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management, principles
of scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T,Th
OM I1
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ECO 110-8207
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study only.
Dist.: Urban Concerns
Arrat~ged
ECO 113-8208
PRINCIPLES OF
MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World
M,W
Foss 43
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8210
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory
and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W (Section I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
INDIVIDUAL LEARNER
Metcalf,
A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed
to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen?
body. Includes strategies for teaching special education
students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take
introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th
EDE 375-8212
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching
at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None.
(1/ 2 course)
1:301:30 p
Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30,
~
L1
J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10
EDU 377-8213
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for science at the cindergarten and elementary level.
(114 course)
10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22
OM 4
EDE 386-8214
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2
course)
L4
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-8215
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS
265) (1/2 course)
11:30-1:30 p.tn.
Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30
OM 11
July 1,2,7,8,9,10
EDE 388-8216
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and
Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None.
(1/2 course)
OM 18
10:05-12:lO p.ti~.
M, W
Miskowiec
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one
work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to
increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill
10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 13
ENG 2401342-8218
THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION
Swanson
In this course, students will read a variety of fictional
works and learn to better understand fiction by writing
their own story. The course will involve practice in ways
of approaching literature and will include study of tlie
basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read
the assigned stories and novel, participate in class
discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several
quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for
upper division credit will write an additional critical
analysis essay and will read an additional novel and
prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All
students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
(Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.:
English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
ENG 241-8219
INTRODUCTION TO
CINEMA ART
Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical
principles and historical evolution of the film medium.
The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The
course includes the viewing and analysis of both
features length and short films illustrating the
international development of film form and selected
aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film
and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.:
None: Persp.: Aesthetics
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,TIi
OM 27
ENG 282-8220
TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Miskowiec
Examining the political, religious, and geographical
factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will
read short stories and novels by authors such as
Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We
will also compare the written text with contemporary
Latin American painting and sculpture.
OM 13
11:40-1:25 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENG 282-8221
TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic
journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It
will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will
also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys.
Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero
is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior
class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but
also as it appears in contemporary American popular
narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey,
and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic
journeys of women and men who may be neither white
nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
Dist.: En~lish/Sueech
GER 112-8222
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11
M,T, W,TIi
OM 27
8:lO-955
I
1
1
SPA 112-8223
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-8224
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:
Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural
Awareness 111
M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1)
M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ)
PHI 175-8228
PHILOSOPHY OF
LOVE AND SEX
Appolloni
What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and
friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will
consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a)
Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does
the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are
they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.:
History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,W
6:OO-9:30 prrr.
HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF THE
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health program
and resources. Methods and materials in health
education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320)
Arrnrlged
PHY 106-8229
INTRODUCTORY
METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The course is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Laboratory
exercises are included as an integral part of the course.
The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/general education requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics;
Persp.: Natural World I or I1
M,T, W,TIi,F
SCJ 205
10:05-11:30 n.1i1.
HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCl
/-
HIS115-8226
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise
of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman
Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots
in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better
understanding of how the Middle East reached its
contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world.
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
TERDISCIPLI
INS 199/32;7?~
INTERNS P... -.Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of their major to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnnged
POL 121-8230
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS
Rueter
The politics of American government including the
forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the
dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in
American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World I
6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M ,W
OM 23
POL 475-8231
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of the functioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with the social environment; the law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law;
and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and
problems of each of the law's agencies (courts,
legislative, administrative, and executive agencies).
Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None
T,TIi
Foss 2 l A
5:30-9:30 y.rrr.
POL 499-8232
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Topics defined through consultation between instructor
and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arrniigtd
PSY 362-8233
BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from
the social, organic and psychological points of view
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
8:30-10:OO 17.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 42
PSY 373-8234
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work
effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105)
Persp: None
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30n.m.
RELIGION
REL 440-8235
VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments, including
12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the
basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and
meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion;
Persp.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.rrr.
T,Th
OM 18
REL 441-8236
Holt & Stratton
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity
and feminism and how they might be compatible.
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal
roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the
Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
"Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll."
Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian
Faith I, 11, or 111
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
M 22
SOCIOL
SWK 257-8239
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH
& SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S,
US-UK COMPARISONS
Link
This course identifies different approaches to family
health and social services in both theory and practice in
the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue
and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies
for preventive, community-based service are analyzed
and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the
opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's
orientation in the USA and to work with British
professionals and students in family health and social
services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All
students will have a personal British tutor in addition to
group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest
and to facilitate connections with resources needed to
achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City
Arrnrlgcd
OM 25
SPEECH, COT
THEATRE AI
SPC 24-8240,
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness
M,W
Foss 21 B
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
SPC 414-8241
INS 414-8242
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective
on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in
rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.:
None
T,TII
530-9:00 p.m.
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas a n d
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arranged
SOC 356-8238
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional
institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None
1:30-5:00 p.rrr.
T,TIi
OM 23
Augsburg,
College
Summer Schoo
I
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
L
I
Show less
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 28 or 29. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and
29. The balance owing for tuition must
be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 30. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled paper
Summer 1993
Term I
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 19
June 1-2
April 19
June 28-29
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
June 1
June 1-2
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 3
June 3
July 16
June 30
June 30
May 31
June 18
June 25
June 30
July 5
July 23
August 6
August 11
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
The tuition charge for 1993 Summer
School courses is as follows: $725.00 for
full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit
courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
.Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1993. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
13 Ice Arena
K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg in
the Summer-
fi
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from
June 28 - August 6. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
L
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, tlie equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
v
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer Scl~oolOffice.
Independent study and internships, i,,
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships iiivolve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need liousing may obtain
information from tlie Director of
the Right to cancel
listed courses.
Information
and For-ulzs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murpliy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities.
graduates of sucli institutions, anc
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies tlia t the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact tlie Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
,
Acceptance as a summer student c'
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Tliosc
wisliing to begin a degree program at
the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission
tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or
Weekend Collcgc.
mw
-
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
M,T, W,TH
Foss 43
1:OO-4:OO p.m.
BIOLOGY
- -
BIO 101-A
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural
World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry
M,T, W,TII,F
Sci 205
8:30-11:30 a.rt1.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.:
None
M,T, W,TII
OM 10
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: None
M,T, W,TII
6:OO-9:OO p.111.
MIS 279-A
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, samplillg
distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis
on their use in applied problems in business and
economics. Students will use a computer-based
statistics program to analyze data as part of a
required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS
175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a
grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
9:30-11:50 a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 43
I
1
BUS 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Kader
AND PRACTICE 1
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113)
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment
of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None
8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~.
M , T ,W,TIr,F
O M 11
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problcms facing
a metro-urban environment. This course will be
taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students
will be mutually arranged. By independent study.
Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term
One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or City
Arrnr~gcd
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal
tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:OO-9:00 y.rn.
M,T, W,Th
O M 17
EDUCATION
EDU 282-A
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education.
Examines the nature, causes, and educational
interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal
retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision
impairment, learning disabilities, behavior
disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None.
12:OO-3:OO p.rrr.
M,T, W,Tlr
O M 25
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
Drewlow
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Examination and preparation of materials and
rcsources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None
(1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 p,~rr.
T,Tlr
1. 4
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication
techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr
professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary
and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N
only. Dist.: None (1/2 course)
5:30-8:30 y.rtr.
M ,W
O M 78
1
L
ENGLISH
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and raccs,
from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite
for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:30-71:50 o.111,
M,T, W,TIr,F
O M 18
ENG 282-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM
ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION
Schmit
This course is designed to consider narrative
fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form.
To do this we will look at what happens whcn
novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a
scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film.
By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of
view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml
(linguistic vs. physical representation, for
example), we will see what a novel does and llow
it does it. We will read four novels as a class and
view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch
studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then
make a presentation to the class about tllc
adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there
will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam.
6:OO-9:00 p.rrl.
M,T, W,TIr
MP 3
ENG 282-8
Griffin
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY
In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc,
"humanity attains its most complete development
and its most brutish; herc civilization works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or
corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in
western tradition. This course will study primarily
American novels, pocms, essays and films that
explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by
the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will
i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class cxpcric~~tial
component.
6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I .
A4,T, W,TIr
O M 29
ENG 265-A1365-A
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American
litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as
cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.:
Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111)
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,TIi
O M 17
MODERN LANGUAGES
GER I l l - A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts witli no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
SPA I l l - A
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
O M 27
Kingsley
SPA I l l - P
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.:
Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.11i.
5:30-750 p.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1)
M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25
INS 225-A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a
consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will
also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and
differenccs between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1
8:30 - 10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Th,F
1. 4
INS 264-A
AMERICAN INDIANS
Allery
IN THE CINEMA
This coursc will bc an historical survey of
Hollywood movies that created and continue to
foster images of the North American Indian in
Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow;
Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc
HPE 499-A
Staff
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation,
stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian
actors.
Arraiiged
8:30-10:50 o.111.
M , T , W,TII
OM 29
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey
of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog
tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics
include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie
coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic,
economic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
9:30-17 :50 n.1r1.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
O M 23
PHI 120-A
Apolloni
ETHICS
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students
considcr the basis for making moral judgments.
Tlie course explores the major philosopliical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies these approaches to contemporary
personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs
stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value
disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our
considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not
take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.:
Christian Faitli 3
8:30-70:50 n.111.
M , T , W,TII,F
L1
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PHYSICS
INS 1991399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement witli a
faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunitics found in the
placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: City
PHY 106-A
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the
atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for understanding weather and climate.
Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an
elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral
education requirement for the liberal arts student.
Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of
additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics
Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.:
Natural World 1 or 2
Arrnlrgcd
1.00-4:00 p.111.
M , T , W,Th
SC1205
PSY 325-A
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors which influence individual and
group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental
settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 105)
1:00-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 18
REL 369-A
THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
"Particillarities of religious discerliment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine novels." Students who take this
course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit.
Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3
8:00-10:15 n.!n.
M,T, W,TIi,F
MP 1
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is
expected. Persp.: City
Arrnrrged
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Brennan
This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an
understanding of liun~angrowth through the life
cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors wliicli
influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses rclevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I ,
M,T, W,TIi,F
L 17
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrn~~ged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent
of instructor).
Arrnllged
SPC 323-A
EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING
Olson
The course is designed to increase studcnts'
understanding of communication, theory and
principles, and to improve presentation skills as
they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of
the class will include: text reading, lecture,
individual and group presentation, and class
participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111)
5:30-8:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
MP 1
SPC 347-A
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production course which integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production teams, gaining experience in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 n.~!!.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 170
1
JUNE 28
TO
AUGUST 6
w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢
ART 107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM 17
ART 118-A1355-A
PAINTING
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM l 7
ART 132-AISPC 132-A
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ARTl32-PISPC 132-P
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp:
Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200.
(Class size limited to 14.)
1:30-5:00 p.ln.
M,W (Section I)
OM 6
M,W (Section 11)
OM 6
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUSINESS
MIS 175-A
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
530-9:OO p.ln.
M ,W
Foss 20
BUS 222-A
PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.
Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221)
10:05-ll:30a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 10
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.irr.
M,W
OM 10
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include an overview of operations, planning
operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and
operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 10
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City
and Social World 1 or 2
Arrflnged
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, lirm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political
Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30 p.t!l.
M ,W
OM 29
ECO 315-A
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-P
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None
(Prereq.: Eco 112,113)
M , W (Sectioll I)
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,TIi (Sectio~i11)
Foss 42
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of
com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teacIiing/lear~~ing
situation. Computer training will
be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None
(L2 course)
5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I .
T,TIi
Foss 175
EDE 364-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for integration specific skill
developments througli various subjects at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course)
530-7:30 ~ . I I I ,
M , T , W,Th
MP-1
Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student
teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2
course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
11:30-1:30 p.111.
I. 1
Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and .preparation of materials and
rcsources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (1 /4 course)
1:30-3:30 p.111.
M,W
OM4
Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, communication
tecliniques, and the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professions. Required for all elementary and
secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only.
Dist.: None (1/2course)
70:05-11:30 n.111.
M ,W
L 77
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE
ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high
school English curriculum.
6:00-9% p.r11,,
T,TII
1. 17
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who plan
to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie
nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies,"
examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to
effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions
mcdia education has been based on in the past, and
liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English
curriculum. The students will become familiar with
all forms of mass media and will understand the
impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn
how to be discriminating users of Inass media and
liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course)
6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M
L 17
A
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for cliildren's literature at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course)
530-9:00 p.~rl.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences.
Graduate > ~ c v eSkill:
l
writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or
EDS 265) (1/2 course)
17:30-1:30 P,III.
1. 4
Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15
'GLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews. At
least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is
givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing and developing topics,
thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.:
Entry level skill: Writing (separate)
6:OO-9:00~ , I I I .
T,TII
O M 27
ENG 241-AISPC 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the i~lternational
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as tlie American studio film and
its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc,
Italian neorealism and the French new wave.
Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics
6:OO-9:30y.111.
T ,7h
L4
ENG 361-A
Miskowiec
STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers of the
20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Foss 20
9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W
ODERN LANGUAGES
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language
Level2
8:10-955 a.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 42
SPA 112-A
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-P
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3, Language Level 2
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25
5:30-7:15 p.111.
M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-A
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
programs and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320)
CI. ROOIII
711
530-8:30 y.~n,,,
T, W,TIi
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of ~~ationalism
and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to
the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and
the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of
how the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, its role in the wider world.
M,W
OM 13
6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I .
MAT 173-A
Kaminsky
MATH OF INTEREST
Ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan
payments are calculated? Or how much money to
invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual
payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting
and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based
on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is
useful for students in business and economics or
those students interested in careers in finance-related
fields. Course will satisfies the General Education
quantitative reasoning requirement. Math
Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics
6:00-9:30 p.nr.
M, W
HILOSOPHY
-
PHI 175-A
PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX
Apolloni
What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire
and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This
course, will consider the following ethical sexual
issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery
immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or
are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required.
Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,TIl,F
L1
8:30-10:50 O.III.
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars
and galaxies. The course also traces the development
of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch
Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important
components. Students need to contact instructor at
330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab
sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11)
Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 y.1~.
M,W
SC1205
'ICAL SCIENCE
INS 199-A1399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-bascd learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar
is expected. Persp.: City
A rro~iged
POL 329-A
Walcott
PUBLIC POLICY
This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive
public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a
congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles
of both legislative policy makers and administrators
defending their programs. Students will not only read
about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge
of policy issues and the governmental proccss.
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,Tlr
OM 23
SOCIAL WORK
PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.:
PSY 105) Persp: None
6:00-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Foss 43
REL 373-A
Bensan
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. Dist.: Yes
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 29
REL 483-A
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics,
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
11 :40-1:25 p.111,
M,T, W,TIi
OM 10
SOC 199-AI399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation
in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City
Arm~lged
SOC 265-A
CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER
AND RACE
Bloom
Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon
the role of society's values.and self-understanding.
(P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 27
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None
1:30-590 p.111.
T,TIi
Foss 20
-
SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL
SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K.
COMPARISONS
Egas
Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different
approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field
cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg
(6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with
British professionals and students at Bristol
University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and
group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air
fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals.
Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information.
Dist.: None; Persp.: City.
Arrairged
Foss 43
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arm~rged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armrrged
-
SPEECHXMN
THEATRE A nTC
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people arc influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 42
2:30-4:15 p 111.
SPC 414-A/INS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/Women's Studies.
5:30-9:30 p.~tr.
T,Th
OM 18
Augsburt
College
Summer School
Show less
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations
must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June
27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 29. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled W e r
I
---
'~o@mg-L
-2
&edultnne
&*-&.*
April 18
April 18
May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 31
May 31-June 1
Last day to:
I Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
June 27
June 27-21
I
.
June 13
June 2
June 2
1
July 15
June 29
June 29
(noregistrations will be
I accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
-
May 30
June 17
June 24
July 1
--
July 4
July 22
August 5
August 12
-
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
The tuition charge for 1994 Summer
School courses is as follows: $776.00 for
full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit
courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1994. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
I
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. S t m I1 Theatre
-
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American IndianSupport and
Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
.
-- - -
Campus Location
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
A. Admissions Parking
-
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parkine
E.
F.
G.
H.
Parking
Commuter - Sheet Parking
Resident Parking
Visitor Parking
Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine
..
rn rn 35W from the North -
I
rn
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
I
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
F '
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). .
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. $n active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
I
. l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs
from June 27 - August 5. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
1
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
r
Course levels are inaicated by tne first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
leed more information about a special
-ummer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
I
Residence Life. Call 330-1109.
..
b
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I.
Y
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8OOff88-5678
Ryan LaHurd, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions or
Weekend College.
..
.
ART
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
1:00-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 43
B10 101-A
Mickelberg
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.:
Na tural World 2
12:00-3:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
SC1205
ACC 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
ACC 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th . .
OM 10
BUS 301-A
BUSINESS LAW
Schield
An introduction to law and a survey of different
areas of law as they relate to the conduct of
business. Topics covered include contracts, torts,
employment discrimination, and labor law.
(Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113
recommended)
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
0~-29
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113)
M,T,W,Th, F
OM I1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 16
9:30-11:50 a.m.
EDUCATION
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T )
(1/2 course)
T,Th
L1
6:00-9:00 p.m.
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all elementary
and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N
only. (1/2 course)
M ,W
OM 18
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 219-A
AMERICAN DIALECTS:
DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES
Schrnit
This course will examine the dialeck of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their rules of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , T , W , Th,F
OM 18
9:30-11:OO a.m.
HPE 499-A
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Staff
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Arranged.
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Kimball
The course offers an introductory historical survey
of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics
include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diploma tic,
economic and cultural history by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 13
9:30-11:50 a.m.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
-
MODERN LANGUAGE
GER Ill-A
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
SPA I l l - A (Section I)
SPA I l l - P (Section 11)
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-10:50 a.ni.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25
5:30-7:50 p.nr.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25
MUSIC
MUS 271-A
MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND
MATERIALS
Metzler
Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:OO p.nl.
T,Th
Music 3
PSY 105-A
PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.:
Human Identity
REL 385-A
PROCESS THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIANITY
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N.
Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical
Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology,
sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page
paper will be written and presented to the class.
Class sessions will include video and discussion.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.)
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Staff
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:30-11:50 n.in.
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 2 l A
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrnnged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
THEATRE . A D'"S
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
5:OO-8:OO p.m.
M,T,W,Th
Music 22
(These courses are available only to graduate level students.)
EDU 510
ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND
VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS
Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal
and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y
mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM
.ition. Available to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
(equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits)
EDU 513
DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION
World concerns and cultural diversity as they
impact the field of education. Approval pending.
linnesota Human Relations licensure
.-.quirement. Open to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
'2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
.edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition,
~structors,please call the Graduate Program
Iffice at 330-1786.
EDU 599
SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A
MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE:
LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN
CONTEXT
A graduate course for educators sponsored and
coordinated by the Center for Global Education,
and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City,
Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd
to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@
and to assist in broadening your world view
through face-to-faceencounter with the people of
the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to
4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more
informa tion, call Center for Global Education at
612/330-1159.
-
!
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on
income determination considering price level
changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the
of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Concepts and principles related to the
Cerrito
mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m
horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions
,
ART107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing
methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a
diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina
wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9.00 p.m.
I
1
I
,
ART 118-A
PAINTING I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9:00 p.m.
ART 132-A (SECTION I)
ART 132-P (SECTION 11)
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , W (Section 1)
OM 4
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-990 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
OM 4
ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS
.BUSINESS
ACC 222-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
ACC 323-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
~~d~~
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of
accounting theory pertaining to investments,
and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1
poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of
knceptsof quality, invcntury management,
prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control
[&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t
of instrrrctor)
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING
FOR BUSINESS
Schwalbe
An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and
mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study
k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems,
Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use
MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+.
May study other applications (M~crosoftWord,
Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced
Foss 20
gOMPUTER SCIENCE
CSC 160-A
INTRO T O COMPUTING AND
COMMUNICATIONS
Staff
Basic computer applications using word
processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and
disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet,
news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114
or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group
IV)
Foss 20
ECONOMICS -
3- -F- -
--
-
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
/
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arrnnged
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU
265) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Tli
LI
Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
OM 29
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T ,TI1
L 17
ECO 315-M (SECTION I)
ECO 315-T (SECTION 11)
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30p.nr.
M,W(Section 1)
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
L 20
Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and pre~aration
of materials and
*
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course)
IO:05-12:OO p.m.
T,Th
OM 4
&
July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Themes
Examination and preparation of materials and
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M
L 17
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situation. Computer training
will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2
course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
W
Foss 175
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2
course)
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,W
L 17
ENGLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews.
At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is givcn to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising
for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for
credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
OM 18
ENG 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities,
theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of
the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
Foss 175
I
I
1
ENG 282-Al482-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY:
GARDEN AND WILDERNESS
Griffin
In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k
"humanity attains ils most mmplete development
and its most brutish here dvihtion works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
or
into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b
corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in
western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily
Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that
explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by
&e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will
involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M,W
OM 16
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of nationalism and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world.
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
M ,W
INS 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a
hrutty member which links the idmsand methods
of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found
~ L ~ in the
p~amm~nr.
hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is
ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
INS 225A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the Islamic
sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
11:40-1:25 p . ~ n .
M,T, W,Th
OM 16
MAT 163-A
INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS
Kaminsky
FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
The course includes treatments of some or all of the
following: descriptive statistics, elements of
probability, basic probability distributions, point
and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis,
regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables
and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom
chosen prhdP~l~y
from pmblems in-the life
scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology
and agriculture. Students will learn to use a
statistical computer package to solve problems.
(Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.:
Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
SC1112
-
-
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
SPA 112-A (SECTION I)
SPA 112-P (SECTION 11)
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1
Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills:
undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof
elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of
Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2;
Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
8.10-9.55 a.m.
5.30-735 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
PHYSICS
---:
-
-
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Staff
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SC1123
REL221-A
,
BIBLICAL STUDIES
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3
1:30-3:15 p.?rr.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
REL 373-A
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of
instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3
5:30-9:00 p.nr.
T,Th
OM 29
1
I
REL 440-A
VARIETIES OF
CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities,
especially prayer and meditation.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor)
Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3
5:30-9:00 p.nl.
M,W
OM 10
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM I1
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armnged
I
EATRE ARTS
SPC 351-A
ARGUMENTATION
Lapakko
Application of standards for sound evidence and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply principles of
argumenta tion to contemporary public issues.
Students have the opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique arguments they encounter in
their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
Foss 42
SPC 355-A
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors related to decision-making,
styles of leadership and conflict management. This
course combines lecture with practical experience
to help the student become a more effective and
productive member of a small, task oriented
group. (Prereq.: SPC 354)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W
Murphy Ploce 1
SPC 414-AIINS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
NilssonlStratton
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM 10
Augsburg
,r
-itas=
.I
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities, ranging
from the Guthrie Theatre and the
Minnesota History Center to
the Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
Augs burg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
70 courses in more than 25 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies.
rerm I runs from May 30 to June 21.
Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 4.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
-
-
+'
"i
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study courses, in addition
to those listed, are arranged through an
individual faculty member in the
department of study.
II
m
a
Internships, in addition to those listed,
may be pursued during the summer in
most majors. Internships for credit
involve approved work experience
related to the academic program in an
agency, government or industry.
Consult the Internships Program Office
at (612) 330-1148 for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Residence Life
Offic; Call (612) 330-1109.
L-right to cancel
Ihe College reservese!t
listed courses.
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place, Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1795or call toll-free
1-800/788-5678
John Schmit, Director
Rachel Anderson, Assistant
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admissicn
through the Office of Admissions or
Veekend College Admissions Office.
Map of
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
I
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8, Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Husby-StrommenTr--'-
6.
College Relations
K.Nordic Center
.
17 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youthand Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and
Blackstudent Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Fie
Campus Location
- arkina Lot..
,
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter - Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary'
Ramp
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
d
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
Beginning April 18, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrais Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled.'This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm their registration
in person at the Business Office on the
dates specified below or they will be
dropped from the course.
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration on May
30 or 31. Term I1 confirmation must be
made on June 26 or 27. This procedure
applies to all summer registrations,
including internships and independent
studies. The Business Office is located in
the Science Hall, Room 114, and it is
open between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on
the dates listed above. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their Summer
School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after June 2, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 30.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Term I
Term I1
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
1
The tuition charge for 1995 Summer
School courses is as follows: $815.00 for
full-credit courses, $410.00 for half-credit
courses, and $205.00 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term.
Students enrolled in one or more full
courses during Summer Terms I and I1
combined are eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan.
Tuition Refund
Students enrolled in 1.5 courses or more
(one-half of the minimum full-time
requirement during the regular school
year) through a combination of Term I
and I1 enrollments can be eligible for a
Pell Grant if they will not attend the
entire 1995-'96 academic year and qualify
guidelines.
Under the ~
~pell G~~~~
d
~
~
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
prtioriof the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibility
For Summer Session Attendees
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students are eligible for Federal Stafford
Loans if they are enrolled in one full
course or more during Summer Term 11.
Students are eligible for a Federal Pell
Grant if they are enrolled in one full
course (one-half of the minimum fulltime requirement during the regular
school year) during Summer Term I1
and will not attend the entire 1995-'96
academic year and qualify under the
Federal Pell Grant guidelines.
To Apply
The deadline for applying for financial
aid for Summer Session is April 1,1995.
Contact the Office of Student Financial
assistance.
~
ART 224A
Publication Design
Christopherson
Introduction to Publication Design explores
theory, practice and critique of a variety of
publication forms using traditional as well as
electronic tools. Dist.: Art/Music
1:W-3:20 pm
M,T, W,Th,F Foss Colnputcr
Lab Classroon~
ART 389A
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:W-11:20 ant
M,T, W,Th,F
Foss 43
L
L
BIO lOlA
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology/Chemistry; Persp.:
Natural World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F Science Hall 205
0
ACC 221A
Kader
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moin 10
ACC 322A
Kader
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 23
BUS 242A
Cerrito
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accounhbility and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 10
BUS 252A
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues iii
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 24
BUS 368A
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness I
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
BUS 399A
Internship
Kader
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one
full term working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq: consent of instructor)
Arranged
ECONOMICS
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDUCATION
EDE 382A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T,Th
Libray 1
EDE 386A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
Libra y I
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
Old Main 18
JGLISH
ENG 219A
American Dialects:
Differences and Attitudes
Schmit
This course will examine the dialects of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their mles of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
ENG 225A
Intermediate ExpositoryWriting
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the
relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq:
ENG 111) Grad Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 13
ENG 245A
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
studv of narra tive. drama..and .
Doetw, in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefoie draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, lntroduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main18
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 320A
School Health Curriculum
Borstad
Techniques for developing a course of study based
on growth and development for grades K-12.
Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HPE 410A
Organization & Administration of
School Health Programs
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
program and resources. Methods and materials in
health educa tion with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HIS 336A
American Labor History
Kimball
This course surveys the history of work and
workers in the United States. Issues such as shifting
styles of work, the changing nature of working
class life and community, the evolution of
organized labor movements, and the relationship of
workers and unions to the state will be considered.
Issues of change in work and working people will
include race and gender. Dist.: History/Philosophy
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 23
TERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
REL 369A
The Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of seven novels. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 29
REL 386A
Speaking of Genesis
Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does
the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What
were families like in Bible times? Were ancient
problems similar to our own? What does the Bible
say? What does it mean? What values does it
portray and promote? This course addresses these
and other questions by exploring how scholars read
and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is
based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and
a project or short paper. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3; Grad Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
IAL WORK
FRE 312A
French Expression
Pezechkian
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct
expression in speaking and writing. Attention to
grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use.
French phonology and speech group practice, study
of spoken models from the media. (Prereq: FRE 311
or consent of instructor.)
6:OO-9:00urn
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
GER 111A
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SPA l l l A
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 105A
Principles of Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp..
Human Identity
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 230A
Peters
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework o n non-violent
social change and development in the global
context. It also identifies the focus of Social Work
in addition to many other disciplines which are
vital to fostering peace, development and
enhancement of a better quality of life for all
human kind. Persp.: Social World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
SWK 260A
Humans Developing
Peters
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturine" environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related td populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 21A
SWK 399A
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499A
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal containing
rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of
the proposed study according to department
guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SOC 121A
Introduction to Human Society
Sheppard
What is society and how does it make us who we are?
As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in
it. Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions and our
interactions with each other.
!1:00-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
31 K U b b L E P U K JU31 ICE: 1IY 1 E K I Y A I I V I Y A L ,
SOC 265A
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative Special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to
whom we do this are often reflections of our own
fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other"
provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other
"-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Dist.: Psychology/
Sociology; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:00-9:00 pin
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
SOC 199A1399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement with a faculty member
which links the ideas and methods of their major to
the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
ArrAln~
nlYU
C ~ R I J1
1
~ R1 = ~P ~ V L I J ~
Summer Term in Geneva, Switzerland
1une 22 to August 3,1995
POL 356A
Topics: Struggle for Justice
"Struggle for Justice" focuses specifically o n Christian
response, both from the point of view of international
church organizations as well as the individual. It will
deal with the special role of the Christian community
and organizations in identifying and defining the
ethical questions related to international issues and
how these moral deliberations take place in the
?Internationalcommunity. Dist.: Economics/Political
REL 379A
Ecurnenism in the
Contemporary World
In this course you will examine the programs and
roles of church agencies, asking about the world
views that give rise to them. What is the basis for the
common action and common witness by the churches,
which is at the heart of ecumenism? How do the
churches' faith commitments shape their policies and
ethical positions on the world level? How do their
roles and contributions differ from organiza tions that
are not church-based? Among Christian organiu tions,
how do different assumptions about society, politics,
and the Church create different objectives for their
programs? Dist.: Religion
If '
vou need more information about either of these courses, please contact
Kathi Lutfi in Global Education at (612) 330-1655.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
I
I
BUS 340A
Human Resource Management
Cemto
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main 18
BUS 440A
Operations Management
Cemto
Concepts and principles related to the
management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organiza tions
and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include an overview of
operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management,
principles of scheduling and operational control
information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent
of instructor)
6:00-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 13
ART 107A
Drawing
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.:
Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main
MIS 175A
Principles of Computing
for Business
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS,
Wordperfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
370 with a passing grade
cOm~letion
of
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
6;00-9;30pm
M,W
Foss 42
ART ll8A
Painting I
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium, Dist,:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 17
ARTl32A
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
M,W
old ~~i~ 4
ACC 222A
.
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral .
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
9:OO-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
BUS 331A
Financial Management
Myss
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: P.CC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main
-
1
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Studenk need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/
Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Poli tical
Science; Persp.: Social World 1or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
T , Th
Old Main 16
ECO 113A
Principles of MicroEconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution'
of
economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
M,
old d Z n 29
w
ECO 315A
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 10
EDE 375A
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 20
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDE 377A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
9:00-10:45 am
Old Main 4
July 17,19,24,26,31; August 2
EDE 387A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 17
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDS 390A
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high sciool English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391A
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (-50credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media educa tion
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: P E T )
6:00-9:30 pm
M
Foss 175
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M
Old Main 18
ENG 241A
Introduction to Cinema Art
Mitchell
An investiga tion of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its genres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
pm. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Foss 21A
HIS 115A
Modem Middle East
Saadallah
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of natio~lalismand the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world. Dist.:
History /Philosophy
6:OO-7:45pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
INS 199AM99A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their maior to the ovvortunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
..
1
MAT 173A
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments, and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. Dist.: Math/Physics; Grfd
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 25
!,
-
GER 112A
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
SPA 112A
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 18
PHI 175A
Philosophy of Love &Sex
Apolloni
We begin by studying some common conceptions
and misconceptions of romantic love and some
philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to
decide what it is to be in love with someone and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually
desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as
the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality. Dist.: History/
Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 112
PHY lOlA
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celeshon and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 123
PSY 353A
Developmental Psychology:
Middle Adult & Older Adult Robinson-Riegler
Emphasis on normal development and behavior.
Considera tion of data and theory related to
development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives o n death
and dying. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 22
PSY 373A
Organizational Psychology
Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. The study of the individual, groups,
structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
Music 22
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
REL l l l A
Introduction to Theology
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
690-9:30 pm
M,W
Foss 43
REL 221A
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1or 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 10
REL 385A
Process Theology and Christianity
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead
and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." lssues
such as theodicy, christology, sinand salvation will
be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written
and presented to the class. Class sessions will include
video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or
consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 23
h
POL 421A
Topics: Politics of Culture, Ethnicity
and Race
Aoki
What is an American? Observers have pondered
this question since colonial times, and,
periodically, it has triggered raging political
debate. This course addresses this issue by
examining political controversies involving
culture, ethnicity, and race. The emphasis is on
current issues, but there will be some historical
comparison so students can understand how these
concerns have recurred over the years and how
these controversies reflect an ongoing struggle
over the definition of this country. Dist.:
Economics/Political Science
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Foss 21A
SOC 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member which links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
"
'
,
1
SOC35SA
Crime and Community
~l~~~
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
1:30-5:00 pm
M,W
Old Main 1 I
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 352A
Persuasion
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical
research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and
campaigns; the impact of the mass media on
persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 24
SWK 257A
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in rela tion to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar.
Persp.: The City
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SWK 399A
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 354A
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build rela tionships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Music 23
SWK 499A
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
ML 599A
Topics: Colloquium on
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership
Endorf, McNeff, Noon
An overview of contemporary theories of
leadership; team taught with guest lecturers.
Opportunity to explore theory of one's choosing.
(Prereq.: A minimum of one year's course work
the MAL Program)
6:OO-990 pm
T,Th
I
For information and registration materials, call the
Graduate Programs Office at (612)330-1786. (This
course is available only to graduate students.)
I
Show less
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportuniti... Show more
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theatre and the
Minnesota History
h,
#
,
Center to the
Minneapolis
A
Aquatennial.
Augsbuvg in
l
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes nearly
70 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 28 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 24 to August 2. For a detailed
listing of courses, look inside this.
brochure.
.
r
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during ~ e r m i 1 Unless
.
otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter
credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with the
description of the course.
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I n f ~ v l l ~ a t iand
~rl
For~~zs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 612/330-1795
Course Levels: The first digit of the three
digit course number indicates the course
level: course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses, and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
rm
I
Independent aruuy: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultai
with individual faculty members
I
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative EducaticLL
Office at (612)
\
, 330-1148 for more
information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
plans to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office at
(612) 330-1109.
John Schmit, Director
Phoebe McDonald, Assistant
Eligibility ,
.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
re eligible to attend Augsburg Summel
school. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
612/330-1001 or the Weekend Colle:
Admissions Office 612/330-1743. 1
Map of
Interstate 94 West
i
1
College Map l n f o r r n a l l o n
I.AdmUonm Weekday Propram
'L
N
=
*b
e
March
h&tlsu~~ortand Black Student Attaln
4. ~nderoon-~mldn
~ i h i e l l cFleld and S w o n o l Al, Slrucluf.
5. U n l o t tor Globol EductMn and lntomohonolRoo#oms
6. Chr1d.m.n
Cod.,
8. E d Hbll
9. FOU, lobeck. MllesCenler for Woralp.
Drama and Communlcallon
1
a
II.b e Arena
12. Jsrov C. C o r l m m m n l U n l e r
13. Mdnlen-e
and Ground, Shop
14. M ~ r t e ~ n l o w e ~
Campus Location
.
Interstate 94 East
15. Murphy Place
Weekend Cdlege Admklonr ond
Groduote Program
16. Murphy Square
I
I~.MuIIc Hall
18. Nordlc Csnlw
1V.Old M0l"
20.08car Andemon Hall
21. Puod
22. ISlence Han
23. fsculty Dllpdch Center
24. Shlpplnamd ReceMng
26.51 Melby Hall
26. Sverdwp Ubrary
27. Sverdwp-Olf~dolMemortalHaU
+
P a r k l n g Lots
A. AdmUons Parktng
lor pr-clke
*dents and their parenlr
8. Faculty/Sldf/CommuterIReIIdenl ParLlnp
C. FcculW/StdlParkkg
D. Facuily/Sd/Commuler Parklnp
I.Commuler Street ~arklng
F. ReIIdsnl Parkkg
G. nnor Parklng
H. Wenlde Rol&nol
Bundlno Ramp
188 lnfamdlon desk In the Chhlerven Cer
for specla1 anongemenh
b ~ l m o b ~ laccess
ty
-
*orf-$nlww
28. Urneu Tower
29, Voulh and k m l w Inslllule
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit turn left at 25t,
Avenue, turn left at Riverside
turn left at 21st Avenue Soufi;
1-94 West from St. Paul -
I.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
m
Beginning April 15, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled. This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
You must confirm your registration in
person by paying tuition in full at the
Business Office (see deadlines below),
or you will be dropped from your
course(s).
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration by May
29. Term I1 confirmation must be made
by June 25. This procedure applies to all
summer registrations, including
Internships and Independent Studies.
The Business Office is located in the
Science Hall, Room 147, and is open
from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Business
Office will be open until 6 p.m. on May
28 and 29, and on June 24 and 25. The
Business Office is also open on
Saturdays when Weekend College is in
session; contact the Weekend College
Office at 330-1782 for more information.
Tuition must be paid in full in order for
your registration to be confirmed.
(Augsburg students who have unpaid
balances from previous terms must pay
these balances before they may confirm
their Summer School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 31, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 28.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
Summer 1996
Term I
Term I1
Scheduling begins
April 15
April 15
Confirmation of registration deadline
May 29
June 25
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 28
May 29
June 24
June 25
Last day to:
Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
June 10
May 31
May 31
July 8
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 20
June 24
July 4
July 26
August 2
August 7
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discrimillatc on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendmeilts or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
Tuition for 1996 Summer School courses
is as follows: $855.00 for full credit
courses, $430.00 for half-credit courses,
and $215.00 for quarter-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibilit
For Summer Sesszon A tendees
!
Day Program
Students enrolled in Summer Term I
only are not eligible for financial
assistance because the term is less than
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term for financial
aid purposes.
Students enrolled in Summer Terms I
and I1 combined or Term I1 only may be
eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant or the
Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students enrolled in Summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for Summer
Session is March 15,1996. Contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials
and additional assistance.
J
\
ART 3 8 9 4
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:00-11:20 0111
M,T, W,TIt,F
Foss 43
!
I
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
1:00-3:20pi11
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moil1 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 flit1
M,T, W,Til,F
Old Maitt 23
BUS 2 4 2 4
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,T,W,Th
Old Muin 11
BUS 252-S
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 a111
M,T, W,TIt,F
M~rsic24
BUS 368-S
LaFave
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia.approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
9:00-11:20 utrl
M,T,W,Tlr,F
Ml~sic23
.
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152),P/N only. Persp.:
Social World 1 or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 1124
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
lor2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
1
EDE 3824
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.50 credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T ,w
Libray 20
ENG 2274
Journalism
Dalglish
An introductory news writing course with
emphasis on writing for the print media, including
practice in writing for radio and television.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather
and verify facts, and write those facts into a news
story. Basic copy preparation, editing practices,
and an introduction to legal and ethical questions
are included. Persp.: the City; Grad Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Foss 175
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:00- 11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
ENG 2514
Readings in American Literature
Palosaari
An introduction to representative works that yield
an understanding of the Western heritage and
American world views. Themes could include the
emergence of national identity, the relationship
between humankind and God, the nature of
nature, dehitions of the American self,
individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought and the continuity of Western culture in
America. Persp.: Western Heritage
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 11
HIS 3314
Topics in U.S. Histow:
A History of Basebali
Kimball
In this course, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the
lines, the great players and teams. Instead we will
take up several topics which can illuminate the
historical evolution of this country. Some of these
include: professionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of "big"
leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues,
women's baseball, labor relations, and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place.
Special attention will be paid to baseball in the
Twin Cities.
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th, F
Music 5
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
GER Ill-S
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 21
SPA Ill-S
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Persp.: Intercultural Awarenes'S'2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders'
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 23
REL Ill-S
Introduction to Theology
Tranvik
An introductio'n to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 22
REL 221-5
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck I1
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Persp.: Christian Faith 1
or 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
1:OO-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 175
SWK 3994
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.:senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 1214
Introduction to Human Society
V'Neal
What is society and how does it make us who we
are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology
offers insights into discovering the world and one's
place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure,
institutions and our interactions with each other.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
690-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2114
Human Communities
and the Modem Metropolis
O'Neal
The course asks a fundamental question of our
times: how is community possible in the face of
multicultural, economic and ideological forces that
are characteristicof urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics are a basis for exploring this
possibility. Persp.: the City
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T. W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
1
I
Awburs CONege
Summer F'mgmm in Paris, Fmce
May 28 to July 2,1996
FRE 211-S
Intermediate French
Pezechkian-Weinberg
To provide participants with a unique
opportunity to inaease their knowledge of
French language and culture, Augsburg College
Summer Program is offering a four-week
academicprogram in Paris, France, under
direction of Dr. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg.The
program will feature intensive language study at
an intermediate level. This course is designed for
students who have successfully completed
French 111 and 112 at Augsburg College. For
students interested in other levels of French,
special arrangementscan be made.
Cost: $3,975 includes airfare, tuition,
accommodations, breakfast and lunch. Non-credit cost is $2,975.
For more information, please call Kathy Lutfi in
the Center for Global Education at 33@1655,or
Dr. Pezechkian-Weinberg at 33@1090.
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work, Bristol University, England
June 28 to July 14,1996
SWK 257-E
Exploring Human Services:
Link
International Program
This course is an orientation to human service in
an international context, with many visits to
human senrice agencies, lectures and seminars.
Full orientation takesplace at Augsburg for two
sessions before the course. Credit is
banscripted through Augsburg. The course is
also available for graduate aedit with a research
component.
Cost: $2,200 includes tuition, all ground
bansport in the U.K.,all accommodationsand
most food. Airfare is N m included. Students
must make their own flight arrangements.
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
Old Main 25
9:00-10:45 olrr
M,Th
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 1 7
6:00-9:30 pnr
T,Th
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium.
Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 17
6:00-9:30 p ~ n
T,Th
ART 132
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section SOld Main 4
1:00- 4:30 ptn
M, W
Section P6:00-9:30 p~il
M, W
Old Mail1 4
BIO 101-S
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Tlr
Scierlce 205
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS
242)
Old Mnin 11
6:00-9:30 pix
M,W
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of
view. Topics include an overview of operations,
planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of
quality, inventory management, principles of
scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
Old Moil1 11
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Business Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or
a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
5:00-9:00 p~rl
M,W
Foss 42
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Persp.: Social
World 1or 2, or the City
Arrn~lged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
Old Mnin 16
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
ECO 1134
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pin
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M,W
Old Main 16
EDE 3754
Discovery Learning in the
Graves
World of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
Library 20
5:30-9:30 p,n
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
9:OO-10:45 atn
Old Main 4
EDE 384-S
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies (.50 credit)
Roberts
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for social studies and thematic teaching
at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
June 24, 26; July 1,3,8
Old Main 22
6:OO-9:30 ptn
EDE 3864
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
June 25; July 2,9,16,23,30
5:OO-8:OO ptn
Libra y 17
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing if EDU 478 is also taken. (Prereq.:
PPST, EDU 265)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
5:30-9:30 pnl
Library 17
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:00-9:30 pttr
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M
Science 112
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development
in an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych, is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pnt
T,TII
Library 20
EDU 3414
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication throurh the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teaching/learning situations. Computer
training will be included in the course. (Prereq.:
PPST)
June 25,27; J~rly9,11,16,18,23
6:OO-9:OO ptn
T , Th
Foss 175
-
ENG 223-A
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports,
letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation
Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30 ptn
T , Th
Science 213
ENG 282-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell, but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually a white man belonging to a warrior class,
we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and
myths, but also as it appears in contemporary
American popular narratives. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
6:OO-3:3Opnl
M, W
Old Mnin 27
HIS 4404
Topics in World History:
Liberation Movements in
Latin America 1850-1940
Winkler-Morey
A study of the foundations of contemporary social
and revolutionary movements in Latin America,
1850-1940. Topics include but are not limited to
the struggle for women's rights in Brazil and Cuba;
indigenous people's fight to protect their
autonomy in the Peruvian Andes; race-pride, labor
movements, and anti-colonialism among Afro~ a r i b b e a n Emiliano
s~
Zapata and the ~ i x i c a n
Revolution; Augusto Sandino and Nicaragua's
response to imperialism.
6:OO- 3:30 PIII
T, Tlz
Old Mni1123
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arlnrzged
GER 112-S
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
9:OO-10:45 nlrr
M,T,W,Th
Old Moin 21
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45~ I I I
M,T,W,TIz
Old Moil1 25
PHY 1014
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.:Mathematics Placement Group
11) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30plrl
M, W
Scier~ce123
POL 3834
Defining America:
Aoki
Theories of Political and Social Change
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race
ethnicity, and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal
of this course is to enable students to make
thoughtful contributions to this debate.
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
M,W
Fuss 2 l A
PSY 1054
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-3:30pfrl
T, TI1
Old Mnir123
REL 3734
Religions of China and Japan
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq.: Re1 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
6:OO-9:30prrl
T,TII
Fuss 43
REL 4404
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111
or 221) Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
T,TIz
Fuss 2 l B
REL 483-S
Christian Ethics
Forbes
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Prereq.: Re1 111or 221) Persp.: Christian
Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pnr
M, W
Foss 43
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arrnnged
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pr~r
T, TI1
Old M ~ i 27
n
I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
SPC 9 ~ 7 - . 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the
potential of communications between persons of
different cultural groups. Students examine
Western and non-Western cultural rules, values,
assumptions and stereotypes and how they affect
the transmission of verbal and non-verbal
messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of cross-cultural
interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 24
SPC 3544
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
T, Th
Music 23
6:OO-9:30 pm
-
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:30-5:00 prrl
T,TI1
Old Main 11
SWK 2574
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must
arrange to perform 80 hours of work in a human
service agency and must attend the weekly
seminar. Persp.: the City
M,T,W,Th
Old Mnin 29
1:OO-2:45 p111
SWK 399-S
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arratlged
Augsburg
College
Summer School
,
I.
1
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a
host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theater to the
Minnesota History
Center to the
Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
I
Augsburg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 27 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 23 to July 31. For a detailed listing
I
of courses, look inside this brochure.
-
.
I
- -
-.I
w
I I
a
Information and
Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
campus
B~~ #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
I Minneapolis,
I
6121330-1795
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Course Levels: lne rlrst aiglr or tne t
digit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
schmit, ~i~~~~~~
phoebe ~
~
~~
~
Eligiii
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listec
internship opportunities may be I
u
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
I
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative Education
Office at 6121330-1148 for more
C
information.
'
Housing: Students who need housing
mav contact the Residence Life Office
-
w44k
_
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
rn
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four semester
credits and six quarter credits.
.
.
,
.y
-I 1:
a
~~
~ -~ l
di
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
I
School. Good standing implies that the - I
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
I
hstitutian,
L-
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the director of
summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
-
B
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
6121330-1001 or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 6121330-1743.
'L
I
1
I
I
?
6th Street S
I"
7th Street S
mi-
Builer Place
94 West
-1nterslale
II
II
Interstate 94 East
...
-
-
~llegeMap Information
14. Murphy Place
Admlrrionr Weekday Program
1s. M l l , ~ l l ) ll q l l * , ~
16 M I $ = ]YA:
<
17 Nordic Center
18 Old Main
19 Orcar Anderson Hall
M Publlc Relatlanr and Communication I
21 Quad
22 Sdence Hall
23 Serurlty Dlrpatch Center
I
24 Shipplng and Receiving
LS S1 Melby Hall
26 Sverdrup Llbrary
27 Sverdrup-OttedalMemorial Hall
Marter 01 Sociol Wo* Admirrianr
28. Urness Tower
29. Youth and Farnlly Institute
30. New U b r a y l T to open Fall 1997
&I,
s!r.,t;:rt
!"l-z<,<~
,\',"~t,,L"'f 'f,~Wu~,f,
$*';,<I,
%.lhe~rc-,
~rudlrr,Slurlml
Juppon
brr !on tn I I'-#,-b?ri*rrr J l v l k n r Services
b.G~q/?:>i>
irl<br:
Athkti< r l ~ l 3
drd
Seasonal Air Structure
Center for Global Education and
International Programs
6 Chrlrtenren Center. Information Desk
7 East Hall
8. Fosr, Lobeck, Miles Center far Worrhlp,
Drama and Communlcatlon
9 Hurby-StrommenTennis Courts
10 Ice Arena
leray C Carlron Alumnl Center
Walntenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
L
AMPUS
i
LOCATIC
-
1I , ,
L
-
--4
-
-
~3..
-
- I
4r
.
35W from the North .
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn leE
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2J.st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Beginning April 14, you may schedule
summer school courses at the Registrar's
Office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. A
$50.00 tuition deposit must be paid at
that time for each course scheduled. This
deposit will be applied to your summer
school tuition and is not refundable
unless the course is canceled. If a course
that you have scheduled is canceled, you
may elect to receive a refund or apply
the deposit to the tuition for another
course. To insure that you reserve a
place in the courses that you desire, we
recommend that you schedule your
courses as early as possible. Many
courses fill early, and courses with low
enrollments may be canceled before the
first day of the term. You must confirm
your registration in person by paying
tuition in full at the Business Office
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 7. Students taking
courses during Term I must confirm
their registration by May 28. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 24.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. The Business
Office is located in the Science Hall,
Room 147, and is open from 8:30 a.m.
to 4:00 p.m. The Business Office will be
open until 6 p.m. on May 27 and 28 and
on June 23 and 24. The Business Office is
also open on Saturdays when Weekend
College is in session. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their summer
school registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 30, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 27.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an AddIDrop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the "Tuition Refund Policy" section of
this brochure.
Summer 1997
I
.
,=
Scheduling begins
Confirmation begins
Confirmation of registration deadline
(confirmation nzust be done irz
person at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
Last day to:
.Change grading option
.Drop class without notation
.Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accep fed after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
Term I
-
-
-1
April 14
May 7
May 28
April 14
May 7
June 24
May 27
May 28
June 23
June 24
June 9
May 30
May 30
July 7
June 27
June 27
-
-
June 13
June 20
June 25
July 4
July 25
July 33
August 6
I L is the policy or Augsburg Cullcgr not Lo Jiscriluinnli, on Llic b'isis o l wcc, color, crccd, religion, scxual
,iffeclion,~l prclcn%ncr,nalional ~ i r c l l i n i corigin, ~igc,mc~rit,ilsl,ilus, s(.u orslCiluswill1 rrg,ird Lo 11i1hlic
,issislancc, o~.disabiliLy,is ~ , c q ~ ~ i lby
t . d'l'illr I X l h r 1'17'2 E d u w l i o n Amcnclmcnls o~.Scclion504
Llic
I L ! h ~ i b i l i ~ , i l iA~c~l no l 1970, ,is ,~mcndcd,i n ils cidmissic>nspolitics, c.duc.,il~c~n
p ~ . ( ~ g ~ . ~I i ~ iLi si ~, i l i dc '~~ i ~
c m p l o y ~ n c n~pr,icliccs.
l
I
l
I
1
71h Street S .
7
Alr Structure Entrance
Seasonal Alr Structure
Center for Global Education and
lnternatlonal Programs
9. Hurby-Strornmen Tennlr Courts
1" Ice Arena
leroy C, Carlron Alumnl Center
Maintenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul -
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Stoller
IntwduoMwl toZruafnessactivities, basic concepts
md,fu&rnenlilb of aefounting, the accounting
cycle ffns p ~ e p w r a hof financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 ain
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Matn 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 arrr
M,T, W,Tlz,F
Old Main 25
BUS 242-5
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:00prir
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 11
ECO 110-5
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I
begins. Call 330-1152. P I N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
1or 2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDE 382-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Mathematics (-50credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:00-9:30 prn
T,Th
Library 1
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych. is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,Th,F
Library17
9:00-11:20 a m
EDU 341-5
Media Technology (.50 Credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through
" the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teachingllearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST)
M,W
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pnt
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and
races, and male and female writers. The course
aims to expand students' critical and analytical
skills in reading literature and writing about it as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses in
literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
9:OO-l1:20 an1
ENG 3474
Quantitative Journalism:
Computer-Assisted Reporting
Dalglish
This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the
interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of
expository essays and news reports. The course is
designed for persons wishing to explore the use of
computer-assisted research and those preparing to
enter the communication professions. (Prereq:
ENG 225, or ENG 227 or consent of instructor and
MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:00 pni
M, T, W,Th
Foss 20
HIS 3484
Russia and the Soviet Union in
the 20th Century
Kimball
This course provides an introductory historical
survey of Russia and the Soviet Union in this
century. It begins with an examination of Russian
history before turning to the Russian Revolutions
of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of
power. Later topics will include the rise of Stalin,
his Great Terror, the Cold War and the slow
rejection of Stalinism. We will conclude with an
examination of developments since the rise of
Gorbachev, the collapse of the Soviet Union and
the emergence of the Russian Republic. The course
will emphasize political, social, economic and
cultural history by focusing on Russian/Soviet
practices and institutions. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
M,T, W,Th, F
Old Main 13
9:OO-11:20 a m
ENG 225-5
Intermediate Expository Writing
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Graduation
Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20 an1
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 1l
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
GER l l l - S
Beginning German I
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, and reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German
culture and uarticiuation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:OO-11:45am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 22
.
SPA l l l - S
Beginning Spanish I
Farrell
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part
of this course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:45prn
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.:PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-990 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
REL l l l - S
Holt
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,Th,F
Old Main 18
SOC 265-5
Gerasimo
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P / N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 16
BUS 3404
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
M,w
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of
instructor)
T,Th
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel
pencils. Subjects include still-life figures, building
interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1324
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
Section T6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
ART 3894
American Art
Anderson
A study of early colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics. Graduation Skill: Speaking
T,Th
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pm
ACC 2224
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making and behavioral consideratioils.
(Prereq.:ACC 221)
9:00-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Busidess Schwalbe
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word,
Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel. Students
with a strong computer background are encouraged
to take MIS 370 (not offered Summer Session)
instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a "Pass" in
MAT 103, a self-paced course)
T,Th
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I1
begins. Call 330-1152. P / N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 4
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international
trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage
T,Th
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 1 1 3 4
Princivles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113),,
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 16
I
,
1
I
'
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
6:30-8:30 pnl
T,Th
Old Main 4
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening and small group
discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 3914
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education was based on in the
past and how to incorporate media education into
the English curriculum. Students will become
familiar with all forms of mass media and will
understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 2234
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters
and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation Skill:
Writing
690-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 13
ENG 282-SI382-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually white and belonging to a warrior class,
analysis of the heroic warrior myth, both as it is
depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths
and as it appears in contemporary American
popular narratives, will be explored. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,w
Old Main 23
HIS 440-5
Topics in World History: The Meaning
of 20th Century European Diplomatic History
for 21st Century Europe
Anderson
This course provides historical perspective on
some of the security, political and economic
problems facing Europe at the end of the
millennium while attempting to assess and
understand the future of NATO, the possibilities of
a United States of Europe, the Yugoslav problem
and the relationship of Russia and the United
States to Europe. The course begins with a
consideration of World Wars I and I1 within a
diplomatic context and includes examination of the
motives for West European economic and political
integration.
6:OO-9:30pm
T,TI1
Old Main 10
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which
students design a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
INS 2254
Introduction to Islam
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sumis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some
effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism
will be made, including a visit to one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
6:OO-9:30pnl
T ,Th
Old Main 29
MAT 1734
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30pin
T ,Th
Old ~ a i 23
n
GER 1124
Beginning German I1
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narrative in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation in short conversations.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
9:OO-11:30 rrtn
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 22
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-3:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 29
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientificthought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing and
lab sessions are important components of the course.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11), Persp.: Natural World 2
M, w
Science 212
6:OO-9:30 ptn
POL 2954
Topics in Political Thought:
Utopias & Dystopias
Riley
"War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is
strength," so asserts the Ministry of Truth in
Orwell's bleak warning to humanity in his novel
"1984." In this course we will examine fundamental questions of human nature and human
society through the lens of utopian and dystopian
texts. What is the nature of freedom? Is freedom
and community compatible? How may sex and
gender be distinguished? What are the sources of
violence in human society? What are the legitimate
ends of state authority? Persp.: Human Identity,
Graduation Skill: Writing
M, W
Old Main 27
6:OO-9:30 pnr
POL 383-5
Defining America: Theories of Political
and Social Change
Aoki
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race,
ethnicity and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal is
to enable students to make thoughtful contributions
to debates in dire need of such offerings.
6:OO-9:30 pnt
M,w
Foss 43
PSY 105-5
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
, M, w
Science 213
REL 3574
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
The lives of famous Christians are crossed with
tragedies and triumphs. This course combines
biography and theology to gain insights into the
history of the church. Figures as diverse as
Augustine, Julian of Norwich, Martin Luther and
Martin Luther King Jr. will be studied. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 10
REL 385-5
Process Theology & Christian Faith
Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational
world view of process philosophy and examines
how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical
deliberations. Special attention will be given to the
writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of
process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical
issues addressed in the class include murder,
abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades
will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), the
presentation of the paper to the class and class
participation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
T, Th
Old Main 27
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special
stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:00-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 13
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctiollal programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion and site visits to
prisoiis, courts and community agencies. Special
atlention to concepts of restorative justice. (I'rereq.:
Soc 321)
1:00-4:30 ~ I I I
T,Tlr
Old M n i ~ r10
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 28 to July 12,1997
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 3294
Intercultural Communication
Gaetano
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for colnmunication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction and
(.ode systems Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
,:00-9:3U ~ I I I
T,TII
Old Mniir 18
?PC 351-S
,\rgumentation
Lapakko
1 )evelops critical thinking skills by studying the
i heory and practice of argument, evidence,
:,illacres and refutation. Includes how to build and
n a l y z e public arguments that confront students in
ilieir everyday lives. Graduatioil Skill: Critical
l'hinking
1 :00-9:30 p ~ r ~
M,w
Old Mfliil 18
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Senrices:
International Program
Bibus
This course is an orientation to human service
in an international context with many visits
to human service agencies, lectures and
seminars. Full orientation takes place at
Augsburg for two sessions before the course.
Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. The
course is also available for graduate credit
with a research component.
Cost: $1,990 includes tuition, all ground
transportation in the U.K., all accommodations and most meals. Airfare is NOT
included. Students must make their own
flight arrangements.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
Show less
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a de... Show more
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
term one
June 1 to June 26
term two
June 29 to August 7
about
augsbur
Augsburg College is a four-year, accredited
liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and
is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000
students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to
the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial.
summer session info
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value
of one course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course Levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office at
(612) 330-1148 for more information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1109.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #I44
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer School Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743.
3
to register
Bt
ning An]
su
er sch
Registrar's 0 t h
and 4:30 p.m.
calendar
-
ay s c h c d ~ ~ l c
at the
ween 8:00 a.m.
tuition deposit
must be paid z
at time for each
course sch
rhis deposit will hc
applied to you
r school tuition
r ~ ~ l e the
s s course
and is not ref1
1. If a co
you have
is cant
is cancclcd, ,..- may elect to
,.,
the tuition for another course. To
insure that you reserve a pl
I the
1n1nen~1
courses that you desire, M
as early
that yo^^ schedule your 1.1
rly, and
as possible. Many cour:
courses with low enroll
~ t may
s
he
canceled before the first day of the
term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in
full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped
from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 11. Students taking
courses during Term 1 must confirm
their registration by June 2. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 30.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. T h e Business
en from _ ... . a.m.
Room 147 a n
siness Office will
to 4:00 p.m. l h t
be open until 6
o n June 1 and 2
and on Junc
and 30. T h e Business
Oftice is
i when
~n SI
n . Tuition
Weekencl couef
must he aid in tull in oruer for your
.. . -.
le confirmed. (Augsburg
j whc) have unpaid halances
? v ; . - . --rms
~
must pay these
,,,
a12
st
they [nay confirm their
summer sch~
trations.)
cheduling begins
:onfirmation begins
:onfirmation of registration deadline
,......
A late fee of $50 will he assessed for
students who dc? not confirm o n time.
No Term 1 registrations will he accepted after June 3, and Term 11 registrations will not he accepted after July 6.
To change your registration you will
necd to fill out an add/drop form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies
to illternships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the " T u i t i o ~Refund
~
Policy" section of
this brochure.
:
April 13
May 11
June 2
April 13
May 11
June 30
June 1
June 2
June 29
June 30
June 8
June 3
June 3
July 13
July 6
July 6
confirmation must be done in
erson at the Business Office)
:lasses begin
balance of tuition due
,ast day to:
Change grading option
Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations wiU be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
#&
June 19
June 26
July 1
3
7
PL,
the hasis i f r m e , C ~ J L Jcreed,
~ , religioi~,sexmrl or affectionnl prefrreilce, natiunnl
A u ~ h h u r gdi~eriiot drscrimillnte
m reqriired by Tick
or erhiiic ongin, a ~ e marital
,
stiltus, gender, stntus with ~ c g a r dtro public ~ ~ s ~ s t a norc edr,ahility
,
I?: of the 1972 Educntion Atnendinents or Secrri~r~
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its
admbsion poliilrs, edrtiatiunol Inr)groins, activities, m d etnpbyment pmctrceh
augsburg
fees
.-
The tuition charge for 1998 summer
school courses is as follows: $900 for
full-credit courses, $450 for half-credit
courses and $225 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition refund policy
The $50.00 per course deposit i~
refundable. A refund of all or par
the remaining fee is calculz ' from
the date of the student's
cancellation at the
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting-75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting -50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated
version of the schedule of refunds.
-
f inancia
>id
Eligibility for;$ummer
Session ~tten&es
!!
I
5
Financial aid is',available to students
enrolled in ~ & . 6 rW e ~ k ~ nPrograms.
d
Students wlip maintain3h81f-time
status (as defined by the program in
.-.L:cli they are enrolled) are eligible
nnl; for financial aid.
uay rrog
Students enrollea m summer Terms I
and 11 combined or only Term I1 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with the WEC
spring trimester.
14. Murphy Place
15. Mur h Square
16. ~ u s hall
t
17. Nardlc Center
10. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Publlc Relatlons and Communlcatlon
College Map lnformatlon
1 Admlsslons Weekday Program
Alr Structure Entrance
2
Seasonal Alr Structure
5. Center far Global Educatlon and
lnternatlonal Programs
6. Chrlrtenren Center, lnformatlon Desk
7. East Hall
8. Forr Lobeck, Mlles Center for
~ o h h ,l Drama and Communlcatlon
9. Husby-gtrommenTennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. JeroyC. Carlson Alumnl Center
12. Malntenanre and Grounds Shoo
13. Mortensen Tower
Ramp
campus location
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and rum left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 2lst
Avenue South.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 1998.
Contact the Ofhce of Student
Financial Services at (612) 330-1046
for application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn Left at 21st
Avenue South.
PI,4;q
-
- .-
a(
--
.
5;
:
-
.
,
I-.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.about augsburg
-
.7
!fI
lytical skills in reading literature and writing
about it as the prerequisite for all upper level
courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
ACC 2 2 1 3
Principles of Accc
Introduction to bu
and fundamel
cycle, and prt
Stoller
--..;ities, basic concepts,
ounting, the accounting
f hnancial statements.
9:OO- 11:20 an
W,Th,F
Sabella
! E o n s of ~robkmsfacment by independent
tnnr* nf instructor before
~ly.Persp.:
Old Main 18
ACC 3 2 2 8
Accountino 1neul , ..--.
Kader
A n anal
f financial accou
nphasis
-- accol
g theory p e r t a i n ~ ~to~ gnmanct;
!nts, income concepts, valuation concepl
PASB statements, and other relevant issues
applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222)
-
-
9:OO-ll:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Music 22
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organiration, staffing, planning, and control. The nature
of authority, accountability, and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00pm
M, T; W,Th
BUS 3 9 9 3
Internship
Arranged
Music 22
Kader
of Macroeconomics
Gupta
ductlon to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, mon~
~dfiscal policy, international
trade, econorr
,th.(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Persp.: Western
el012
9:OO-ll:20 am
,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
b
uU J 341.Media Technology (.50 Credit)
M,T;W,Th,F
Room TBA
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teachindlearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
C H M 223-S
Elementary Organic Chemistry
TBA
This 10-week course is designed for students
whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis,
properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count
toward a chemistry major and credit cannot be
given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken. It
does not fulfill the prerequisite requirement for
CHM 352 or the biochemistry requirements for
other programs. This course runs from June 1 to
Aug. 6 and has two three-hour lab meetings
every week. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116)
Time TEA
- --
June 2,4,9,11,23,25
Library 20
--.-ENG 2 2 3 3
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouaged to
use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:OO pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 13
ENG 2 4 5 3
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures
and races, and male and female writers. The
course aims to expand students' critical and ana-
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W.Th,F
Old Main 10
Eric Rhomer, Claude Chabrol, and others. Parallel
to a discussion on the aesthetic aspects specific to
each author and genre, we will study different
cultural themes. The films are in French with
English subtitles. The class work is in English.
1:OO-320 pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
H I S _ S.
History of the Twin Cities
~ i ~ b ~ lBeginning
l
Spanish I
Soto
four basic skills: understanding,
~h~ ~
i
~and ~ paul ~area serves
~
lAimsi to develop
~
as~ a case~
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
study for the themes of frontier urbanization,
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
industrialization and economic change, transSpanish-speaking world. ~aboratorywork is an
portation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban
integral part of this course. Persp.: intercultural
politics and reform. Persp.: The City
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W,Th, F
Old Main 13
Awareness 2
st,
1:OO-320pm
PSYC
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member that links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
M, T; W,Th,F
Old Main 29
,
PSY 3c- _
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
A n introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from
organic, and p s y c ~ o ~ o g ipoints
c a ~ of
view, prereq,: PSY 102 or 105)
6:oo-g:oo pm
M,T;W,T~
Old Main 23
Arranged
I
MAT 105-S
Applied Algebra
Provides an introduction to algebra and its applications to the social, natural, and physical sciences,
business, and everyday life. Topics covered include
understanding and solving linear, quadratic, and
exponential equations, the connections between
equations, graphs, numbers and the situations they
describe, and the use of a scientific calculator.
(Prereq.: MPG 2 or consent of instructor)
9:OO-11:20am
M,T;W,Th,F
Science 108
-)))
Topics: French and
duRivage
Francophone Culture in Film
A n introduction to the main cultural issues that
characterize French and Francophone societies as
they have been portrayed in the works of such
filmmakers as Francois Truffaud, Maurice Pialat,
REL 353-S
Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
Bussert
A study of beliefs and worship practices of the
major Christian denominations and of many
contemporary religious groups. Some controversial
religious movements will also be considered.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
~:oo.g:oopm
M,T;W,T~
Foss 43
REL 357
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
Looks at the lives and thinking of some important
Christians. The mix of biography and theology
makes for stimulating reading and discussion. We
will study figures like Augustine, Martin Luther
King Jr., and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian
~a$a2~mqfn~on
M,,wTh
Science 212
\
term
I
7
-august
ART 107-S
Drawing
Drawing in gr;
pencils. Subjects in'
.
Cerrito
elated to the management
Persp.: A
ART 11'-'
Painting
o painting meala ana recnnlque
lntroduc
acrylic a m "11. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Old Mair;
ART 132-S/ART 132-T
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30pm
Section T6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Old Main 4
Music 22
i
~ r i n c i ~ l of
e s Comnuting for Business Schwalbe
re to develop understanding
An introducl
---7ts and specific skills in
of basic c o m p ~ ,
are (Windows, Word,
using microcoml
Excel, Access, Powerromt, e-mail, and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel.
Students with a strong computer background are
encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
FOSS42
Old Main 4
C H M 223-&See
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting 11
Kader
A coniinuation of ~ ~ ~ 2Introduction
2 1 .
to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-makine, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
9:OO-lO:45am
M,T; W,Th
Foss 21
BUS 3 4 0 3
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Music 22
0
Term one
0
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems
facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor
before Term 11 begins. Call 330-1152. PIN only.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 3
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
ECO 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
lntroduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30pm
M, W
Old Main 29
ECO 315-S
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, and the Federal
Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
6:OO-9:30pm
M. W
Old Main 16
EDU 21023
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survev of educational osvcholow
= topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105
is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30om
% Th
Library 17
.,
EDE 37723
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Teacher Education Program)
June 29, July 1, 6, 8, 13,15
6:30-8:30pm
b Th
Old Main 4
EDE 386-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Graves
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq,: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
5:30-8:30pm
M, W
Library
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program) Graduation Skill: Writing
5:30-8:30pm
Library 17
M, w
EDS 3 9 0 3
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed
to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (a50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media, examining the whys
of teaching media, how to go about it effectively,
what kind of assumptions media education was
based on in the past, and how to incorporate
media education into the English curriculum.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 282-S
Topics:Women Monsters
and Monstrous Best
Kramer
Enjoy reading horror novels like Frankenstein,
Dracula, or the works of S t e ~ h e nKine and Anne
Rice? This class explores why readers are attracted
to "monstrous" genres and how monstrosities affect
the representation of women and marginalized
groups in contemporary popular culture.
6:OO-9:36
M, w
Old Main 13
IHISTORY
. .-
INS 414-2
Rhetoric (forme
The rhetoris
colonial tin
rhetorical perspc
Rhetorical critic
-
of a UnitedlStates
Yugy Iav
relationship qf-md
the
prc' ' &the
1
s to Europe.
6Th
Ola
-
INS 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
dents design a learning aareemenz th a faculty
member that links the-ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
)
Nilsson
lerican feminists from
alyzed to develop a
American feminism.
e means of analvsis. Pers~.:
k i n g Spanish I1
Soto
Four basic skills: understandAims to deve
I, and writing of elementary
ing, speaking, ,
o the culture of the
Spanish. Introdt
Laboratory work is an
Spanish-speakin, .-.;.
integral part of the course. Persp.: lntercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45 pm
M, 6 W,Th
Old Main 29
POL 282-S
Asian Americans and the Politics
of Identity
Aoki
This course focuses on Asian Americans and
recent political battles over the American identity
We will seek to understand Asian American views
of these controversies, and we will also consider
the larger context in which Asian Americans find
themselves. The class will revolve around discussions of readings, films, and current political issues.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Old Main 10
REL 3 6 9 3
Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Stratton
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism,
and world view. Reading and discussion of several
novels. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 11
Arranged
INS 225-S
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also
be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). A visit
to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities is
included. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 pm
6 Th
Foss 43
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars, and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components of
the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions
are required. (Prereq.: MPG 2), Persp.: Natural
World 2
6:OO-9:30 prn
M, w
REL 4 7 2 3
Paul the Apostle
Quanbeck I1
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical
background, his relationship to the early church,
and some of the themes found in his writings.
Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 and Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking
3:OO-6:00 prn
6 Th
Old Main 16
Science 123
SWK 260-S
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 25
SOC 3 5 6 3
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:OO-4:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 10
SPC 329-S
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30prn
M, w
Old Main 18
SPC 4143
Speaking of Women:
American Feminist Rhetoric
(formerly Feminist Rhetoric)
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists from
colonial times to now is analyzed to develop a
rhetorical perspective on American feminism.
Rhetorical criticism is the means of analysis.
Persp.: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:30prn
6 Th
Old Main 11
summer term a h
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
"Developing
- - a Multicultural Perspective:
A graduate level course for educators in Cue1 aca, Mexico"
July 6-19, 1998 (Augsburg ' . ' L course credit auuc~ole)
-
"Peace Issues in Central Americ:
June 12-22, 1998 with rhe 1.11thers
"Peo
July :
'
'
r Lives and (
I (wit1
"Guatemala in the
August 1-9, 1998
.,.
xas A
uM
El Salvador and Honduras'
University)
I Wgr Period"
3
;ions, Laying Foundations.
"South Africa: Heali
Transforming SoEietj
June 1 7 - ~ u 1 ~
Human Rights Travel/Study Seminar in Mexico
July 13-22, 1998 (includes Mexico G't and Chiapas)
9
For more information and other possible trips, contact the
Center for Global Education
directly at 330-1159 or: globaled@augsburg.edu
A
Show less
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5... Show more
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5.
A cietailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
term one
June 1 to J ~ l n e25
term two
June 28 to August 5
about
augsburg
Augshurg College is a four-year, liberal arts
college locatcci in the heart of Min~~eapolis,
ancl affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran C h ~ l r c hin America, Augshurg is accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools."' T h e small college environment, ahont 3,000
s t ~ ~ d e n(luring
ts
the acacle~llicyear, is enriched by the Inany opport~lnitiesfound in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of c u l t ~ ~ rand
a l recreational activities.
summer session info
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valile
of one course credit. O n e Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
Co~lrsesfillfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduatio~l
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
n~llnhersheginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent stildies [nay be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In acidition to those listed,
internship opportunities may he
arranged individually during the summer. Acade~nicinternships are carefi~lly
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty me~nber.Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning at (612)
330-1 148 for more information.
-'N r ~ l . l h(:?r~rl-nl
A > \ o c i n [ i o ~of~ College$ n l i d Schoolr, C o ~ i u m i \ s i o ~OILi Ili,tiurtiol~s ofHi~11e1. Edtrsarion,
(3 12) 263-0456.
\&I7
rite <zuit'u,.~lcnsihe.orfi>
Employer reimbursement: Students
who clualify for reimb~lrsement their
employers may use their reimbursement
- to pay tor Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students \vho need housing
lnay contact the Resicience Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional infor~nationmay be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
C a ~ n p u sBox #I44
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer Session Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such instit~ltions,and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augshurg Summer
Session. Good stancling implies that the
st~ldenthas heen admitted and not subsecl~~ently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinatc>r
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
~ l n d e special
r
circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not ; u ~ t o ~ n a t i c agranted
ll~
admission
as reg~llarst~ldentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program a t ALlgsbLlrg
shOLlldapply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1 743.
of augsburg
r
Sum
iition (
1
cou
a
tuition rate:
tuition rerupa
!
T e $5'U.00
re
per course
DIIC
deposit
undable. A refund of all or
pa^^-
the remaining fee is calculated from
:ourse
t h e date of t h e student's oi
I
cancellation a t t h e Enroll
Financial Services Cent?
Schedule of refunds:
Prior to t h e second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the ref~~ndable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth s c h e d ~ ~ l eclass
d
~neeting-75% of the r e f i t n d a b l e
portion of t h e fee.
Prior to the sixth sched~lledclass
tneeting-50%
of t h e refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions w i l l use a prorated
version of the schedule of refi~nds.
,..,
-
ble to students
wee&mp"'.
aintai
2d by the program in
.e enrolled) are eligible
.or hnancial aid.
Day progi
I n t e r s l a t e 94 W e s t
n summer Terms I
Sti~dentser
and I1 comb~neo- o r only Term 11 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the M i n n e s o t a State Grant.
WEC program
N o aid i s given for summer Term Ias it
runs concurrently w i t h the WEC
spring trimester.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for t h e Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or t h e
Minnesota State Grant.
1 Undergraduale Adrn~ss~ons
Oll~ce
2 Air Slructure Enlrance
November lhrough March
3 Amerlcan Indian Sludent Services
and Pan-Afrlkan Student Services
4. Anderson-Nelson Athlel~cFleld and
Seasonal Alr Struclure
5. Cenler for Global Educallon and
lnler!lallonal Programs
6. Chr~stensenCenler, lnfarmal~onDesk
7. East Hall
8 Foss, Lobeck, Mlles Center for Worsh~p,
Drama and Commun~cal~on
9. Husbv-Strommen Tennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alurnn~Cenler
12,Malntenance and Grounds Shop
13. Mortensen Tower
14. Murphy Place
15. Murphy Square
16. MUSIC Hall
17. N o r d ~ cHouse
18. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Public Relations and Comrnunicat~on
21 Ouad
22.Sclence Hall
23. Secur~tqDlspalch Center
24. Shlpplng and Recebvmg
25 SI Melby Hall
26,Sverdrup Hall
27,Sverdruo-Oltedal Memor~alHall
28. Urness ~ o w e r
29.Slle for N e w Residence Hall
3O.James G, Llndell Falnlly Llbrary
Parking Lols
A Adm~sr~onslFacullylStallPark~ny
8. FacullylStallICommuled
Res~dentParking
C. FacullylSlalf Parking
0. FacullylStalfICommuler Parking
E. Commuler Park~ny
F Resldent Parking
G. Visitor Parkong
H Fa~rview-Un~vers~tq
Med~calCenlet Ramp
Pay parking available
campus location
35W from
the North-
Taklkc W a s h i n g t o n A v e n ~ l ec s ~ and
t
t u r n l e f t on
W a s l ~ i n g t o n( t ~ ~ r t Ii isg l i t o ~ i t ( >C c l l a r A v c n ~ ~ c ) ,
t u r n left a t Rivcrsiclc A v c n u c , right a t 2 l a t
To apply
A\,CL~LIC
So~~tli.
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session i s April 15, 1999.
T'lkc 2 5 t h A v c n u c exit, t u r n I c f t a t 2 5 t h A v c n ~ ~ c ,
Contact the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for
application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 E a s t from M i n n e a p o l i s u r n l e f t a t R i v e r s i d e A v c t i ~ ~ cturn
,
lcft a t 2 l s t
AVCIIII~S c ) ~ ~ t h .
1-94 W e s t from St. PaulT a k e R i v e r s i d e e x i t , t u ~ rni g h t a t R i v c r s i c l c
A v e n u e , tt11.n l c f t a t 2 l s t
Avenue
South.
35W from
t h e South-
Follow the
1-94 St, P a u l s i j i n s ( ~ u o v ct o r i g l i t
of t\vo m c r g c l - s ) . Takc 2 5 t h
lalie after cacli
A v e n u c e x i t and t u r n l e f t a t R i v e ~ j i d eA v c n u e ,
turn
left
a t 2 l s t A v e n u e S(,~~tli.
term one
iune I to
iuni
25
1
and adnlission to teal
L i m i t : I 6 students
9-1 7:20 am
Anderson
I through conteluporary
' T c t u l e and folk arts.
b t w r a A u a ; i o n Skill: Speaking
W,Th,F
Lindell 16
7
EDS 3 5 6 3
Music Methods: mass and
Percussion (.50 c&)
Stuily and ap
mate~ials,an,
A
Stacke
Music 3
C
es o f Accountine I
I
x i o n t o business act~vities,basic
and fi~ndalnentalsu f accounting, t1.p 3pcoun
nent .
cycle, and p ~ c p a r a t i oo~fi financial
9- 11:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Main
ACC 3228
,
Kader
Accounting T h e o r y & Practice
A n analysis o f financial account1 w ~ t hemphas~s
,
o n accounting theory pertaining tlr h l ~ a n c ~statcal
ments, income cc~ncepts,v a l u a t i ~ nconcepts,
FASB statements, and other relevant iss~~es
as
applied t o assets. (Prel-eq.: A C C 222)
9-71:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Music 22
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development o f tlie thecl~yo f Inanagcluent, organization, stafling, planning, and c o n t n ~ lT h e
nature o f a u t l ~ c i r i t ~
accciuntahility,
,
nnd rcsponsihility; analysis of the role of the pn~fessionalmanage!.
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th,F
Music 22
E D U 2 10-S
Learning and Development
i n an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey o f educational psychology t~ipicsas
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed o n classnlom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles o f Psychology is strongly reconunended.) Pe~sp.:Human Identity
3-6 pm
M,T; W,Th
Sverdrup 7
EDU3418
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Erickson
Psycl~ologicaland pl~ilosophicaldimensions o f
c o m ~ n u n i c a t i ( ~thn,ugh
n
the ilse o f instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation (if effective audio-visual ~naterials
for teachingllearning situations Computer t ~ a i n ing w i l l be included i n the course. (Prerecl : PPST
Intermediate
tory W r i t i n g
Swanson
This course hullcis o n the p~acticcsand meth(~ds
(if effective writing ( E N G 111). Its \ r ~ o ~ k s h oforp
lnat stlcsscs style and organization, the pn>cesso f
revision, self and peer ev;lluation, and the relationship hctwccn reading and writing. (Prcrcq:
E N G 111) Gradrlation Skill: W ~ i t i n g
3-6 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 10
E N G 25 1-S
Readings i n American Literature
Clayton
This course considers selectcci l i t e ~ a r yand 11istcir1cal texts and hclw these texts lend thcmselvcs t o
an understancling o f the Western rvo~Id fiom a n
Amcrican perspectlvc. Rcadings w i l l include w ~ i t ings hy Auncrican women and people of c o l o ~
Persp.: Western Hel-irage
Old Main 16
6-9 pm
M,TW,Th
E N G 2821382-S
Aggergaard
Topics: W r i t i n g about the A r t s
It's easy tu say a movie is great, a h~icikwas dry, n
c(1ncert was ~uarvelous,111 a play was boring. Rut
i t is difhcult f01 luany people t o say (>I writc luorc
than that. This course w i l l help you put you^
opinions and analysis o f fine arts into words and,
i n tlie end, w i l l help yc~uappreciate the a1 ts more.
9- 7 7:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main
H P E 0 0 2 3 (0.0 credit)
Lifetime Sports: Racquet Sports
Ludeman
This class is designed to introduce a variety o f
lifetime racket spurts to students Basic skills, tenminology, rules, and strategies w i l l hc intnlduced
and dcvelclped. Graduation Skills.: Lifetilile Sport
L i m i t : 8 students.
Melby Gym
10 am-noon
June 1-12
H I S 225-S
Kimball
H i s t o r y and the T w i n Cities
T h e Minneapolis and St. Paul alea scrvc as a case
study for the thc~uesof f ~ ( ~ n t i urhanizatic~n,
cr
i n d u s t ~ i a l i z a r i oand
~ rccinomic change, tr'insp<xrdtion, i m m i g ~ a t i o nand ethnicity, and u ~ h a n
politics anci r c f o r ~ uPe~sp.:T h e C i t y
9-1 7:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Old Main 73
HIS 3483
Russia and the Soviet
Anderson
U n i o n i n the 2 0 t h Century
This cc~u~se
f~icuseson events from the Russian
Revolutions 11f1917 thn,ujih tlic collapse ( i f the
Soviet U n i u l i and the cmelgcncc o f the Russian
Rcpuhlic. Pel-sp : lntcrcultural Awn~encss1
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 73
INS 1053
Introduction t o American
Indian Studies
Jacobson
A n ovcrvien~o f the A n ~ e r i c a nIndian sti~diesCLIriculu~n-history and litcrciture, fede~alIndian
policy, land issues, reservation and LII ban issues,
c ~ o s s - c u l t u ~~nfluenccs,
al
art, music, and langi~age.
( R c q u i ~ e dfc11 American Indian studies mi no^)
P c ~ s p: I n t e ~ - c u l t ~Awareness
~~al
1
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 18
INS 2603
Contemporary American Indians
Kiahna
This c~iurseexamines the si(uatio11of Amellcan
Indians in the United States since the Indian
Re<,rganization A c t (1934). Emphasis is tin
current issues o f tribal st~\;ereignty,treaty rights,
and educaticin. T h e tension o f cultural change is
lhighlipl~ted Persp : lntercultural A\\,arcncss 1
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 29
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A wo~k-hasedleallling cxpcricnce i n which a student designs a learning agreelnent plan that links
tlie ~ ~ p o r t i ~ n ~ t i e s a
responsihilitics
and
found in the
placement w i t h specihc learn~ngobjectives that
al-e evaluated for academic credit T h e internship
placement and learning plan must be approvccl hy
the faculty supervisol-. P/N g~ading.
Arranged
'Note: Internships may also be
arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements.
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish 1
Farrell
Aims to develop four hasic skills: i~nderstanding,
speaking, reading, and writing o f elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory w o ~ kis an
integrd part o f this cotuse. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 2
1-3:20pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 29
POL 1703
L a w in the U n i t e d States
Underhill-Cady
A n intrc~ductic~n
to A n ~ e r i c a nlaw and legal
pr<icesscs Theories o f law; law and society; roles
o f courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the U.S
Constitution as "supreme" law; and law as politics.
Pcrsp.: Social World 1 111 2
'
?Id Main 13
'-3:20 pm
M,T; W,T t
PSY 3 6 2 3
Abnormal Psychology
Hanson
An intnxiuction tc~psychokigical disorders.
(Prcreq : PSY 102 or 105)
6-9 pm
M,T;W,Th
Old Main 25
REL 3 5 7 3
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study o f the lives and tlicokigy o f well-known
Chi istian thinkers. Inclucled are figures like
Augustinc, Bonhoeffer, and Dorothy Day. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
9-1 1:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 76
srttcn, CUMM~NIUAI IUN
IWD THEATRE ARTS
SPC 1 11-S
Public Speaking
Groven
T h e coulse focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overccming speech fright. (Note: Students lnay
take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, hut
n o t hoth) Graduation Skill: Speaking
Old Main 29
9-1 7:20 am
M, T; W,Th,F
r
d
term two
h
june 28 to au
I 5
M I S 175-S
I'rinsiplcq c ~ fCoin
7-S
Ura
ill gr.1
Dra,
cilh. Suhjccts il
intcri(>rr and c
Pc~dap.:A c s t h e ~
6-9 pm
.
c v c l ~ > ip~ n d c n t ~ ~ n i l ~ n g
skills i n
1-c (\Vi11cioivh, W , ~ t ~ i ,
-life hgu~'cs, huiWinC
<Ic s l > c r ~ ~ u c n rwork.
;il
h~~si~ic~.i-~clatccI
;a l ~ d
pecihc
.
Old Main 17
1
Student? 5v1
ART 11 8 - S
Paint
prrr
6-9 pm
J, Th
Foss 42
J, Th
ART 1 3 2 3
Photography
T h e camera i v i l l he 11scd.
'
.
ECO315-S
M o n e y and Banb ,,
Gupta
F u ~ i c t i o t u ~oi gf the n u ~ n c ~ n ;inJ
r y I~ankin:: syatcluc,
11x1-t~cularly
c o ~ i u u c ~ - c h.ink\,
~.ll
[he Fcdcr.rl
R c s c ~ v cSyatcni ancl its role 111 relation tti aggrcc ~ t c c o n < ~ l ~acrlvity.
iic
E~ilphnsispl;lceii o n mollcr.11-y t l i c ~ l l yancl policy- (I'rercq.: ECO 112)
3-6 pm
M.W
Old Main 10
EDS 3 9 1 3
LnDnca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
T h i s cti~lrbcIS for E n c l i s l ~ - c L i ~ l c n majols
t i ~ i ~ ~ \ell11
plan to tcnch h i g h \ch<~<,l
English. Sruclcnts w i l l
explore the n w t ~ ~ or cf mccli;i as "con.cilirlsl~csc
indus~rics,"cs;i~iiininl:the whys lit' ~ c ~ i c h i n g
m c d ~ ; i l,i l ~ \ r to
' En ahc~ilti t citccti\,cly, lint k i n d 11i
a*\ulupti,int m c d ~ aciluc;ition \\-,is h,lsc~l011 i n the
past, ;incl li<,\v t ~ ,incci~pc]~,;~tc
liicilin cduc.~tion
i n t o rhc English c111riculu111. S t ~ l d c n t \\.ill
?
hcct~~llc
i n \v111
h ~ m i l i a rw i t h ;ill iol-~nsn l m l r s ~ u c ~ l;ind
~ ~ n d c ~ - \ r the
a n Jinipwcr o f mc<lia ( i n t l i c ~ lI~vc.;.
uwrh
Stildcnts w i l l Icarn ho\v L<I he cliacr~~nin;ltin::ii~~iti~iji
[if mass mcdi.1 ;lnd lhcn\' tc> tcncli ntlic~.; to Ihc the
aaluc. (l'rcl-cil.: PPST and ;~dmissionLO rc;~clicr
cduc;~rl~]n
pn)graiii)
Sverdrup 1
M
6-9:30 pm
HIS4403
Topics in W o r l d H i s t o r y : F r o m H i t l e r to the
Anderson
Fall o f thc B e r l i n W a l l
T h i s c o i ~ r \ cp ~ o v i c l c historic;~l
\
pcrspccti\,c n n
slime o f the security, I x ~ l i t i w l ,and c c o n o ~ i ~ pmhic
lclus f x i n g ELIIN>~X
.it t l i c end o f the millcnnitllu
c~
the
~ l ~ l i iili ct t c ~ i l p t i l i gto nrscs and u n ~ l .;rnncl
f i ~ t t ~ (if
r c NATO, the possibilitic\ ,if.i U n i t e d
, 'iugc>slav p ~ l i h l c m and
,
the
Strites (if E u ~ . ~ i l wthe
rclati<insh~p
o f Russi;l ,ind the U n i t e d States to
EU~CI~C.T h e coLIr\c h c g i n ~wit11 ii c o ~ ~ s ~ d c t i iotfi ~ i ~ i
tic
LVc~rld\Vari I ancl II w i t h i n a c l ~ p l ~ ~ m acc>ntcst
.ind includcr c n a ~ i i ~ n a toi ~
f the
~ n ~ i i o t i v c stor West
Europe111cco110111icnnd Ipolitic.~l i n t c g r . r t i < i ~ ~ .
6-9 pm
J, Th
Old Main 13
usl'~ls~~iq
;~ti\,it, m i exp-c?.i<ui
~11itc1h
.-.
tojirapliic prc~ce~sci.
Stuclcntb 11
cccks to a
35m1n, single-lens reflex camel
i l i ~ a t c i co\t
l
of
t i l ~ u ctc.:
,
$2110-225. Pcrhp.: Aeathcticc
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 4
ACC 2223
Kader
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 11
A conrinllarion <if A C C 221. lntrc,duction t,,
Ihusincss ,ictivitic.;, a c c o u ~ ~ t for
i ~ ~co~.p,ir:itions.
g
n.ls~c cnnccpts nlul fllnd;l~ncnr,ils o f mnn:igc~-~;ll
acccinnting, 1il;lnning and cc>ntr<>ll~ng
prc~ccsscs,
~ I ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ l i - alicl
~ i l hcIi;i\,iolh,i1
a k i l i ~ , considcr.lti~ln\.
(Prcccil.: A(:C 22 1 )
9-10:45 am
M,J,W,Th
Foss 2 1
B U S 340-S
H u m a n Resoorce Management
Cerrito
,
Pcl:c<~nnclfilnctic~nin business, n c q i ~ i \ i t i o n and
utiliz;itic~no f h i ~ m a nrcsriul-cch; ~lcsir,il>lc\\,<irking
rel.~ti~~n.;hipz;
cftccrlvc intcjir.ltion <IF the \vc>~-kc~.
w i t h the gc,;il\ ( i f tlic tirill and x>cicty. ( P r c ~ ~ c l . :
nus 242)
6-9 pm
1; Th
Music 22
BUS 4403
Operations Management
cerrito
Concepts nnil principles r c l ; ~ t c ~t i[i the IiYnnagcnwnr (if cilwr.~tingh l i i c t i ~ ~ nt;iught
s
fn111i a liiann ~ c r l aviewl>oint
l
\\,it11 cxn~ulilcsfrom varicltl\
industries and scctcxa. (Prcrcq.: R U S 242 ,11~concent o f i n r r ~ ~ l ~ c t ~ i ~ ~ )
6-9 pm
M, W
Music 22
EDE 3 7 7 3
Kindergarten-Elementary C u r r i c u l u m :
Science (.25 credit)
Stan~I
(IF ~nntc~.l;ll\;and
Ex,imin;ition ; ~ n dpl-elwr,lti<~l~
r c \ < ~ ~ ~ l .hci cr \science at the k~nclcr.;~~.~cn nil clcnlcntnry Icvcl. (PI-crcq.: PPST ;inLl ;iiilnission to
r ~ ; l c I i c rcduc;ltio11prclgl.;ilu)
6:30-8:30 pm
T,Th
Science 315
EDS 3 9 0 3
C o m ~ n u n i c a t i o nSkills i n the
English Classrooln
LaDuca
nmjors w h o
TI115 ~ , ~ L I I . A ~ic for E11glisli-cdl1c;1tii111
plan 111 tc;icl~Ihiuli c l i o < i l English. I t 1s dcsijinccl
to Improve atllilcnt.;' b k ~ l l s111p ~ l h l i cspeaking, 111:11
i ~ l t c r p r c t a t ~ o li\rcning,
n,
and sui.~llgrcillp cli\cuscil~~~ics
hio115, CIS \\,ell as to cxl>lorc ~ i ~ c t l ~ ~ ~ c l for
\kills i n the hioh
tcachinc anil ~ n c ~ i r l i i i r a [ i nthc\c
c
\ c l u l ~ i lEllfili.;li c u r ~ ~ i c u l u l i(Prcrcq:
i.
PPST ;unil
a<luiiasi~into tc;ichcr c<lucatil~np ~ t i # r . i ~ n )
6-9:30 pm
T, Th
Sverdrup 20
E N G 282-S/382-S
Topics: T h e C i t y :
Garden and Wilderness
Griffin
T h e p ~ ~ \ (if
v et ~l ~ cclry to 1 1 c i l 1 1 i\h 01- c o ~ r u p tthe
lu~m,lns r i l ~ lIS ;ithcuic i n 11ii1cl1\VCI~CIIIIitcr.1turc. In Alncric,in ~iiyrIiol~,gy,i t appeils i n the
nlctal>lion ( i f rhc g.11dcn and rlic wilclcrnc\\. 7111s
ctiursc cxplo~.cs tlicsc t l i c n i c i ;as thcy ;~plw.ivi n
~ i i ~ , ~ l cAnlcric;in
rn
puctly, nc>vcls,plays, tilnb, ;~lud
essays. W c w ~ l turn
l
t c s t i 111tucspcricncc ;111d
cspcl-icncc i11Lc1 Lcxtr; w.ilking c ~ c u ~ s i o ni na
\YIII S I I ~ ~ ~ ~ C I I ~ C IcliissI~
M i n n c , i l x ~ l ~;ilal
s St. P,~LII
suIiject\ fol > t ~ ~ i l c ~ i t s '
r(111111i i i s c t ~ \ s ~ oiiliil
l ~ s f~11.1i1sl1
" u r l u n c\r,iy\ " P c ~ s ~ >T.h: e C i t y
Old Main 10
6-9 pm
M, W
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A \ v o r k - l ~ a r c Ic.lrning
~i
csper~cncci n n d ~ i c lstili
dents clc>ign a learnin?: ; ~ g ~ c c l n c nwt ~ t h;I 6c~culty
mc~iil,cl- that link5 thc i~lc;i\;ind 111etlloilbo f their
in the ~>l;icc~ i i a j o rrci rlic o p l x m t ~ ~ n i r ~
Foi~ncI
c\
mcnt. ~ ; i r t i c i l i a r i o n111 a scmin'll I chpcctccl.
(1,nsult iiist~.i~ctc>r
for cl.irihcntion, Pcrbp.: T l l c
City
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty. Contact the academic department to make arrangements.
INS 1053
I n t r o d u c t i o n to American
l n d i a n Studies
Jacobson
E N G 361-S
Thi, c , ~ i ~ r sisc an i n t ~ c ~ d u c t tci
l r i the
~ ~ content
Clayton
Studies in M o d e r n F i c t i o n
.iI.ca.i o f the A ~ u c r ~ c . lInl ~ d i a l,tililies
i
curriculu~ii,
c>nc o n t c m p ~ ~y ~20th-,~~
T h e ~ L I L I ~focusca
*~
century prclrc \vt,rks. I t inclucics N;iti\,c A ~ i i c ~ ~ c a n including ;111 ovcrvicw n f A l i ~ c r i c , l nIndian
history, Amcricnn I ~ i ~ l i al itr ic l n t u ~ e ,fcclc~,ll I n i l ~ ; r n
,ind Eu~c~pc;in
\vriLcrs, \\,it11 a n cmpliasls 011
policy, lancl ~ssucs,r c c c ~ v ; ~ r i <;anti
~ n ilrh.ln Icrucs,
nun-Wcstcrn (ASI;ILI and Af1ic;ln) hctio11.
cniss-cultillal intlucnccs, art, mucic, .ind I;inguagc.
(l'relcil.: EN(; 245 or cclnwnt o f instructor)
(Rcqrlircti for Auicl-ic;ln 1nill;ln studies ~ i i l n u r . )
I. (;ladu;iti<~n
Pcrsp.: l n t c r c u l t u ~ ; ~Awal-cncss
l
1
Pclrll-: 1ntcrcultur;ll A\\J,~I-cncs\
Skill: W r i t i n g
Science 212
6-9 pm
J, Th
6-9pm
J, Th
Old Main 10
_
T
25-S
uctiol.
wrbe i
-
ne 28 to a
Kader
~ x ~ i c t i c ~Mnugs l i ~ ut , ~
lust 5
=
Spb
I I to
~
non-Muslim.;.
: ~ ~ l i ~ g ~f<1~1~ici,it101ia
c;il
T l i c co~lrsc\
[IF Islam, its
PSY 3 5 2 3
Adolescrnt and Young
A d u l t Developlnent
Hanson
Cons~~lcr.itic~n
o f rc\carcli anil tlicc~ly~clatcclto
i l c v c l ~ ~ ~ x i iduring
cnt
the a ~ l ~ i l c s c c; ~~int dy ~ ) ~ ~ n g
ailulr y c ~ l ~ s(P~*cl-eq.:
.
PSY 102 (11. 105)
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 25
Farrell
skilla: t~nderbtan~l-
:prs and tenets, Islamic 1;1\\,
m ~ > < ~ ~ i ~ii~i~l
i c p < ~ l i ~ i csysal
(Sliari'ali), 1
tculs, : ~ n dI.;]
<Ilk.T l i c r c \\,ill alacl
Ihc ii c o ~ ~ s i ~ l c
crcncca hct\vccn the
Islamic
cftll,l't t8
hctn.cc
d ivr~tin:: ( i f c l c m c n r ~ i ~ - ~
<IF the
the cult~l~.c
'
.... . .- ,
..
is a n
I~LI~<II
M, T; W,Th
SOC 3 5 6 3
C r i m e and C o ~ n ~ n u n i t y
Bloom
An;ilysi\ ( j f c t ~ ~ c c t i oplojirmis
~~il
aliii c c i ~ i i ~ ~ i u n ~ r y
Icsponacs. Lecture, ~ l ~ s c u s \ i o n
kind
, i r e visits t11
priscins, curlrts, and colluuunity agcncics. Spcci.il
c i r i \ ~jujticc.
c
; ~ t t e n t i o nto c<>nccprsof Icttc>~
(Prcrcq.: Sos 121 )
1-4:30 pm
J, Th
Old Main 18
Main 29
REL 1 1 1 3
H\v;lrcncss 1
6-9:30 pm
T; Th
'Id Main 16
h
MAT 1 0 5 3
A p p l i e d Algebra
Staff
;II~
i i i t ~ o ~ l ~ ~ to
c r;il~
::cl;n.s
o n . ~ n i ira
i uppliP~,t~vidcs
c,~rionsto tlic x ~ c i ; i l ,natul-'11,and p I i ~ s i c . ~acil
cnccs; hukincss; nil cvc~yclaglife. Tc>liica cri\,crcd
incluclc ~ ~ n ~ l e r s r a n dand
i n g sol\,in:. linc.~r,i l r l a d ~ a t ic, slid csponcntl;~l cqu;~ti,~na,rhc ct,~uicctic,ns
hctwccn c i l ~ ~ ~ ~ rg~-;iphc,
i ~ l n s , nr~nthcrb,nnd rllc a i t ~ ~ ; r t~c>nr
they clc.;cnhe, ,inJ the IIW of;^ scicntihc c.11culat<~r.(I'rcrcil.: MIJ(; 2 <,Iciinhcnt o f in\tructoi.)
6-9 pm
M, w
MAT 1 7 3 3
M a t h o f Interest
Kaminsky
Learn h < ~ \ to
v d e t c r n ~ i n cthe ~ n o n t h l yp a y ~ i i c n t \
or car. F ~ l uol u Iulrv
~
~ i i i ~ c~ lOi I I nccil tc,
o n ;I I~<ILIX
he stocking ;l\e,iy 11ow to have a m i l l i o n \ehcn y,,~
~ t c t ~ r cLC.I'-I
ho\~
;11ill~1itics,
pcrpctr~itics,and 11fc
~ n \ r ~ r a n c\v111'k,
c
ancl morc. Ev;ilua~ion\ r ~ ~hc
ll
hnbccl on cla\ctrx~mp a ~ ~ t i c i l ~ a t i q~~izzcs,
c~n,
and ;i
hnal cx;~~run;~ti<>n.
(P~.crcq.: MPC; 3) C;r,iJ~~:irion
S k i l l : Qu.ln~it;lti\~cRcnsoning
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 205
MUS 2953
Topics: l n t r l
T h e o r y & Tec
t o Recording Studio
10.50 credit)
Mudge
ry, micn~pliones,unclc1st.ind111gnlr~sicalInstuu~iicnrc,s i j i ~ ~fl<~n,,
n l studio ~ ~ p c r . ~ ~t ~i nni cg c d u r c ,
rec~1nl111g
cons<~lc
~ p i r t and
\
f c ~ ~ ~ c t i o tn:c~,p c
c
~
I.cc,,l~~illg
tcc~lllieluca.
,11,,1
lu;lc(1incs,
111
i ~ l c l r ~cliissr~x1~ii
~ic~
Iccrurc, g r o ~ ~\v0rk<l101)s
l>
sclio<il f . ~ c ~ l ~ r i a
c co,~ \r,o~.ksIiol>
l
visits to .I pl-<,ks-
,
s i ~ l i i i f,iciIitY.
l
Lillllr: I 5 strIdellr~
Cont,lct the ~ l u ~ sdcPirrlncnt
ic
at (61 2) 330-1265
iClr
fill ther LICt;l~IC.
6-9 pm
W
Music 27
POL 2823
A s i a n Americans and
the Politics o f I d e n t i t y
Aoki
This cour\c f<>cuacs( i n ch.inginr: cc~nditlon.; filli\ nnitll conAa1;11i A~ncl-icans,P r i ~ i i a qconccrn
~
~ C I I ~ ~ O I ~ C IpI ~
~ l i t i c sillid tlic i l t ~ e a t i o OF
~l Asii~n
A~ue~.ic;iniilcntity. LVc n ~ i lc<in.;~dc~.Asinn
l
A ~ u c r i c . i n \ grtnving
'
politic.~l infltlclicc . ~ n dthe
role rhcy play I n i l e t c r ~ n i n i n gt l ~ cilynamics o f
Alilcrican p ~ ~ l i r i ci ns tlic 2 1st century. W c \r,ill
cs;iliilnc the i n f l ~ ~ e n coef Asian Anrcrlcnn illuiiia ' . * of itaclf. Pclrp.:
grant5 ,117 A ~ u c ~ ~ c i~n;lgc
I n t c ~ r u l t r ~ rAw.i~.cncss
al
1
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 29
~
~
~
SPC 3 2 9 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Theology
Holt
Intercultural Co~nlnunication
Gaetano
An ~ n t ~ r ~ i l u c t oi t tlic
~ n ; ~ c a c l c ~ uci~\cil>lrnr
~c
of
T h i s corl~sccspl~jrcshot11 the pnIhlclus ;and
thccilogy a ~ i cto
l the clialoguc hct\vccn the c l i ~ ~ ~ c h ~ i c > r c n t ~( ;~~clfo ~ u ~ i i ~ ~ n i c , .imonji
t r i o ~ i pe1~111s
of ilif.ind the wc~rldt h i t cC,nccllis (:hris~ial~c l ~ ~ cinc.
tl
fcrcnt culti11.1lgrc~ups.F.ictc~l-ssuch ;ir ctI1nocc11Pc~q'.: Cluisti;in F'iith 2 01 3
Lriam, stcrcorypcs, pl-cjudicc, ~ ~cspcctatic~nr,
l c
3-6 pm
M. W
Old Main 18
v,ilucs, l a ~ ~ g i ~and
; i ~nc~n-ve~-l,.~l
,
aynthols ;11-c
csa1ni11c~l.
Pc~sp.:I n t e l - c u l t u ~ aA\r.i~-cnccj
l
1
REL 4 7 2 3
6-9 pm
M.W
Old Main 16
P a u l the Apostle
Quanbeck 11
A s t ~ l i l y(if the Apcirtlc P.iul, ~nclucling,ippn,pri,1tc
SPC 480-S
\vitli the
histt~ricalIh.~cl\jirot~~~<l,
PiitllS I-CIB~~~IIISIIIP
P u b l i c Relations1
early c h t ~ ~ c ni;ijor
h,
thc111csI n Ilia \vriLin:,,
a~ul
Promotional Communication
Lapakko
I-cflcctit~n
concclllilig the Ica*on\ l'i1~11~ e ~ i i iill1
~ ~ ~ i s Puhlic ~ r c l ; ~ t ~ oInnsthe n i c ~ d c ~\r,(~l-lil
n
o f culiimrlnlirnlxxtiint hgrlrc .mi rliinkcr i n Christinn tlicoloof
catic,n, m n r k c t i l ~ g ancl
,
husincs. All ~ > v c r v i c w
C l i r ~ s t ~F; a
~ ~ ti hI <>I3. (;~.ICI~I,~~IC)~
gy. Pctq~:
lpt~I>l~c
~ c l ; ~ t i o,I>
~ i ;\I C;IIC~I '11icI :I Yilr\,ey o f lh,i<ic
Skill: C ~ i t i c aThinking.
l
I v o ~ ~ i o t i o n ;comnu~nicati<rn
il
i n p ~ < > t;inLl
i t Inon3-6 pm
T; Th
Old Main 76
IY-<+r 01g.1n iz.itions.
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 29
~
SWK 2603
H u m ; ~ n sDeveloping
Rooney/Phan
T h i s ct,ur.*c p t ~ ~ v i ~ai nc s~lnclcrstandin:: 11f human
o f the s c ~ c ~ c ~ c u l t ~hio~~..~l,
gnnvtli t l i n ~ ~ ~IlFc
g l i;~lul
I~lgical,and psyclu>lo::ic,il f;1ctt,1s tli,~t i n f l u c l ~ c c
l s f;~niil~cs.(;i~)\\,tli
tlic g~?,wtli 1,F ~ n d ~ v l d u ; l ;uid
rcl.itc<l t c ~clivcrsc p o l x ~ l a ~ i c ~
nncl
n s gl<>rlpa(11- spcc ~ nsl t ~ c \ r c \IS nlro ,I f ~ ~ c uPr .c I ' ~ ~H. :~ l i i i ~I dl ic l i t ~ t y
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 319
S O C 265-S
Culture: Ethnicity, Gendcr, and Race Gcrasimo
A c o ~ ~ fIlcs~gnecl
ic
tt, luok nt gnwps o f I X O I ~\vh<>
I~
for rc;isons o f Ihirtli, a c c i d c n ~ appearance,
,
or
Iiclii~vio~
have
.
hcen "act aslde" and d e l i ~ ~ a\
e~l
gradin::
"clificrcnt" by tllc larger s ~ ~ c i c t(PIN
y.
~ ~ n l Perbp.:
y)
I n r c ~ c u l r u ~A\r:;ucncsr
;~l
I
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 13
THR 116-S
Creative D r a m a
Engel1
A s t ~ ~ iof
l y \8.11101~\
i ~ > r uotl ~
i l ~ . ~ l u a t im<,\,c~ncnr,
c
p,iutc>~ilirnc,anel pI;iy t l u c ~ u g ;ictivity,
l~
rc.idi~~g,
E ~ i l l i h a s ~011
s iliip~c~\,i~ i h s e ~ ~ \ ~ , ;lit~~l coi ~I\CLI\\II)I~.
~i,
>,itional t c c l u ~ i q t ~ c;ind
s active ~ ~ a r t i c i p ~ t i u n .
L)cvclopnicnt o f clh,i~iiaric ~picccji1,1111 written,
auJthlc sources. Scioic iilnda\,c~-l>.il,visual, iili~l
;lctlng
~
~ i ~ c ~ ~I tIn
l s ale inrlil<luced. Pcly,.:
Acsthctics
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 21
- H
center for
global education
other summer s1
Paideia Institute for Socratic II .
Great Ideas for Teaching in a New Millennium
June 14-18, 1999
Contact John Schmit tor rcgist~.;ltion,(612) 330-1083.
upcoming programs:
Marginalized Voices in Guatemala an'
April 25-May 9, 1 9 c
th Hiram College)
&
hiapas
1
ssues in the Post-War P
Guatemala: Indiger
May 16-27, 1999 (with St. Mary's.
The Bristol International Program in Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 26-July 10, 1999
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Services: International Program
ronteras:
Close of the 20th Ce
versity)
Dinis
This course is an orientation to human services in an international context
with many visits to human service agencies, lectures, and seminars. Full
orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit
is transcripted through Augsburg. T h e course is also available for graduate
credit with a research component.
Cost: $2,800 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations, and most meals. Airfare is N O T included (approximately $900).
Students must make their own flight arrangements. For further information,
contact Maria Dinis, (612) 330-1 704.
Department of Religion and
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
Norwegian Teacher Academy in Bergen, Norway
May 27-June 12,1999
REL 316 Church and Culture in Context
Crossing BordersICruz
~ i c a r a e i aand the U@
inks
I
The Environmf
Lcxas A&M-Commerce)
Social Justice in Nicaragua
June 19-27, 1999 (wi;
y of Mary)
Cuernavaca, Mexico (Augshurg MAL credit availahle), Virgi
June 19-July 2, 1999
South Africa after Mandel
June 19-July 3, 1999
Anderson
A study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious
situation in Norway. Emphasis will be o n experie~lcesof the church in
era. This is an intergenerational
Norway and the U.S.in a post-Cl~ristendo~n
course for students, clergy, and other church professionals. Participants will
meet for a one-day course orientation May 26 at Augsburg College.
Cost: $2,835 includes ailfare, accommodation, meals, tramportation in Norway, and
entrance fees (except Bergen International Music Festival) . Twenty $1 000 scholarships available to At~gsburgColkge s t d n t s . $350 non-refundable deposit is required
to register. For more information contact David Anderson at (61 2) 330-1569.
El Salvador and Nicaragua:
Exploring Debt Issues and Reconstruction after Hurricane Mitch
July 6-17, 1999
Mexico: Education for Social Justice
A Faculty Development Seminar in Cuernavaca, Mexico
July 10-17, 1999
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at (61 2) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaledQaugsbur~~d~~>.
Show less
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of cl... Show more
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Catalog for the Academic Years 1970-71 and 1971-72
Record for the Academic Years 1968-69 and 1969-70
I
I
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1970
June 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
....................
Fri.
Final registration and
beginning of classes
Final examinations
M o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. ....................
Classes begin
Final examinations
......................
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1970
July 17
.................
July 20
Aug. 14
..................
..................
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 8,9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 4 .....................
Nov. 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 18-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 25-Dec. 1 . . . . , . . . . . . . .
WINTER TERM
Dec.1 .....................
Dec. 2 .................
Dec.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 18,9:00 p.m. ..........
Jan.4,7:45a.m. ...........
Feb. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 2 2 . . ..................
Feb. 23 ....................
Feb. 24-Mar. 2 . . ...........
March 3-9 .................
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 10 ..................
March 16 ..................
April 7,9:00 p.m. ..........
April 13,7:45 a.m. .........
May5 .....................
May7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 19 ....................
May21 ....................
May24-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May30 ....................
....
Fri.-Tues. ................
Tues., Wed, ..............
Thurs. ...................
Wed. ....................
Wed. ....................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues.
Wed.-Tues. ...............
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Tues. ....................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ....................
Fri. ......................
Mon. ....................
Tues. .....-......-.......
M o n .....................
Tues. ....................
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Wed.-Tues. ..............
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ....................
Tues. ....................
Wed. ...................
Fri. ......................
Wed. ....................
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
Classes resume
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
...............
Fri.
......................
Mon.-Fri. ................
Sun. .....................
Academic Calendar
FIRST S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
......................
June7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mon.
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final registration and
Beginning of classes
Holiday
Final examinations
S E C O N D S U M M E R SESSION 1 9 7 1
July 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M o n.......................
Aug. 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin
Final examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1971-72
FALL TERM
Sept. 3-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept. 7,8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.9.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sept.l+% : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nov. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N o .
..............
N0v.p ....................
NOV-W. ././;i.ly. . . . . . . .
...
N o v . 2 e 3 g . a . -2
1..
7""
WINTER TERM
Nov. 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dec. 17,9:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . .
Jan. 3, 1:45 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ e b a. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F e b . M d p 3 - 3 .........
kke+iH+&-~~.,-.+.b
T
W
~
I
.lYI.\
.IL'VE 1 K 1
P
---. I. 1
2
3
l'GI
I
JL
1
......................
Tucs.
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Easter recess begins
, Classet resyne,;,
Spring pre-registration
Last day for cancelling classes
Cap and gown day
Last day of classes
Final examinations
Baccalaureate,
Commencement
Wed. ............ .: . . . - . . . .
..........--.......-..
Tues.
Wed. ......................
Tues.......................
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fri.
%
.......................
Wed. ......................
Fri. .......................
Mon-Fri. ..................
Sun. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lq-I
!
.....................
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
S M T W T F
nr'TORTR 1971
SEPTEilRER 1 9 2
t"T1
Al1(;li-
910
6 , 7 8 91fil112 4 5 ' 6 7 8
11213
13 14,1516li11819 11 13 1314 131617
20 21 21'232425 26 1 18119 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
35 26 27 23 P.30 31
1 9P( T\IFlEH
1 . 1
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Christmas recess begins
Classes resume
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Term break
Mon.
SS H T W T F S
1
T u a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. ......................
Mon.......................
SPRING TERM
March 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 8 . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . .
March 14 . . . . . . . ,
........
March 29,9:00 p.m. ........
April 4, 7:45 a.m. . . ..:,. . . . .
May3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May5 .....................
May 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
May 22-26 . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - . .
May28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M
Freshman Welcome Week
Registration
Classes begin
Last day for adding classes
Last day for cancelling classes
Last day of classes
Reading day
Final examinations
Thanksgiving recess
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rues, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr i. .......................
/
'
S
Fri.-Tues. .................
Tues., Wed. ...............
Thurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed. ......................
Mon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wed.-Tues. ................
Wed.-Tues. ................
s
f
1314 51617
8 910111213114
~
1
M
T
W
T
F
NOVEMBER 1971
IMIWT-F-S
S SLT-W-T-PS
. 1 2,314
5 6 7 8 91011 3
1.516 17'18 192011 1213 1115 161718 10
22 23.24'25 2627 2R 19'2021122 23'2425 17
2'3'30 31
1
1
.
I,,
FEBKI' Z H I I'I':
242728230
I
1.
MARCH 1972
2425262718330212030
31
APRIL
1'1":
\ l A Y lq7>
Mile
6
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran
Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges
and Universities.
COURSES O F STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree offered in several major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching,
business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work,
and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs
and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals.
In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban
society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate
in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared
faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development program is in operation. Over the years it has provided
funds for land acquisition and additional buildings on the Augsburg College campus.
GENERAL INFORMrK>N
Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop along Interstate Highway 94. The
administrative offices are in the Science Hall at the corner of 21st Avenue South and 7th
Street. Information is available in the College Center at the corner of 22nd Avenue South
at 7% Street.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cordially invited t o visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment.
A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Call or write t o the Admissions
Office, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; 332-5181.
AlMS A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church.
The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their
understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
To contribute to the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the
Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of Cod in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the
Christian Chl~rch;in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith,
the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society.
Where there i s an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming
advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination
or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth
and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and
physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits
and skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind,
both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the
enrichment of their homes and communities.
To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an
increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel
in its relation to every area of life and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work
appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities
of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation,
and an opportunity for service to God and man.
DlSTl NCTlVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which
i s appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by
Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life
and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the
college community today.
As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an
urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the
growing metropolitan community in which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices;
well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory,
on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was
erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary
architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a
visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach
and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and
physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general
auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and
Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide
vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity
on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student
publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious
lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building
providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of
Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second
floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There i s
an observation lounge at the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for
some faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall incorporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. lver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named
in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The
building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident
head.
The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married
students and for faculty and staff members.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books,
and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate,
fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals,
manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The conveniently located George Sverdrup Library provides students and faculty ample
resources and reference works for research and study. It contains in total about 100,000
volumes exclusive of pamphlets, curriculum materials, and rare books. The yearly growth
rate during 1965-69 averaged about 7000 volumes. All books are kept on open shelves.
Reference service is provided by an able and well trained staff.
Special collections have been developed in music, chemistry, teacher education, library
science, and Scandinavian music. A separately administered AV Center is adjacent to
the library in Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall. Additional conveniences in the library
include carrels and individual study areas. A typing corner is also provided in the first
floor reading room. The library has the New York Times on microfilm as well as other
microforms. A Xerox Microprinter can provide printouts from any article on microfilm
or microfiche. The library subscribes to more than 600 magazines in numerous subject
fields. Many of the current issues are displayed in the library reserve room.
A cons.ortium of private Iiberal arts colleges of theTwin City area, CLFC, can provide
students of Au~sburgCollege combined resources of all the member libraries, a total of
750,000 volumes. Any student enrolled at Augsburg can read and obtain library services
from the collections of Bethel, Concordia and Macalester colleges, Hamline University,
the Colleges af St, Catherine and St. Thomas and the Hill ReferenceLibrary. The
proximity of the Wilson Library of the University of Minnesota and the Minneapolis
Public Library provides further opportunitieri for the serious student.
NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for
physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. An
astronomical observatory is located on the roof of Science Hall.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1971-72
R
t/
TUITION ($1.650)
New freshmen, transfer. or returning students
(not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
September 197 1 are charged $1,650 per year or
$550 per quarter.
Part-time students carrying 7-1 1 credits per term.
$45 per credit hour. Part-time students carrying
1-6 credits per term, $35 per credit hour.
Fee for auditing, $20 per credit hour. Students
carrying more than 18 credits per term are
charged $35 per credit hour for excess hours.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science, $20.
Student Teaching, $SO.
Improvement of Reading, $25.
Music Lessons (10 per term). $45.
Practice Studio Rental (one hour per day):
Organ. $1 2; Piano or Voice, $5.
Cinema Arts. $1 0.
BOARD AND ROOM ($957-$1,020)
For men $990 or $1,020 ($330 or $340 per
quarter) partial or full board.
For women $957 or $987 ($31 9 or $329 per
quarter) partial or full board.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week;
a partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week
(excludes breakfast). Available t o commuters
is a noon meal only plan, Monday thru Friday,
for $68 per quarter.
Linen service, required in residence halls.
approximately $30 per year.
FEES, required but not refundable or
transferable:
General Fee, $1 0 0 per year. (Applies t o
costs for subscription t o yearbook, newspaper.
admissions t o all regularly scheduled athletic
events. dramatic productions, convocations, and for
the support of Student Society activities and the
College Center.) Part-time students are charged
on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee, $10. Required of all new students.
OTHER COSTS
Change in registration after first three days of
classes: $2 per cancel or add. Late registration
after classes begin: $5 per day.
Graduation Fee: $1 5.
Transcript Fee: first copy free, additional copy.
$1.
Arrangements for special examinations are made
in the Registrar's Office, w i t h charges according
t o schedule on file.
Students required t o enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate
refund on room charges.
Books and supplies are available from the
bookstore at approximately $1 0 0 per year. on a
charge account.basis.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
Fees and costs are subject t o
minor adjustments.
DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit-New Students, $100. (Not
refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; t o
be paid by April 1, 1971. The payment is applied
t o the tuition charge (under early decision
program. payment is due January 1 ).
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students,
$25. Required by July 1. 1971. t o reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September 197 1 and applied t o the room charge.
Not refundable.
Breakage Deposit (required of all students) $ 2 0
Refundable upon graduation, transfer t o another
institution, or discontinuing educational program
at Augsburg College.
SElTLEM ENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded t o the student
early in August. Payment of one-third of the
annual charge is due August 20, November 20,
and February 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged w i t h the Business Office prior
t o August 20. A monthly payment plan is
available thru Education Funds, Inc., w i t h a
service charge of $25 per year.
No student is permitted t o register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides t o cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed
as follows: during the first week of classes,
80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and
during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given
after the fifth week. If a student is forced t o
cancel his registration because of accident or
illness during the first five weeks of the term.
the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial Aid in the form of scholarships,
Educational Opportunity Grants. loans and
employment is available.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship
Service (CSS) of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe t o the principle that the amount of
financial aid granted a student should be based
upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's
financial aid officer in determining the student's
need for financial assistance. Entering students
seeking financial assistance are required t o
submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential
Statement (PCS) form t o the College Scholarship
Service. designating Augsburg College as one of
the recipients, by March 15.The PCS form may
be obtained from a secondary school or the College
Scholarship Service, Box 881. Evanston, Illinois
60204.
All upper-class students are required t o submit
a Parents' Confidential Statement Renewal form
each year.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the
basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are adAugsburg College Merit Scholarships. The college mitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify for
in cooperation with the National Merit Scholarship a scholarship may be considered for an academic
grant or financial award. These awards range in
Corporation awards Merit scholarships up to
amount from $1 0 0 t o $600 and may be renewable
$1 500 a year and renewable for four years.
for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
All applicants must take the National Merit (C average).
Scholarship Qualifying Test which is given in the
spring of the junior year in high school. Informa- Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants. Resition may be obtained from the high school coun- dents of the State of Minnesota are eligible for
state financed scholarships and grants while atselor.
tending Augsburg College. Applications must be
obtained through the high school counselor. The
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students awards vary from $200 to $800 and are renewable
with outstanding high school records and high for four years.
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are
guaranteed enrollment in honors course work.
These awards range in amount from $100 t o full
tuition and are renewable for four years for stu- SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO
dents with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a UPPER CLASSMEN
student should rank in the upper five percent of The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholhis high school class and have a combined score arship was established in 1965 by her husband,
of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded
The scholarship committee also considers an indi- annually to a student studying choral music.
vidual's interests, abilities, and character.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial SchoHonor Scholarships are offered t o good students arship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from
who have strong potential for academic success the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide
at Augsburg College. These awards range in offering, t o honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntamount from $100 t o full tuition and may be re- vedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
newed for four years for students with a grade Church from 1930 t o 1958. One or more scholarpoint average of 2.50. Students who rank in the up- ships are awarded annually to a student or stuper fifteen percent of their high school class and dents in the senior class who are preparing for the
have above average scores in the Scholastic Apti- ministry.
tude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1966 by his family and friends t o honor
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards his memory. A Scholarship of $100 or more will
are offered each year by the Department of Chembe awarded annually t o an able and deserving stuistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry
dent as selected by the Scholarship Committee
or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from
based on Christian purpose, athletic interest, and
$2,000 to $4.000 over four years. A student qualiacademic ability.
fies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of
his high school performance, a special chemistry The Paul Dahlen-Gerald Pryd Memorial Schoexamination, financial need, and vocational arship was established in 1966 by members and
objective. Summer Research Awards are also friends of Gamma Phi Omega Society t o perpetuavailable t o students in chemistry. This award ate the memory of t w o members who died in a
provides a stipend of $600 for each student t o do plane crash. The award will be given annually on
research under the guidance of the chemistry the basis of personality, character, athletic and
department.
academic achievement.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE
TO FRESHMEN
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty
from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their
son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student
selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of
athletics.
The M . J . Estrem Scholarship was established
in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis t o provide an annual scholarship for some The Robert W . and Gladys Johnson Scholarship
worthy student of the College, such student t o be was established in 1968 by Mr. and Mrs. Robert
selected upon the recommendation of the Scholar- Johnson of Chetek. Wisconsin. An annual award
of $400 will be made t o a Junior or Senior student
ship Committee of the College.
who has declared his intent t o enter the ministry.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships
Preference is given to such students from Chetek
each year t o deserving students from other counLutheran Church, the Rice Lake Conference, or
tries. These scholarships may be awarded in
the Northern Wisconsin District of the American
amounts up t o the equivalent of full tuition.
Lutheran Church.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the
awarding of one or more scholarships each year
t o upperclass male students interested in careers
in the field of business.
The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship was established in 1969 from funds
given by friends and family t o honor the memory
of Mimi Baez Kingsley, a teacher of Spanish at
Augsburg from 1947 t o 1969. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o Junior
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was cre- or Senior students who are majoring in a modern
ated by the Augsburg College Board of Regents language with preference given to those who plan
on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Har- t o teach language as a career.
ald of Norway t o the Augsburg campus in
The American lndian Scholarship was estabOctober. 1965. This annual scholarship provides
lished in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran
one year's full tuition for a student from Norway
Church. Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200
who wishes to study at Augsburg. The recipient
is chosen from applicants by a committee in Nor- t o be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It
is t o be awarded t o an American Indian student
way set up for this purpose.
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic
need.
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship Fund
was established in 1969 by one of his former stu- International Milling Company Scholarships
dents and later augmented by other contributions, are funded by contributions made by the Intert o honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, a pro- national Milling Company t o the Minnesota Prifessor of History at Augsburg College from 1900 vate College Fund. These scholarships of varito 1952. One or more scholarships will be awarded able amounts are awarded annually t o able and
annually t o student(s) who are majoring in His- deserving upper-class students.
tory with preference given t o those who plan a
career in the field.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard.
One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and / or instrumental music. who show interest or potential in
conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
The lver and Marie lversen Scholarship was
established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. lver
lversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded
annually to a student in the College. The award.
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
was established in 1956 by members of the family
t o honor their parents. The scholarship is award-
ed annually t o a student on the basis of academic
achievement. ~ersonal character, and promise
of achievemen; in the field of ohvsical
education.
. .
~
~-
-
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500
each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood
Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to
outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring
of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were
established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans lnsurance Company. These
scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually t o able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available t o qualified full-time
students in need of financial assistance during
the term in which they are doing student teachIng.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962
by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded
annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg
student or graduate who is preparing for service
in the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established. in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth.
former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually t o a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established
in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually t o freshman students who would be unable t o pursue
higher education without assistance.
The Reader2 Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund,
established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by t w o anonymous
donors t o honor the memory of Reverend Olaf
Rogne. business administrator of the college from.
1940 t o 1952. Three awards of $500 each are
made annually t o selected students preparing for
Christian service.
'I.
?ii.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Mernorial
Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family
and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice. this scholarship is awarded periodically
t o an American Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American
Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or
three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each
year t o students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran
faith who are enrolled in social work courses and
plan t o continue training in a graduate school of
social work. In addition t o scholastic achievement.
a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the
Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time
of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by
her parents, Mr. and Mrs. lver Solberg and her
brother. Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who
shows outstanding promise or achievement in the
art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial
Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family
and friends t o honor her memory. A scholarship
of $300 will be awarded annually t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended
by the scholarship committee.
The Professor P. A . Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor
the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 t o 1952. The award of
variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded
annually t o outstanding Junior or Senior students
who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the
Tozer Foundation. Inc.. of Stillwater. Minnesota.
The Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund was established in 1969 by
the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes, Sr. An
annual award of one or more scholarships will be
made t o a needy Junior or Senior student pre-
paring for service as a missionary through the
World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris
E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the scholarship committee.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the
Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of
Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award
is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department
of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse.
professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to
1942. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic record indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1967 by the family
and friends and the Department of Chemistry t o
honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in
June, 1966. The annual award is made t o a student
whose academic background indicates promise of
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by
the chemistry staff. The award is made annually
t o a chemistry student whose record indicates
promise in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W . M . Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr.
Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at
the University of Minnesota. The annual award is
made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of
chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemis-
try at Augsburg until the time of his death in
January, 1960. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic background indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This
annual award is made t o a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry.
Educational Opportunity Grants are provided by
the Federal Government. The grants vary from
$ 2 0 0 t o $ 1 0 0 0 and are available t o all students
including freshmen and transfer students provided that the applicant has exceptional financial
need as determined by C.S.S.
The grants are restricted t o students taking a
full time load and are renewable for four years.
--
LOAN FUNDS
National Defense Student Loans established by the
National Defense Education Act of 1958. are available t o students capable of maintaining good
standing in their chosen course of study. Loans
will normally be granted for the academic year.
September through June. or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for
each succeeding loan period. Students may borrow up t o $ 1 0 0 0 per academic year. Repayment
begins nine months after graduation or leaving
school.
United Student Aid Fund Loan and Federal Insured Loan Programs are programs under which
an educational loan is obtained directly from a
bank or other commercial lender. The federal
government guarantees the loan t o the lender and
assists eligible students w i t h their interest payments until repayment begins which is nine
months after graduation or leaving school.
Students may borrow up t o $1 5 0 0 per academic
year. Applications are available in the Office of
the Dean of Students.
State Loan Programs are provided by some
states, e.g., Illinois, Michigan. New Jersey, New
York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin which
have their own loan program. Students are eligible if they are a legal resident of the state
regardless of where they attend college.
Applications for these loans must be obtained
from the specific state agency that is responsible
for administering the program.
These loans are also federally insured and eligible for interest subsidy.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
An employment service assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the
school year. Both on-campus and off-campus jobs
are available.
The college also participates in the federally
financed College Work Study Program. Under this
program students are limited t o 1 5 hours of work
per week during the academic year and the job
must be on campus. Preference is given t o students from low income families.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school.
type of course program, scores on college
aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation,
and recommendations are important factors in
considering an application for admission.
Augsburg College seeks students who rank high
in their high school graduation class, at least in
the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores
on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have at least
12 academic credits in his college preparatory
curriculum, which should include four credits of
English and at least t w o credits each of a foreign
language, social studies. mathematics, and
science. A credit is defined as a course covering
one academic year and equivalent t o at least 120
hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required.
Students will be provided with blanks early in
the summer t o be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will
be permitted t o register.
required t o make the $100 tuition deposit
within t w o weeks of notification of acceptance.
The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies
t o the cost of tuition.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10
application fee (non-refundable) and a
photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results.
Transfer students will request the previous
college or colleges t o send an official
transcript of grades together with results of
standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the
College Entrance Examination Board is
required for admission. The test should be
taken early in the senior year or late in the
junior year. A student can apply before taking
the SAT. See your counselor about registering
for the SAT or write t o the College Entrance
Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing
Service. Box 592. Princeton. New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the
SAT.
4. An interview on campus is encouraged.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and
submitted t o the Office of Admissions.
Applications may be obtained by visiting.
writing. or calling (332-5181). A majority of the
applications are received between September
and January of the students' senior year in high
school. Although the closing date for making
application for the fall term is August 1. the class
may be filled well in advance of this date.
Students applying under the Early Decision
Program which is described below will receive
the admissions decision about December 1. All
other applicants will be notified concerning
admission about two weeks after their
application is completed. A $100 tuition deposit
is due before April 1, with earlier payment
giving preference in the assignment of campus
housing. Students admitted after April 1 are
EARLY DECISION
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December I . After notification of
admission and adequate financial aid, if needed.
has been provided, the student must agree t o
withdraw applications made t o other colleges.
The admissions decision is based upon the
academic record through the junior year, test
scores, and recommendations A $100 tuition
deposit which is non-refundable is required by
January 1.
EARLY ADMISSION
An Early Admission Program is offered for a few
high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from the
high school, and the maturity to cope with a
college course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high school
diploma during the summer or during the first
year of college. A student applying for early
admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
in January or March of his junior year.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. test results, and
recommendations. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed
at accredited institutions. A maximum of 108
quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a
junior college. The college reserves the right
not t o grant credit for courses where it considers
the work unsatisfactory. and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited
institutions. The grade point average for
graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted t o students who
qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond
the beginning course. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is. college credit, is
granted t o high school students who have
successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3.4. or 5 on
the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg College will also award credit on the
basis of scores received on the College-Level
Examinations offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the Registrar.
CAMPUS LIFE
CAMPUS LIFE
There are many influences which mold life and character in college. The exercises of classroom,
laboratory and library form the main dimensions of college life, but they need to be supplemented
by other programs, activities and opportunities.The climate of living and learning at a college is greatly
influenced by extra-curricular activities that take place both on campus and off campus.
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg
Community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student.
who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious
life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation
t o worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
An important part of Augsburg's program is the chapel service held four times a week. These services.
both experimental and traditional, provide an opportunity for students and faculty t o become involved
in corporate worship. Attendance is voluntary.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus
community with outstanding personalities i n various fields. A wide range of interests is covered.
including the scientific, political, social. religious. and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS
In attempting t o meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities
on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom
occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational,
educational and cultural activities. The activities program is designed t o complement the classroom
experience and t o enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the Center, in residence halls, and
elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics. films, banquets, dances,
talent shows, special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are
Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's
society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students
and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is
governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible t o the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for hoth participants and spectators. The intramural program
under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as billiard tables. ping-pong, and bicycles are available i n addition
t o the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview
Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally
organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic
contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus
transportation is arranged for those wanting t o attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center
there are art exhibits, discussions, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art work is
also exhibited in the Studio. The annual choir, orchestra. and band concerts are held in Melby Hall.
The college features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted
free t o on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under
the Program Commission are Social. Recreation. Fine Arts. Forum and Lecture. Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities t o make use of some of the
finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has t o offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries.
The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives
access t o large collections of historical material. The Minnesota Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities
such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater. Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, and St. Paul Civic
Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minnesota Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special
college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota
Twins baseball, North Stars hockey, and Viking football games at Metropolitan Stadium and sports
center.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education t o the end that individuals may
develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates t o this broad
objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members t o the
democratic process, developing a sense of community. fostering intellectual activity, and participating
in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president. resides in the executive branch. Seven
commissioners are each responsible t o the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch
of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject t o appeal only t o the
President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus
problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole,
and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College
Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest t o the college community. These projects
include the annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week,
Homecoming. Student Lecture Series. Development Council. Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International
Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community
organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associtated Women Students, composed of all the women students. provides opportunity for the women
to develop meaningful self-government. It aims t o create a sense of ha,rmony and fellowship, t o promote
and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and t o encourage participation
in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students. a national
organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems
and programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a
voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience
in the many phases of journalistic work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work
on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the
Office of Public Relations.
CO-CURRICU LAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom
For most effective participation. students w i t h similar interests have united t o form clubs. Several
of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted t o interests not offered
in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Commission of Student Organizations of the
Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts t o evaluate the clubs and societies and their activities.
and t o represent them at the Student Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open t o majors and minors in chemistry. Weekly meetings
consist of seminars given by outside speakers. faculty, or students on current topics or research
experiences in various areas of chemistry.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization for students in
the elementary education program. I t is concerned primarily w i t h professional standards in the teaching
profession, educational changes and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students w h o meet weekly w i t h a group of neighborhood
children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips and sports as they show
their concern for these children by their o w n personal involvement.
Augsburg College Republicans aim t o stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity
t o participate actively in local. state and national politics.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity t o learn
from participation in stage presentations and from field trips. as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open t o all students. Membership in the National Collegiate Players
represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open t o qualified upper
classmen.
The "A" Club is limited t o men w h o have w o n a major letter at Augsburg. The aim of this organization
is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and
t o keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Black Student Union of Augsburg College promotes a feeling of unity and creates a self awareness
among its members. I t aims toshare w i t h the total community its culturally rich heritage.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students w h o have a mutual
interest in the culture, language. and people of various countries.
The foreign lanugage clubs are made up of students studying French, German, Norwegian or Spanish.
In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the clubs also promote understanding
appreciation of the culture of their country, its achievements and customs.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg. is an organization that
expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg. as well as acquainting its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. There
are winter weekend ski trips which are open t o all students.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of
social service.
The aim of the Student Democratic League is t o join students in the College into an intelligent,
agressive and cooperative democratic group which seeks t o create and sustain a community awareness
of the problems and concerns in politics and education.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter. offers t o its members
associate membership in professional education associations and strives t o acquaint future teachers
with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic
Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
'
. q..
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In a d ~ t ~ o n
t o local appearances. the band tours annually t o various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition t o local
appearances, the choir goes on tour each year t o various parts of the United States and occasionally
t o Canada.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently i n campus programs and concerts and
sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as
well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition t o campus and local appearances, the orchestra
tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational
activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for
the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented
annually by teams in football. cross country, basketball. hockey. wrestling, baseball, track, soccer,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College t o provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony
with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is t o be reflected in the conduct and outlookof both the
players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play
are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. lntercollegiate athletics as a phase of that program,
gives recognition t o the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development of student interests.
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1)The student participating in athletics should
acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty. sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2)The participant should develop the knowledge. interests.
and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational
leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal
or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either
contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary t o his other educational activities. (3)The student
spectator should acquire and axhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as
self-restraint, sense of fair play. appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4)The intercollegiate athletic program
should contribute t o the development of a unified and health "school spirit." Enthusiasm for
intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
In order t o participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility
requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of the
College Center for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert
Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading.
student publications, societies, or t o accept elected or appointed student-government offices of
chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The purpose of Beta ChiEpilson is t o honor those senior women who have maintained a high level
of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving advice and leadership to the college
community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic
excellence, leadership. and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved
the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for
at least t w o years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open t o students with a major or
minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are t o recognize academic achievement
and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average
are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may
be admitted as pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma M u , the National Social Science Honor Society, which is
affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election t o membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the
previous term of work at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in
athletics and scholarship.
The HaroldA. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the
student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's
Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given t o scholarship,
leadership and participation in extracurricular activities, such as athletics. drama. music
organizations, societies, student government and community activities.
STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain assumption about man, his relationship
t o himself, his relationship to others and his relationship t o God.As a church-related liberal arts
college. Augsburg attempts t o take these relationships seriously and therefore seeks t o educate the
whole man.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus shall be
worthy of a member of a college community, and students who do not feel drawn t o this type of
community should not seek t o be enrolled at Augsburg College.
Without attempting t o dictate t o the individual conscience. the college reserves the right t o ask its
students t o adapt themselves t o the social and recreational program approved by the college. It
reserves the right t o dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources
of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus. disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled t o a student/faculty Judicial Council
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a
hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking t o develop a constructive recreational program. some limitations have been placed on
certain activities. The college is opposed t o all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the
posse~sionor consumption of alcoholic beverages in any college-owned building, in residence halls,
in any college-approved place of residence or at any college-sponsored event. Minnesota state law
forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services for students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions. Counseling,
Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records. Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service.
Placement. Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these
services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial
aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling
can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. In addition t o high school seniors. sophomores and juniors are encouraged t o use these
services and also t o visit the campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort t o assist each student t o obtain the maximum benefits
from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational
choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty. health or financial problems. personal and social
adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in
counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic
understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and a keener awareness of resources available
t o them as they meet the problems of daily life.
A t Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate
in the counseling program. and each new student is assigned t o a faculty counselor w h o works w i t h
him until he chooses a major field of study. A t that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor.
In addition, there are staff members w h o have specialized training in counseling and techniques for
dealing w i t h problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling
program is coordinated by the Director of the Center for Student Development i n the Office of the
Dean of Students in accordance w i t h the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel
Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept i n the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These
records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in
non-academic activities, test scores, report of counseling and other information.
The office of the Center Director maintains a file of student government officers of clubs and societies.
including the constitutions, activities and schedules.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service w i t h registered nurses on duty. The college
physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent t o the
campus.
Physical examinations are given t o all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required
t o have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment
is prescribed where needed.
A voluntary hospital insurance plan is also available on a 12-month basis
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION
New students participate i n Orientation sessions before the beginning of classes each year. The students
take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted w i t h their fellow students.
w i t h the faculty, and especially w i t h their o w n faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement
test scores are used by counselors t o help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories
and the vocational interest profiles help the students t o know more about themselves, i n order t o make
a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen w h o expect
difficulty w i t h the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college
are especially urged t o enroll i n this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program the college aims t o develop a student's character, self-control and thoughtful
consideration of others. The college also realizes that a student's happiness, comfort and emotional
adjustment in his place of residence are direct influences on his general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort t o provide these opportunities for development. student residence councils assume the
responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation w i t h the head residents
and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt t o help residents with problems
of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these
counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
Any student who is 21 years old on or before the first day of classes in the Fall term may live off
campus. Juniors or Seniors who are not 21 years old may live off campus provided that a parental
permission form is on file in the Office of the Director of Housing by May 1.
All Freshmen and Sophomores not living at home are required t o live in college operated housing.
Students desiring t o live with relatives in the city must first secure approval for such an arrangement
from the Office of the Director of Housing.
All students living in residence halls take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides
a number of houses for upperclass men and women with a variety of board plan options.
Residence halls are open t o students no more than 2 4 hours before the day of registration or the
beginning of classes, and they close no later than 2 4 hours after a student's last examination or after
the beginning of a vacation period. Students who wish t o stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a
reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service
is available t o students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit
is required of upper-class students t o hold a room. This fee is payable at the Treasurer's Office by
May 1. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from
the housing roster. No refunds are made after July 1.
All students living on campus are required t o pay a $20 key and breakage fee at the beginning of
each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture
is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and Alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is
maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state. and
national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking
the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5.00. There is no placement
fee.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of the College Center serves as the coordinator of student activities by assisting student
officers in planning and implementing their programs. The office also keeps on file club constitutions
and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers t o student organizations are approved by the Director.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the
Student Organization Commission in addition t o other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg
Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Office of the Center Director, and the
College Master Calendar is also kept by the office.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below.
Completion of a major.
A total of 180 quarter credits.
At least 5 4 credits in courses numbered above 50.
A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken and "C" average (2.0) in courses which apply
toward the major.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
English Writing and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
4
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................................
5
Religion
11
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
1
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine
Arts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Philosophy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Foreign Language - Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-25
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
4
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech-Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Religion (above Religion 1 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five course requirements listed above should be taken in the freshman year. except that
students with majors in biology, physics, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history
or sociology until the sophomore year. I t is recommended that the general education requirements
be completed in the first t w o years of college, except item 12 above which should be taken in the
sophomore, junior, and/or senior years.
The requirement in English writing and literature consists of three options: (1) English 11 and 12:
(2) English 1 1 and either 12. 30. 35. 4 0 or 45; (3) English 30, 35, 40, or 45. Options will depend upon
high school rank, test. writing demonstrations. and teacher's recommendations.
t:.
The fine arts requirement may be met by successful completion of Music 30: Art 1, 86, 87, 88: Speech
41, 61 ; or exemption by petition on the basis of participation in drama, music, art, and extensive readings.
Philosophy 21.22.23 or any other course i n philosophy except 99. will meet the philosophy requirement.
The foreign language-literature requirement may be met in several ways. Students who have completed four or more years of one foreign language in high school are exempted from the requirement.
If they have studied from one t o three years of a foreign language in high school they have three
options: (1) complete the equivalent of four terms of one foreign language in college; (2) complete
t w o terms of one foreign language in college (or its equivalence) plus one term of study in a foreign
country (excluding Canada): (3) complete four terms of literature i n translation or at least t w o terms
of literature in translation and one or t w o 'ierms of linguistics and philosophy of language t o make
a total of four terms.
.his
I
Students who have studied no foreign language in high school have t w o options for meeting the foreign
language-literature requirement: (1 complete four terms of one foreign language in college: (2) complete t w o terms of one foreign language and three terms of foreign literature in translation, linguistics,
or philosophy of language, of which at least one must be literature in translation.
In the natural sciences, t w o courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended that the t w o courses be taken in the same department. Students who obtain
a grade of A or B in the first course of science have the option of taking Philosophy of Science for
the second course.
Students may choose from Political Science 20. 21. 2 2 or Economics 22, 23 for the requirement in
political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech-communication may be satisfied by: Speech 11. 15.
or 51; Philosophy 23; or English 55.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Classical Languages
Economics
Economics and
Business Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech. Communication, and
Theater Arts
Students are required t o apply for the major and obtain approval of an adviser in the department
offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the freshman year.
A student may earn a minor in most of the fields listed above. Minors are also offered in Greek,
Latin, and Library Science.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed t o give the student an opportunity to elect credits beyond those
which are required for the major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number
of credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. Exception is
made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics
are considered separate departments for this purpose. A student may earn up t o five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied
toward the 180 credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
Students are required to take a writing test at the beginning of the junior year and must demonstrate
a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
...
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5-3.79+
. -3.49+
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
grade average
grade average
grade average
To be eligible for these honors. the student must have completed at least one year of work at Augsburg,
and his record at Augsburg. as well as his transfer record, must meet the requirements as given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. :Very
.
good. 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfacton/. 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable. 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Failure. 0 grade points per credit
f ........................................................
- . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
..
W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . course withdrawn during first eight weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass). N (no credit) indicate level of achievement. Grades of W, S, P. N do not
affect the grade point average. A grade of WF is computed with 0 grade points per credit.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five
weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks
of the following term, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an
incomplete or a condition received at the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only
the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar
for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes
begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning
of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal t o one-half the credit registration in determining laad and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered.
The college reserves the right t o cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period
a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted t o
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding
term. No student is permitted t o carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working
part-time are urged t o arrange the amount of their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's
Office. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes.
No course may be added after the first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first eight weeks of classes is followed by W. No course may
be cancelled after the eighth week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary t o leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration
at the Registrar's Office in order t o remain i n good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order t o be classified as full-time, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work
in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number
of credit hours and grade points:
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Non-degree students are classified as special students. Students carrying less than 1 2 credits are
part-time students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the endof a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in-placing a student on probation:
Freshmen with a cumulative GPA below 1.5
Sophomores with a cumulative GPA below 1.6
Juniors with a cumulative GPA below 1.8
Seniors with a cumula.tive GPA below 2.0
A student will be removed from probation when his cumulative GPA exceeds the minimum listed
above,
If a student has been on probation 2 or more terms consecutively he is subject t o dismissal at the
end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised
t o withdraw before the end of spring term, but if he wishes t o do so he may continue on probation
until the end of the spring term.
Dismissal from the college at the end of the spring term will not be automatic. Each case will be
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the college voluntarily must
have special permission t o re-enroll.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lower division courses. Attendance in upper
division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on
absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report
the reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due t o illness.
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from
the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean
of the College. Lists of participants. with information as t o exact periods absent, are issued by the
Dean t o all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility
for reporting their presence to the teacher.
EXAM INATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades
attained by freshmen are made to the Registrs: who forwards them t o the students, parents, and
advisers. Final reports are sent at the end of each term t o the parents. students, and advisers.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each term. No student or class may
arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College or the Registrar t o take a final
examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $ 1 0 for such an examination.
Before he takes the examination, he must obtain a signed statement from the Dean or Registrar and
bring it t o the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
t o take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing t o this committee. When permission is
granted. the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University.
But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg.
Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at
the University may be transferred t o Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
SPEClAL PROGRAMS OF STUN
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, and Methodist hospitals
in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the
Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Hennepin County General and Swedish hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first
three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a
joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the
sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The
University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; and The lnstitute
for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence in France. Study at other institutions may be possible
through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee
on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must
be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records
whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Credit earned through
foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or,
occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general
education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in CorrectiveTherapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in
physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical
Education. Application should be made during the spring term of the sophomore year. Candidates are
required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical
Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman students, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as
philosophy and history. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia (interdisciplinary honors
seminars) are offered each term. Some departments of the college offer programs through which the
student can earn honors in his major field. One provision available throughout the college that is of
particular value to able students is the opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest. For
students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, General Education requirements
are modified as necessary to meet a student's needs and interests. Students of high ability who are
r
t:.
.his
'.
I
interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program
for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are
selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural
exchange between the students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered
into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place.
This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the
schedules of.the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of
his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), hisher major adviser, and various college officials. A further
general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require
a grade-point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President
of the Student Society.
-
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
A Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors, applicable to a maximum of
one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows:
1. Juniorsand Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a
regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not
be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's
Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for
graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point
Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system
at the timeof his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week
of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'shall be assigned to the student earning
the equivalent of a grade from 'A'to 'C'; the grade of 'N'to the student earning the equivalent
of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
MULTI-RACIAL CONCERNS
Augsburg College offers a core of courses which enable students to earn approximately 50 credits in
courses centered on multi-racial concerns. These courses are offered in American Studies and in the
departments of English, History, and Sociology. In addition, students may enroll in Interdisciplinary
Studies which include courses in Black History and Culture, offered at the University of the Way; and
at times they may be able to participate in an experimental program in which they live in an area
of the city where they can study the dynamic forces of the area firsthand and become involved in
the urban problems characteristic of that area. Other courses on multi-racial concerns are being
planned.
In addition, several courses, particularly in the departments of English, History, and Sociology, include
material dealing with multi-racial concerns in a wider context. The interested student should confer
with the chairmen of these departments.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Two summer sessions of six and four weeks, respectively, permit students to earn up to a full term's
credits in the Augsburg Summer School.
In 1970, the first session is set for June8 through July 17, the second session running from July 20
through August 14.
In addition to morning classes, most of which meet five times each week, a number of courses will
be taught evenings during the first term, meeting twice a week for about three hours.
Eligibleto attend Augsburg Summer School are present students and graduates of Augsburg and
of other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college
work.
Summer School courses are offered subject to demand. Early preregistration will help to assurethe
availability of desired courses, and, depending
the date of application,
may. .permit reduced
- upon
.
..
tuition charges.
For application forms and information concerning costs, tentative course offerings or other questions,
interested persons should write to:
Summer School Office
/
Augsburg College
/
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
. .--
raw d
.
,-
& ..& w:
.
.
M
'M
,-
I
.
.
-
.
.
II.
i
r
.--.
I
-
-
.
. ,.
-
-2
I
i , . . .
A
I
m
-&,.
-
1-
m=F
d
f
W'".@a""'lrl
-d -k -gH&
f
'
1-
hn
ma-
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in
planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include
the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives or Major
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Electives or Major
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
1/3
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
5
- 5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 4-5
16 12 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Electives or Major
SENIOR
Religion
Electives or Major
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
- - 4
6
6
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 15 12 15
AMERICAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21,22
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Religion 63*
History 55*
Psychology 81'
Sociology 58,* 59*
Philosophy 65*
Electives (non-major)
*Electives in the major program
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4-5 - - 4
- - 5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20,* 21
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
4
4
5
Term
SENIOR
Religion 60*
Political Sci. 56*
History 56*
Education 87*
English 82*
Political Sci. 22*
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
1
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 r =
-
4
4
-
4, 4 -- 4 -
i
s
&
-
4-6
+
-
ART M A J O R W I T H HISTORY M I N O R AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Religion II
English 11,12
Foreign Lang.
History I
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology II
H. P.E. 1,2,3
I
Cr.
5
5
2
4
lh
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5
4
2
4
1/3
5
5
;
4
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Natural Sci. or Math
Philosophy
Art 21
Art 18,55
History 2
History 61
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Art 87,88
Art 50,67
History 3
Speech-Communication
Music 30
History 21,22
Electives
- 4
4 4
4 4-5 4 - 5
-
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 86,68,78
Art 98
History 71,95
Art 99
Electives
4
-
-
5
8
Term
I
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
5
4
4
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
ART M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Art.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion II
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Art 7,8
Art 13,12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
- 5
- 5
5 - 4 2 2 4 - 4
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
JUNIOR
Teim
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
Art 88,86,87
Art 50,67
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,58
Education 52,53,54
Education 62,59
Music 30
Elective
5
5
4
4
4
0
4
4
4
-
0
2
4
-
4
5
2
0
3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Sci. or Math.
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Art 21
Art 18,55
Psychology 5
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83,87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Art 68,99
Art 78
Electives
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
4 5 4
- 4 - 4-5 - 4
4 - 4
- - 5
4
.
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr.. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
3
8
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below includes several courses in chemistry and education (for
teacher certification! as well as courses for a good background in biological science. When
making the choices between the biology course options, it i s important that the various
disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series
are required. Careful planning i s essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible schedule for all students. If Chemistry 15, 1 6 is taken instead of Chemistry 5, 6, the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the fall
term.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 5 , 6
Biology l l , l 2
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 6 6
6 6 Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Speech-Communication
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Education 50,59,74
Education 52,53,54
Biology 67
Biology Electives
-
4
4
4
0
4
-
5 - 4-5
4 - 5
0 0
5-6 5-6
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
H. P.E. 10
Chemistry 23
Mathematics 40
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
-
-
5
-
5
5
5
5
6
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
6
6
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 83,87
Education 84
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,93
Elective
5
4
- 10 4
- - 4
6
5-6
1
1
4-6 -
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to do graduate work in biology.
Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully in accordance
with plans for the future. At least one term of botanical work is recommended and Biology
72 is required. Careful planning is essential. This specific program should not be considered
as the best possible, schedule for all students. If Chemistry 5, 6 is taken instead of Chemistry
1 5 , 1 6 , the program will have to be modified because the former begins in the winter term.
FRESHMAN
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology 11,12
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
6 6 6 6 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Speech-Communication
Chemistry 51,52
Mathematics 40,41,42
Biology Elective
Biology 72
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4-5
6 6
5 5
6
-
5
5
6
-
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Electives
Elective
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
-
5 5 5
5-6 5-6
- 4-6
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology Electives
Biology 91,92,93
Biology 99
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
6
1
-
- 5
4 4-5 5-6 1 1
- 3-5
- 6-8
M A J O R I'N BUSINESS A D M l NlSTRATlON
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance.
Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Business Ad. 31
Speech-Communication
Economics 51
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
5
4
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
-
5
-
4 - - 5
- 4-5
- 12 5
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 61
Business Ad. 62,63
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Fine Arts
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83 or 84
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - - 5
12 12 12
5
M A J O R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History I , 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E.1,2,3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
5 5
5-6 5-6
lh 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22,23
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 61
4
4
4-5
4
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
-
-
4
5
8
-
SENIOR
Term
I Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
5
5 - 10 10 15
I
-
10
BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
ACCOUNTING AND OFFICE SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Business Ed. 1
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 31
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ed. 60
Philosophy
Electives
*Accounting Specialization
**Office Specialization
Term
II HI
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
I
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
0
4
5
4
5
0
5
4
4
-
3
0
2
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Computer Science 45
Accounting 62,63*
Psychology 5
Economics 22,23
Foreign Language
Business Ed. 8
Speech-Communication
Busirless Ed. 10,50**
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 83
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Business Educ. 64
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I I I III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 . - 5 - 10 4
- 4
4-5 5 . 8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Economics 22,23
History 1 or 2or 3
Business Educ. 1
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Econ. 51,58,91 or 92
Sec. Education 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 31
Business Ed. 60
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
4 4 4
1
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 5
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 4 4
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Business Ad. 1,2
Psychology 5
Computer Science 45
H. P.E. 10
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84,87
Sec. Educ. 83
Business Ed. 64
Bus. Ed. 65, or Econ. 51
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
5
- - 5
4
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 4
5
- - 4
4-5 4-5 4
8
BUSINESS EDUCATION M A J O R W l T H SECRETARIAL
SPECIALIZATION and COMPREHENSIVE M A J O R
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1 or 2 or 3
Business Ed. 1,lO
Sociology 11
Philosophy
Fine Arts
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. 63
Business Ad. 1,2
Economics 22,23
Business Education 50
Business Educ. 60,64
Computer Science 45
*Comprehensive Major
**Secretarial Specialization
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
1
5
- 4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 3
4
0
0 0
2
5
5
4
4
- 5 4
4
4
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Psychology 5
Business td. 21,22,53
Speech-Communication
Business Ed. 8*
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sec. Educ. 84
Sec. Educ. 83,87
Business Ad. 31
H. P.E. 10
Business Ed. 65 or Econ. 51
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
5
5
4
4
5
- 4-5 4
5
4** I
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 10 5
4
5
5
4-5 -
-
-
8
- -
-
CHEMISTRY M A J O R
The following guide for a course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students
who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5 4
6 5 5
1/3 1/3
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15,16
Mathematics 41,42
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
6
113
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 61,62
Chemistry 63
Foreign Language
Chemistry 91
Electives (Math., Physics)
6
5
0
4
SOPHOMORE
6
5
0
4
I
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr, Cr.
Philosophy 23
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SENIOR
5
5
0
5
6
5
5
-
5
6
5
-
5
5
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Chemistry 81,83
Chemistry 72
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Chemistry 91
Electives
5
4
0
5
4
4
4
0
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
0
-
M A J O R IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English l l , l 2 , 3 5
History 1
Sociology 11
Latin 1, 2
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5
5 5 5
4
- - 4
5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 5 -
JUNIOR
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art 83
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Creek or Latin
Mythology 65
Electives
4
4
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
Religion 21
Natural Sci. or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Latin 3,4
Creek 11,12,13
5
4
5
5
4
5
5
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Creek 99 or Latin 99
History 60 or 61
Electives
- 5 - 2 4 - 12 10 16
COMMUNICATION MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Speech 40
Speech 51
Speech 52
Sociology 75
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
4
-
-
1/3
5
4
5
1/3
-
5
1/3
4
-
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Psychology 5
Speech I 5
English 21
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 80
Speech 87
Linguistics
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
4
-
4
5
5
-
-
5
5
4
3
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 1-5 5
5 5 15
10
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry,
and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools.
Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they
are interested about specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Mathematics 40,41
Chemistry 15,16 or 5,6
H. P.E.1,2,3
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 6
SOPHOMORE
Pol. Sci. 20,21 or 22
Speech or Lit.
Psychology 5
Chemistry 51,52
Physics 21,22,23
Biology 11,12
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
6
5
6
6
5
6
4
4
5
5
-
ECONOMICS MAJORS
The following programs are suggested courses of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statements under the Department of Bus. Ad, Econ, and Bus. Ed.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1 , 2 or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
-
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5-6
4
1/3 1/3
5
10
1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
4
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
5
-
4
5
5
-
5
8
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Economics 54
Electives
- 4 15 12 15
ECONOMICS - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Combined Major)
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
- 5 5
4
5-6 5-6 - 4 - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Business Ad. 1 , 2
Economics 22,23
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Electives
15
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 79
Economics 51,58
Business Ad. 61
Speech-Communication
Electives
4
5
5
-
4
5
4
5
4-5
8
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete
the following curriculum. Except where a-choice is indicated substitutions may be made
only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects
and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the
Speech-Communication requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. Music 30 fulfills the fine arts requirement, and Pol. Sci.
20, 21, or 22 (American Government) fulfills the political science-economics requirement
in general education.
The major in this program i s Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor area of study; an academic major i s highly recommended. The minor chosen
i s subject to departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, 3
Biological Science
*H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Elem. Educ. 52,53,54
**Elern. Educ. 55
**Elem. Educ. 56
Elern. Educ. 57
Elern. Educ. 61
Elem. Educ. 63
Elem. Educ. 64
**Mathematics 56
**Art 48
Elem. Educ. 58
Elective (minor)
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
5
5
5
5
4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
0 0 0
(4) 4
5 (5) 2
2
- - 4
6
(4) 4
2 (2) (2)
- (2)
2
4 4 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
**Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 21,22, or 23
**Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Religion
**Elem. Ed. 84
**Philosophy
**Speech11
**Elern. Ed. 65
**Elern. Ed. 87
**Elem. Ed. 79
Elective or minor
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 - - 5
(4-6) 4-6
4
4 (4)
5
4 4 5
-
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
(4) 4
15 (15) (15)
(4) 4
(4) 4
2
(2) - (4) 4
- (3) 3
(4) 8 4
*Highly recommended but not specifically required
**Parenthesis indicates that course i s offered more than one term
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program
outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high
school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during
his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the
education curriculum. He will need to be approved for teacher education before he can
proceed in the program. He will also need to apply for student teachihg during the junior
year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are:
Art
Biology
Business Education
Chemistry
English (Language Arts)
French
German
Health & Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Physical Education
Physics
Scandinavian Studies
Social Science
Spanish
Speech
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
SOPHOMORE
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
I
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
History 1,2, or 3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Electives
5 5 5 5
- 4
lh 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Psychology 5
Electives
- 5 4 4 4
5-6 5-6 - - 4
5
5
4
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Electives in major
5
5 - 10 4
- 12 12
Philosophy
Speech 11
Sec. Educ. 50,59
Sec. Educ. 52,53,54
Sec. Educ. Methods 58-76
H. P.E. 10
Electives in major
7
- 4
4
0 0
- 5
12 8
4
3
0
2
8
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of
engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years
of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter
Mathematics 41. Those who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University
of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics)
and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U. of M .
FRESHMAN
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Mathematics 41,42,43
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Physics 21,22,23
5
- 5 5
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
5 5 5
SOPHOMORE
Physics 61
History 1,2, or 3
Literature or Pol. Sci.
Sociology, Econ. or Phil.
Physics 45
Mathematics 58
Art 1
Chemistry 5,6
Speech 11
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
6
-
4
4
6
-
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11
English 12 or 30,35, 40, or 45
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
- 5 5
5 5 4
4 - -
- 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 30,35,40,45
or Elective in the major
English 60; and 21 or 22
Term
I
I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
+
5
5
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
English 61,62,84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
English 90,91, or 92
Electives*
3
12 15 15
-
5
5
*Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82,86,88,92,95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11
English 12, or 30,35,40,45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5
4
lh
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,65
English 61,62,55
English 72 or 74,84
Speech 60 or 66
5
0
5
5
5
5 5
5 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
4
0
5
4
-
0
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12,52 or 55
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Natural Science or Math.
English 60, 21
English 30,35,40,45, or 55
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
H. P.E. 10
English 86 or 88
English 90,91, or 92
Library Science 75
Fine Arts
Elective
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 4-5 4
- 4 - 5 5
5 4 - 5
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
3
4
-
10
5
-
-
-
-
4
4
5
4
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Beg. Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5-6
1/3
Religion
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech
Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Fine Arts
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56,57
5
5
5-6
1/3
5
5
4
-
1/3
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
4
4
4
9
4
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
JUNIOR
Education 50*, 59*
Education 52,53,54*
Education 66*, 67*, or 75*
Psychology 5*
Conversation 55
Survey 63,64**
Literature 72 or 74
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
3
0 0 0
2
5
- 5
- 5
5
- - 5
8
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*
Education 87*
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 10
5
- - 4
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
2
-
5
2
5
5
-
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute 92,
99 or other electives for these courses.
**Courses 56,57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
BROAD M A J O R IN HEALTH A N D
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education.
Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , 1 2
Foreign Language
History l,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 43
H. P.E. 11,13 (W, M)
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 69
Pol. Sci., or Econ.
H. P.E. 57*
H. P.E. 51,52
H. P.E. 71,72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
5
- - 5
7
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I
II ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
3
0 0 0
-
-
2
6
5
2
4
4
4-5
4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Biology 6
Chemistry 5
H. P.E. 31,32,23
H. P.E. 50*
Fine Arts
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy
H. P.E. 73*
H. P.E. 60*
Electives
Speech-Communication
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
- - 5
5
- 6 5 4 5
1
4
4
--
Term
II Ill
Cr, Cr. Cr.
5
- 10
- 5 ;
I
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
4
-
4
-
*Starred courses are required for the broad maior in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY M A J O R
The following program i s a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of History.
---
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2,3
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Fine Arts
Minor or Elective
Literature
5
4
4
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
5
8
4
-
5
5
4
1/3
4
4
4
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Sci. or Math.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 4
- - 5
5-6 5-6 -
SENIOR
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Speech-Communication
4
4
8
-
5
4
8
-
4
3
4
4
HISTORY M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2,3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
1/3
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Geography I 4
Political Science 20,21
H. P.E. 10
History
0
4
5
8
5 5
5 5
4 4
4
1/3 1/3
4
0
4
4
4
3
0
2
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
4
5
5-6
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Sociology I 2
Speech-Communication
History
History 95
4
5
5-6
5
4
5
-
-
5
10
5
4
- 4
- 4-5
8 4
- 3
-
-
-
-
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of
study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study
the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies,
English, History, Political Science.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors
are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts
constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission,
it i s normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree
program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized
Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year at prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adviser,
chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R
The following course of study is suggested:
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English l l , l 2
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Mathematics 40,41,42
or
*Mathematics 41H, 42H, 43H
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 71,72,73
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Computer Science 55
Electives
or
*Mathematics 83,84
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5
5
5
5
-
5
-
5
4
5
-
Term
I
II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
8
4
4-5
4
4
5
4
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43,64,67 or
*Mathematics 58,64,67
SENIOR
Mathematics 58,83,84
or
*Mathematics 93,94,95
Electives
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
- 4
5-6 5-6
5 4
4
4
4
4
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
*For students with strong background in Mathematics from High School.
MATHEMATICS M A J O R FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following course of study i s suggested for students preparing for secondary education:
FRESHMAN
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11, I2
Foreign Language
History 1 , 2 , or 3
Mathematics 40,41,
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Mathematics 43,64,67
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 4
- 4
5 4
5-6 5-6
4
4
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Fine Arts
Education 50,59
Speech-Communication
Psychology 5
Mathematics 71,72,60
Education 52,53,54
Philosophy
Computer Science 55
Education 71
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 4
3
- 4-5
5
4 4 4
0 0 0
4
- 4 - - 2
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Mathematics 83,84
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10 4
5
4
4
5
- 8 8
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with
a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology and it also includes the Augsburg
graduation requirements. Many modifications of this program are possible; one popular
alternative is substitution of Chemistry 15, 16 for Chemistry 5, 6. In the senior year, students
taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Sociology 11
Biology 11,12
Chemistry 5,6
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Chemistry 53
Biology 67,72
Biology 76
Biology 71 or 73
Biology 91,92
Elective (upper division)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- + 5
5
5
4
6
6
6
6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
- 6
- 6
4
6
6
1
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Mathematics 40 (or 5)
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech-Communication
Fine Arts
Chemistry 23
Philosophy
Physics 3
Term
I1 I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5 (5) (4) 4
- 4-5 - - 4
- - 6
4
- - 5
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical work at
General or Swedish hospitals for 12 months.
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information
for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the
Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make
application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as trarislated into courses at Augsburg College, are as follows:
Credits
Biology 11, I 2
Chemistry 15,16
Chemistry 51,52
Chemistry 53
English l l , 1 2
Literature elective
Mathematics 40,41
Physics 21,22,23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
12
12
12
5
10
4
10
15
27
34
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements.
In addition to the required courses, pre-medical students are encouraged to take additional
courses in the sciences, especially if the student is interested in an academic career in
medicine or medical research. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in biology, chemistry, or natural science. The requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for
a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry; for a natural science major under
Curriculums. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments or the Medical
School Advisory Committee early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Music.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Music l , 2 , 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
5 5 5 5 - 4
4 4 5
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4 , 5 , 6
Applied Music
JUNIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 68,73
Music 53*, 54
Music 60,61
Music 57,58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Speech-Communication
4
0
4
5
0
1
-
3
0 0
4
2
4 4 3 3
0 0
1 1
- 4-5
Religion
Education 84,87
Education 83
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy
Music Organization
Art 1
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
4
1
5
4
5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
10
5
-
-
0
-
5
-
-
4
5
0
4
-
4
-
-
4
0
4
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Music 1,2,3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Religion
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4,5,6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr
4
-
JUNIOR
Art 1
Music 60,61,62
Music 53*, 54 ,,
Music57,58 Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
5
4
4
4
4
-
1
0
3
1
0
-
3
1
0
8
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
4
4
1
0
I
0
1
0
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cd Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
5'- -
-
.
-
-'
4
1
0
4
:I '
8
4
4
-
a
--I
0
1
0
- 10 ..5
'Chorar Technique may besubstituted for Instrurnenial Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR PREMEDICAL STUDENTS
-b
=
This major is preented as an option for premedical students. It provides the necessary
coursa for admission to most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School. I n addition, the major allows a number of elective courses. The student should
choose elective courses carefully, keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical
schools to which he intends t o apply. care must also be taken t o ensure that enough upper..
t
division credits are included. (In this specific program 16 credits of electives ~ u s be
u ~ ~division
e r credits.)
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
Religion' 11
English 11,12
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H, P.E. < 2 , 3
Chemistry 15,16
Biology l l , 1 2
-6
6
,
-
Religiqn
Foreign Language
Physics 21,22,23
Biology Elective
Electives
5
5
4
I h
6 6
5
5
5
5
5
6
4 4-6
IF
I
II
Ill
Chemis~ry51,52,53
Mathematics40.41.42
,
.
,5
5
5
S~IOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-'
-,
T;
Speech-Cammunicat ion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
,
Biology Electii~e
-
erm
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
?
;
Term
SOPHOMORE
-
- 5
4
- I h 1h
"*
Religion
Foreign Language
Fine Arts
Philosophy
Biology S'eminar
Electives
-
4
-
5
4
4
-
4
--
1 -A
9
1
R
.
e
*-a
-
I
P
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORFOR TEACHING
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least
27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits
in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Speech-Communication
Education 50,59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52,53,54
H. P.E. 10
Education 74
Fine Arts
I
Cr.
5
4
5-6
I n
Term
I1 Ill
Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
-
4
Foreign Language
Natural Science o r Math.
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
11 11 11
- - 5
5-6 I n 1/3
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
4
-
4
4
4
0
-
5
0
5
-
3
5
0
2
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Electives
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
4
4
4
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 52
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
5
5
5
-
4
4
-
-
4
I h 1/3 1/3
-
-
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Fine Arts
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy 23
Philosophy 41,42,43
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 5-6 5-6
4
4
5
4 4 4
- 5 -
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
4
-
-
5
SOPHOMORE
5 5
10 10
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
2-5 5 5 5
- 11 10
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Physics.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Physics 21,22,23
Mathematics 40,41,42
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
French or German
Physics 51,52
Physics 62,63
Physics 77
Mathematics 58,83,84
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
lh 1/3 1/3
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
4
-
4
1
4
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Mathematics 43
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Philosophy
Physics 45
French or German
Fine Arts
Sociology 11
History 1,2, or 3
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Physics 86,87
Physics 77
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
-
5
4
5
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
1
4 4
1 1
- - 4-5
11 11 8
8
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a typical, not mandatory, course of study. Students are urged
to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20,21
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
4
4
1/3
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 23
Sociology 61
Computer Science 45
Pol. Sci. 30,49
Pol. Sci. Electives
Art 1 or Music 30
JUNIOR
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. Electives
Economics 22,23
Psychology 5
Inter. Disc. St. 96
5
- 4 4 7-8 4 4-6
- 4 4
5
- 3 -
5
5-6
4
1/3
5
-
--
5-6
4
1/3
SENIOR
Political Sci. Electives
Lit. or Speech
Electives
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
5
5
4 - - 4 4
- 4 4
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8
8
4
4
8
16
PSYCHOLOGY
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2, or 3
Sociology 11
General Psychology
H. P.E.1,2,3
JUNIOR
Computer Science 45
Psychology 59
Psychology 61,62
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
113
- 5
5 5 4
4
5
1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 4 4 4 4
8 8 12
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Philosophy
Natural Science
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Speech-Communication
Sociology 61
Psychology 64
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology 81
Psychology 93
Psychology 99 (any term)
Psychology Electives
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
--
4-5
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
- - 3
4
4 4 4
8 4 10
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 11
English 11,12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1 , 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
5
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Fine Arts
Philosophy 21
Electives
JUNIOR
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 23
Foreign Lang.
Psychology 5
Electives
Philosophy
5
6
4
-
5
5
5
-
5
6
4
-
5
4
4
4
5
4
8
-
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
4
- 4-5
4
4
Term
I I Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
8
5
4
8
5
4
8
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES M A J O R
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Scand. I , 2
History I , 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5*
Education 50*, 59:
Education 52,53,54*
Scand. 84,74
Philosophy 21
Scand. 62
Electives
Education 67*
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
- - 5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
0
5
-
5
4
0
-
4
3
0
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Scand. 3,4
Scand. 55
Scand. 51,26
Speech-Communication
Pol. Sci. o r Econ.
H. P.E. lo*
Fine Arts
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84*
Education 83*, 87*
Scand. 72
Scand. 99
Electives
Term
I
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
4 5
- 5
- 4-5 - 4 - - 5
4
4 4 -
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
-
10 - 5 4
5 - 1-5 - 1-5
0-5 - 5-10
*Students who do not plan t o take the education sequence may substitute electives
for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions.
Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his
proficiency in the subject.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program.
A student in the two-year program must elect courses from the general education requirement to make a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11,12
Business Ed. 1,lO
Business Ed. 21,22
Business Ed. 50,53
History 1,2, or 3
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 5 5 1
5
4 4 - 5 5
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
SECOND YEAR
Religion
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Business Ad. 1,2
Business Ed. 8,60,64
Sociology 11
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
4
4
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission
into a theological seminary course. The following program gives the approximate preseminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student
may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History l , 2 , 3
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
H. P. E. 1 , 2 , 3
JUNIOR
Greek
Philosophy 41,42,43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- - 5 5
4 4 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
II I l l
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5
4 4 4
4
4 8 8
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
I
Cr.
5
5-6
4
-
Term
II I l l
Cr. Cr.
5-6 4
4
4
4
6
4
Term
I1 Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
4-5 4 12 16
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING I N SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits, which may be earned in either of
the following distributions:
A. History concentration: 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
B. Behavioral science concentration: 14 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and
47 credits distributed as follows:
42-43 credits in economics, political science, and sociology, of which a minimum
of 16 credits shall be upper division, with at least one upper-division course in each
of the three disciplines;
4-5 credits in an additional upper-division course in one of the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology.
Plan A. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (history concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History I , 2 , 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1 , 2 , 3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
5
5
4 4 4
- 4 - 4 113 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
History 21,22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
5
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50,59
Education 52,53,54
Education 70
Fine Arts
Political Science 30,21
Economics 23
History
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 12
Term
I II I l l
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 3
0 0 0
- - 2
4
- 4 4
4
8
4
- 5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Education 84,87
Education 83
Speech-Communication
Interdisciplinary St. 90
History 95
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
10
5
-
-
4
- 4-5
2-3 - 3
12 4
-
Plan B. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the
social sciences (behavioral science concentration).
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 3
Sociology 11, I 2
Political Science 20 or 21
Math. or Natural Science
Geography I 4
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. (upper div.)
Social Science*
Economics 58
Foreign Language
Interdisc. Studies 90
H. P.E. 10
Education 50,59
Ed. 52,53,54
Education 70
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4
4
4
1/3
- 5
- 5
4 4 5 5
4 1/3 1/3
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4-5 - 5
- 5
- 2-3
- - 4
0 0
-
-
-
-
5
5
3
0
2
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Economics 22,23
History 21,22
Sociology 61
Political Science 30
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Speech-Communication
4
5
4-5
SENIOR
Term
I
11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Foreign Language
Social Science**
Electives
10 5 - 4
- 4 4
- 4-5 - 8 8
4
5
4
4
-
-
5
5
5
-
*Upper division course in economics, sociology, or political science.
**Upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology,
or sociology.
SPANISH M A J O R
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH M A J O R
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History 1,2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Fine Arts
JUNIOR
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 60
Speech 51,55
Education 50
Education 52,53,54
Education 59,76
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 5 5 4
4 - - 4 I h 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 - 5 5 - 5
4 - 0 0 0
- - 5
- 5 - - 8
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
SENIOR
Religion
Speech 16 or 67
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
-
-
4 - - 6 6
5
- 4-5 - - 4
5 Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr,
5
4-5
- - 5
- - 5
- 10 - 5
- - 4
8 - -
-- --
-
-
THEATER ARTS MAJOR
The following program is suggested for students who plan to study theater arts in graduate
school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
History 1,2 o r 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
H. P.E. 1,2,3
Speech 11
Electives
JUNIOR
Fine Arts
Philosophy
English 74
English 76
Speech 60
Speech 61
Electives
Term
1 II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
5 5 4
- 4 - 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
5 - Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4 - - 4
- 4 5
5 - 7 11
SOPHOMORE
Religion
Foreign Language
Nat. Sci. o r Math.
Pol. Sci. or Econ.
Speech 16
Speech 28
Speech 32
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
English 84
Speech 66
Speech 67
Electives
Term
I I1 Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
5
-
5
4
-
-
5
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
-
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 -
5
-
5
5
-
5
10 10
-
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology 11,12
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Philosophy 63
Sociology 61,' 62*
Speech-Communication
Electives
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 - 5
5 5 4
4
4 4 4
lh 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5 4
5 10 10
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Natural Science or Math
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Philosophy
Sociology 41,58,59
Psychology 5
- - 5
5-6 5-6 - 4 4
- 4 4 4 4
5
SENIOR
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75*
Sociology 91,* 82
Soc. 85,86,87 or
SOC. 92,93,94
Electives
5
-
5
-
*Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully
the statement under the Department of Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11,12
Foreign Language
History l , 2 , or 3
Sociology l l , l 2
Fine Arts
H. P.E. 1,2,3
JUNIOR
Religion.
Sociology 51,* 52,* 53*
Spciology 54,* 55,* 56*
Sociology 61*
Psychology 5*
Pol. Sci. 20,21, or 22 or
Economics
Electives
*Required for the major.
Term
II Ill
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
5
,
5 5
5 - - 4
4 4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1134
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
1
5
5
4
1
-
4
1
5
-
-
4
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech-Communication
Philosophy
Sociology 31,58,59
Elective
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4 4
5 4 4
- - 9
SENIOR
Term
II Ill
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75,82,73
Psychology 61,62
Electives
I
5
5
5
-
5
5
5
5
5
7
PERSONNEL
THE B O A R D O F REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chairman
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Mr. Jerome Formo
Vice-chairman
john R. Winsor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. Albert E. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - .
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Luther Theological Seminary (Retired)
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota Insurance Exchange
Dr. Harold I.Lunde, St. Louis, Missouri
Manager of Planning and General Research, May Department Store Co.
Mr. C.S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor; Director, Environmental Health and Safety, University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Nelson Resource Corp.
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson,Jr., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Senior Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Bertil Sandberg, St. Paul, Minnesota
Secretary-Treasurer, N. H. Sandberg Erection Co.
Secretary
. . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Clifford C. Sommer, Owatonna, Minnesota
President, Security Bank &Trust Co.
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
President
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
......................................
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vice President and Executive
Assistant to the President
Vice President for Development
Miss Fern I. Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
.......................................
Vice President for Student Affairs
Thomas Holman
Miss Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miss Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
...............
Assistant Registrar
Karlis L. Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
Sigvald Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Coordinator
StevenVite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,NewsBureau
Russell Jones . . Coordinator of Campus Events and Manager of Music Organizations
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Director of Admissions
David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Warren D. Cuplin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services
Carl Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
Rafael Cuerrero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Douglas Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of College Center
Irving Hoel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D. C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D.Strong Company
Mr. R. J.Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Dain, Kallman &Quail, Inc.
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Northern States Power Company (Retired)
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman, Executive Committee, Tescom Corporation (Retired)
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. A. Herbert Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Lutheran Brotherhood
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Consultant to Management, IDS Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Randall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judgeof the District Court
General L. J.Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank (Retired)
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, JeffersonTransportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Cuplin, Fosse, G. Johnson
PRESIDENT'S CABINET: 0. Anderson, M i s s Martinson, M i s s Joel, Stromer, Ecklund,
M. Johnson, Mandsager, Lancaster, Walgren, Jones
FACULTY SENATE: 0. Anderson, Bailey, Benson, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Palosaari,
Mrs. Noonan, Torstenson, Alton, Sulerud
EDUCATIONAL POLICIES: Bailey, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, E. Johnson, Ollila, P. Quanbeck,
Davis, Steinmetz, Mrs. Dyrud, Stenshoel, Gulden, Thorpe
LIBRARY: Ozolins, Reichenbach, Miss A. Pederson, R. Nelson, Hanwick
STUDENT PERSONNEL: G . Johnson, Miss Martinson, K. Paulson, Gustafson, Mrs.
Sibley, Dewey
ADMISSIONS AND STUDENT
Rozentals, D. Johnson, Holman
STANDING:
Bailey,
Miss Joel, Follingstad, Miss
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION: Mrs. M. Johnson, Sargent, Miss Joel, Miss M. Anderson
ATHLETICS: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Persons, Kiive
FACULTY SOCIAL FUNCTIONS: Mrs. L. Peterson, Mosand, Koehler, Mrs. Nichols,
Mrs. Baltina
TEACHER EDUCATION: E.
J. Johnson, Pearson, G. Nelson
Johnson, Mrs. Ludeman,
Mrs.
Parker,
Miss
Lund,
FACULTY PERSONNEL POLICIES: Miss Cole, Fardig, Holman, Nordlie, Sateren
*JUDICIAL COUNCIL: E. Nelson, Gundersen, Rusch, Mrs. Anderegg
*STUDENT-FACULTY COUNCIL: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson,
Johnsrud, Herforth
*CONVOCATIONS: Agre, Gabrielsen, Thompson, Mrs. E. Olson, Wasko
*RELIGIOUS LIFE: Mandsager, Riley, Miss Kemmer
ARCHIVES: Ozolins, Chrislock, L. Hansen, M. Quanbeck
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
RUTH AASKOV (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French (on leave Term 1, 196970
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
COURTLAND ACRE (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
EARL ALTON (1960), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., W61, University of Michigan.
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
BARBARA ANDERSEN (1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Northwestern College, 1949; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954.
ERNEST ANDERSON (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*MARGARET ANDERSON (1969), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1948.
MARY MARIE ANDERSON (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON (1963), President of t h e College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; L.L.D., Concordia
College, 1963.
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University o f Minnesota.
*ALLEN H. BACHELDER (1967), Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
B.A., 1961, and B.S., 1966, University of Minnesota.
KENNETH C. BAILEY (1965), Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of t h e
College and Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University o f Minnesota.
VALERIA B. BALTINA (1967), Instructor i n German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933,
University o f Latvia.
*Part-Time Faculty
STEPHEN K. BATALDEN (1969), lnstructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
JOHN E. BENSON (1963), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and
Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY (19661, Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948, Northwestern University.
*NELLY T. BLACKBURN (1963-64,1968), lnstructor of French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949.
*VERNON M. BLOOM (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*PENELOPE A. CAIRNS (1967), lnstructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School,
1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
*LOUIS H. CAMPBELL (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Westminster College, 1964; M.A., Brigham Young University, 1967.
CARL H. CHRISLOCK (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota.
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN (1959-60,1961-62,1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
ROBERT W. CLYDE (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank
of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1964.
AILENE COLE (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
*EDWIN L. CROSBY (1969), lnstructor of Political Science
B.A., 1961, and M.A., 1966, University of Minnesota.
WARREN D. CUPLIN (1968), Business Manager
B.S., University of Illinois, 1955; M.S., Northern Illinois University, 1967.
K. BERNER DAHLEN (1941),Associate Professor of English (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
F. MARK DAVIS (1968),Associate Professor of English
B.A., William JenningsBryan College, 1956; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1966.
CARLYLE C. DEWEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY C. DURKEE (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.M., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
GRACE B. DYRUD (19621, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
EDGAR E. EKLOF (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955.
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON (1964-65,1969), Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., Michigan State University, 1964.
SHELDON FARDIG (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.
1950.
BURTON P. FOSSE (1953), Vice President and Executive Assistant to the President
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN (1963), lnstructor in Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
ORLOU E GISSELQU IST (1956), Associate Professor of History (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., 1943, M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
RUTH ANN GJERDE(1968), lnstructor of Health and Physical Education for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
*EDWIN L. GROENHOFF (1966), Visiting Professor of Geography
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957; Ed.D.,
of Colorado, 1968.
LARRY G. GRU (1968), lnstructor of Business Administration
B.A., Colgate University, 1964; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
DEAN B. GULDEN (1966), Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; MS., University of Minnesota, 1967.
JOHN H. GUNDERSEN (19671, lnstructor of Scandinavian
B.A., City College of New York, 1961.
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON (1961-63,1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., 1956, and Ph.D., 1969, University of
Wisconsin.
ARLlN E. GYBERG (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG (19531, Director of Placement and Testing with rank of
Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
LElF E. HANSEN (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
THEODORE J. HANWICK (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and MS., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York
University, 1950.
THERESA G. HAYNES (19681, Director of the Audio Visual Services
University
MELVIN HELLAND (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919
and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.S., 1933 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
ROBERT S. HERFORTH (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., 1963, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
NORMAN D. HOLEN (1964), Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
THOMAS R. HOLMAN (1966), Vice President for Student Affairs,
Associate Dean of Students, and Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966.
JOHN R. HOLUM (1957-58,1959), Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1969-70)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
VALIJA JAUNLININS (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
VIVIAN JENKINS(1969), Special Education Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Director of the F.A.M.E. Program with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Dana College, 1965.
CAROL J. JENNINGS(1969), Special Skills Counselor in the Center for Student
Development and Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1969.
*IRENE KHlN KHlN JENSEN(1955-56,1959), Associate Professor of History
(on leave, terms ll & Ill 1969-70).
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*OLIVE J. JENSEN(1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
MILDRED V. JOEL (1947), Registrar with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
DUANE E. JOHNSON (1968), Associate Professor of Psychology
I
B.A., Huron College, 1954; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; M.E., South Dakota
m
State University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
ElNAR 0.JOHNSON (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.Q., 1961, University of Washington.
GLEN W. JOHNSON (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
JAMES D. JOHNSON (1961), Assistant Professor of Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958.
.
*MARY E. JOHNSON (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
SHERMAN J. JOHNSRUD (1960-61,1965-66,1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
ROBERT KARLEN (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
*JOANNE KARVONEN (1965-68,1969), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962.
*GRACE E. KEMMER (1966), Librarian I,Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*SYLVIA J. KERR (1968), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Carleton College, 1963; M.S., 1966 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
PRllDU KllVE (19661, lnstructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
BERNHARDT 1. KLEVEN (1937-46,1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
BOYD N. KOEHLER (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
*MAYNARD W. LlNN (1969), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., Augustana College, 1962.
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota
KAREN P. LONG (1969), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1965.
RUTH G. LUDEMAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
GERTRUDE S. LUND (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
LYNN L. McCABE (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., 1963; M.A., 1967; and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
*PATRICIA A. McCOLM (1969), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., University of Arizona, 1968.
*MARIE 0. McNEFF (1968), Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1960; M.Ed., 1963; and Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska.
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER (1960-61,1962), Campus Pastor and lnstructor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
FERN MARTINSON (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
MARTHA M. MAlTSON (1960-68), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*DIANA L. METZKER (1968), Artist in Residence in Music (piano/organ)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
EDWlN D. MICKELBERG (1956), Associate Professor of Biology (on half-time leave
of absence 1969-70)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
SHEROD L. MILLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College, 1962; M.S.W., Florida State University, 1964.
J O H N R. MITCHELL (1968), lnstructor of English
B.A., Maryville College, 1962.
*AUGUST MOLDER (1963), Artist i n Residence and lnstructor o f A r t
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
GERDA MORTENSEN (19231, Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of
Centennial Committee
B.S., University o f Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928.
J O H N B. M O S A N D (1967), lnstructor i n Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of
Technology, 1957-60; University o f Illinois, 1960-61.
D A V I D G. MUTCHLER (1969), Assistant Professor o f Mathematics
B.A., Hamline University, 1964; M.A., Columbia University, 1965.
ARTHUR NASH (1922-661, Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*CHESTER A. NELSON (19691, Visiting Lecturer o f Health and Physical Education
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1938.
EDOR C. NELSON (19461, Associate Professor o f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University o f Minnesota, 1947.
G O R D O N L. NELSON (1967), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1963; M.A., University o f Chicago Divinity School, 1965.
RICHARD C. NELSON (1968), Assistant Professor o f History
B.A., University o f Nebraska, 1964; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
CRIER NICHOLL (1961), Associate Professor o f English (on leave Term 1,1969-70)
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D.,
University o f Minnesota, 1964.
CHERYL C. NICHOLS (19681, lnstructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1967.
* J O H N L. NIELSEN (19661, Artist i n Residence and lnstructor i n Music (Brass)
B.A., lowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University o f lowa, 1963.
N O R M A C. N O O N A N (19661, Associate Professor o f Political Science (on leave Term
I and one-half Term 11,1969-70)
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University.
D A V I D NORDLIE (1961), Assistant Professor o f Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University o f Minnesota, 1965.
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA (1966), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston
University, 1963.
ESTHER J.OLSON (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D., 1956, University o f Minnesota.
*NILS W. OLSSON (1967-68,19691, Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
GARY OSMAN (1968), lnstructor of Spanish
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
*WILLIAM E. OYLER (1969), lnstructor of German
B.A., Carleton College, 1954; B.S. in Ed, 1961, and M.A., 1963, University of Minnesota.
KARLIS OZOLINS (1955), Head Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961
and M.A. in Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
RONALD G. PALOSAARI (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*PATRICIA A. PARKER (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
KERMIT E. PAULSON (19681, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1963.
WAYNE C. PAULSON (1969), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College, 1965; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1968.
HOWARD E. PEARSON (1956), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
ANNE PEDERSON (1932-44,19461, Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
WARREN L. PERSONS (1968), lnstructor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
LaVONNE PETERSON (1950), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1953.
*KATHRYN J. PFEFFER (1968), Instructional Assistant of Health and Physical
Education for Women
B.S., Moorhead State College, 1962.
RONALD D. PFEFFER (1966), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
*OLGA PULESTON (19691, lnstructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1964.
MARTIN QUANBECK (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th.,
1954 and D.Th,, 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary.
LLOYD E. RAYMOND (1969), Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., Mankato State College, 1969.
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH (1968), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wheaton College, 1965; M.A., 1967 and Ph.D., 1968, Northwestern University.
ri.
Yir
JOHN F. RILEY (1968), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Paul Seminary, 1951; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1964, Catholic University of America.
FLOYD ROMSLO (1969), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
GUNTA ROZENTALS (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1961, and Ph.D., 1968, University of Minnesota.
WILLIAM G. RUSCH (1968), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., 1959 and M.A., 1960, University of Buffalo; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary,
1963; D. Phil, University of Oxford, 1965.
*THOMAS R. RYKKEN (1968), lnstructor in Computer Science
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
EDWARD M. SABELLA (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
JACQUELYN B. SAHLIN (1969), Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Wayne State University, 1952; M.A., Roosevelt University, 1960.
RICHARD B. SARGENT (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
LELAND B. SATEREN (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg
College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakeland College, 1965.
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD (1959), Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963.
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ (1968), Visiting Professor of Religion
A.B., University of Illinois, 1949; M.A., 1955 and Ph.D., 1960, Hebrew Union College.
JESSE M. SHAPIRO (1969), Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1950; M.A., 1951 and Ph.D., 1954, University of Minnesota.
*MARJORIE H. SIBLEY (1961), Librarian II, Reference Librarian
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
EUGENE SKIBBE (1964), Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University
of Heidelberg, 1962.
DAlNA SMlTS (1968), lnstructor of Economics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*CARROLL I.STEIN (1968), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1956; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1966, University of Minnesota.
DONALD B. STEINMETZ (1968), Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
*CHARLES A. STENDAHL, JR. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1969.
MYLES C. STENSHOEL (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
RALPH SULERUD (19641, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1968, University of Nebraska.
PHILIP J. THOMPSON (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
NEAL 0.THORPE (19671, Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
JOHNTHUT (1947-66), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of
Music.
VERA THUT (1947-68), Instructor Emeritus
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
JOELS. TORSTENSON (1938-42,1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*THOMAS N. TWEETEN (1968), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.S., Winona State College, 1968.
ERLING J. URDAHL (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*LEO B. VETVICK (1966), Lecturer of Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park
Seminary, 1955.
EUGENE VUlClCH (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*SISTER AGNES WARD (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
DOUGLAS P. WASKO (1968)) Director of College Center
B.S., 1961 and M.Ed., 1965, University of Minnesota.
BEVERLY A. WEGGE (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
Q. FREDERICK WESSMAN (1969), Assistant Director for the Center of Student Develop-
ment with rank of Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965; M.A., American University, 1967.
DAVID C. W O O D (1969), Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1958; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1969, Bowling Green State
University.
L. WILLIAM YOUNGDAHL (1968), Director of the Center for Urban Programs
B.A., Yale University, 1950; B.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1954; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary, 1955.
Non-Returning Faculty
*CALVIN W. APPELBY (1968-69), Lecturer of Sociology
B.A., Kent State University, 1956.
JOYCE C. ASCHENBRENN ER (1968-69), Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Newcomb College, 1954; M.A., Tulane University, 1956; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1967.
CRAIG B. CARLSON (1967-69), lnstructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1965.
GEORGE A. FEVlG (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965.
*CLIFFORD L. JOHNSON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Southern Illinois University.
*JAMES C. KINCANNON (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Washington & Lee University, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967
*ROBERT A. LEWIS (1968-69), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; B.D., Moravian Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A.,
University of Minnesota, 1966.
*WILLIAM 0. NILSEN (1968-69), Visiting Professor of Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1924; M.A., University of Minn-esota, 1935.
*KNUT NYSTEDT (1968-69), Artist in Residence in Music
Eksamen Artium, 1935; Oslo Conservatory of Music, 1936 and 1943.
WAYNE R. PARK (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1958; M.S., Northwestern University, 1959.
*JAMES W. P R A n (1968-69), lnstructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*JERIE M. P R A n (1967-69), Instructor of Speech
B.A., Macalester College, 1966.
*BRIAN L. RAINER (1967-68), lnstructor of Greek
B.A., Luther College, 1964; M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
*WILMA A.'SWEDBURG (1968-691, Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ed.Sp., 1962, University of Minnesota.
*ROBERT F. WALD (1968-69), Instructional Assistant in Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University, 1963.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1967 to AUGUST 31,1968
Ackermann, Carol Martinez / Northfield,
Minn.
Ackerson, Constance M . /Cumberland, Wis.
Agrimson, lone Evangeline / Bismarck,
N. Dak.
Amdall, Elizabeth Ann /Barron, Wis.
Andell, Paul Arne / Miami, FI.
Andersen, Norman R. / Newport, Minn.
Anderson, Donna Mae /Red Wing, Minn.
Anderson, Dorothy L. /Madison, Minn.
Anderson, Margaret Rose / Richfield, Minn.
Anderson, Michael B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anthonisen, Ann Larson /Cokato, Minn.
Arndt, Michael John / Hutchinson, Minn.
Asp, Camilla Joy/Ames, lowa
Bachman, Jean Frances /Richfield, Minn.
Barnett, Robert ~ a d e / M i n n e a p o l i s ,Minn.
Batalden, Carol J. / Lamberton, Minn.
Beck, Joyce Ersted / Donnelly, Minn.
Behm, Christ Joseph /St. Paul, Minn.
Belter, Lois Lillian /Glencoe, Minn.
Bengtson, James Dennis /St. Louis Park,
Minn.
Benson, Donald R. Jr. / Bloomington, Minn.
Benson, W. Bruce/Center City, Minn.
Berg, Allan Jerome/Austin, Minn.
Berg, David F. / Beloit, Wis.
Berg, Gene Arthur / Wanamingo, Minn.
Berg, Priscilla Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berglund, Jean Elizabeth /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Berndt, Bonita Louise /Osseo, Minn.
Bjerkestrand, JoelSilas Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Bjornlund, Robert Ronald / Holden, Mass.
Boe, David Eugene/Adams, Minn.
Bogeskov, Nancy Louise /Bloomington, Minn.
Bohnsack, John Richard /Chaska, Minn.
Bollerud, Gracia Mae /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bomsta, Stanley M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Braaten,.Janet Marie,/ Elk River, Minn.
Braud, Carole Sandra /South St. Paul, Minn.
Britt, Donald E. /La Crosse, Wis.
Britt, Judith Ann Hurtig / Hector, Minn.
Brown, Perilyn Ruth /Charles City, lowa
Buckman, Patricia Mariam / Le Center,
Minn.
Burch, Donna Marie /South St. Paul, Minn.
Burns, Mary Jane Larson /St. Paul Park,
Minn.
Carlson, James Ernest /Aitkin, Minn.
Carlson, Margery Lynette/Richfield, Minn.
Carlstrom, Geraldine E. /Red Wing, Minn.
Chilgren, Duane Allen /St. Anthony Village,
Minn.
Christensen, Linda Rae / Hartland, Minn.
Cox, Miriam Charlene /St. Paul, Minn.
Dale, Charles Vernon 11 /Forest Lake, Minn.
Derfler, David J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
DeVries, Jonathan W. /Bejou, Minn.
Digree, JoAnne Celeste /Minneapolis, Minn.
Dunshee, Sharon /Minneapolis, Minn.
Eckberg, John Charles /Gibbon, Minn.
Eggum, Elen ldell /Albert Lea, Minn.
Eidsvoog, Jane Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Engel, Margaret A. / Hanley Falls, Minn.
Elavsky, Jeffery Craig /Minneapolis, Minn.
Enger, William /Fairmont, Minn.
Ersfeld, Dean Arnold /Lakeville, Minn.
Erickson, Stephen Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Fahlberg, John A. /Alexandria, Minn.
Farmer, William B. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Faue, Jeffrey Lawrence /Minneapolis, Minn.
Feig, Douglas Gregory /Minneapolis, Minn.
Firl, Mary Louise /Red Wing, Minn.
Fredrickson, Alan R. / Hutchinson, Minn.
Frisk, Douglas Quentin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Garmer, Gregory Richard /Elk River, Minn.
Gerken, John Ralph /Raymond, Minn.
Gilbertson, JoAnn /Richfield, Minn.
Cislason, Allen Wayne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Gravell, Carolyn J. /Mound, Minn.
Gudmestad, Kim A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Guetzkow, Denis G. /Anoka, Minn.
Gunderson, Lynn James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Gunderson, Thomas Harding /Dodge Center,
Minn.
Haack, Linda Caroline/Spring Lake Park,
Minn.
Hageseth, JonAubrey / Elk River, Minn.
Hallcock, Lois Arlene / Northfield, Minn.
Hansen, Wayne Norman /Mount Prospect,
111.
Hanson, Barbara Rae /Sand Creek, Wis.
Hanson Carolyn A. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Hanson, Mark Stephen /St. Paul, Minn.
Hanson, Robert Nels /Harris, Minn.
Hartmark, Leif S. /Arden Hills, Minn.
Haugann, Else Dagny Momrak /Oslo,
Norway
Hendrkkson, Dale A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoekstra, Donna Anderson /St. Paul, Minn.
Hoel, Brian Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holm, Virginia Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hopper, John Douglas /Fergus Falls, Minn.
Hoversten, Martha Annette / Brainerd, Minn.
Hukee, Byron Edgar /St. Francis, Minn.
Husbyn, Natalie M . /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Ilstrup, Duane Montor / Buffalo, Minn.
Ilstrup, Russell Emris /Buffalo, Minn.
Jacobson, Harold Leon / Lake Lillian, Minn.
Jedlund, Steven Douglas /Richfield, Minn.
Jensen, Gerald David / Menomonie, Wis.
Johnson,Alan R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Dean Sheldon /Blaine, Minn.
Johnson, Dolores Johanna/Minneapolis,
Minn.
Johnson,Gail Linda/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Gary Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Herald Allan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Nancy Wells /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson,Richard Lamson / Edina, Minn.
Johnson,Theodore Reynold / Kerkhoven,
Minn.
Johnson,Timothy L. /Tananarive, Malagasy
Republic
Johnson,William James/ Escanaba, Mich.
Jones, Nancy Lee / Hopkins, Minn.
Jopke,Walter Henry Jr. / Fridley, Minn.
Jordan, Rebecca Hedlund, Minneapolis, Minn.
Jorgensen, Linda Kay /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Jorgenson, Myrna Jean/Minneapolis, Minn.
Joyce, David Allen / Bloomington, Minn.
Jurgensen, Mary S. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kahl, Meridel Louise / New Lenox, Ill.
Kanne, Karen Kay / Brainerd, Minn.
Kelly, Susan Dianne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Kendrick, Luther Wayne/Rapid City, S. Dak.
Kern, David M. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Knudson, Kathleen / Fairmont, Minn.
Kopperud, Vicki E. /St. Paul, Minn.
Korogi, Patricia A. /Golden Valley, Minn.
Kristenson, Stephen Paul /Wanamingo, Minn.
Larson, Elaine Marie/Toledo, Ohio
Larson, Melinda Anne Marie /Bayfield, Wis.
Lee, Rebecca / Hollywood, Calif.
Leitzke, Roberta J. Humphrey /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Lestrud, Karolynn /Menomonie, Wis.
Lawatsch, Frank Hjalman /Elk River, Minn.
Liljequist, Carolyn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lindeman, Glen Raymond / Paynesville,
Minn.
Linden, Patricia Ann /Grantsburg, Wis.
Lindgren, Richard A. /Cockeysville, Md.
Lindquist, Kathlynn M. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Loftness, David Palmer / Hector, Minn.
Lukens, Argyle Ellis /Albert Lea, Minn.
Lunneborg, Mary Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Luukkonen, Thomas Lloyd /Big Lake, Minn.
Lyle, Carolyn Natalie /Minneapolis, Minn.
Malm, John Randolph /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Malotky, Lyle Oscar /Richfield, Minn.
Marks, Lyman E. /Lester Prairie, Minn.
McMullen, Max M. / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Melby, David John / Hendricks, Minn.
Mikutowski, Mary Julia/South St. Paul,
Minn.
Miller, Gary Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
McMullen, Sharon Kay /Rogers, Minn.
Miller, Margaret A. /Vincent, Iowa
Neiderhauser, Audrey P. /Ellsworth, Wis.
Nelson, Dennis R. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Robert Dennis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Ronald E. / Portland, N. Dak.
Nelson, Ronald G. / Dawson, Minn.
Nelson, Suzann Johnson/Evansville, Minn.
Neseth, Sandra Avon / Kenyon, Minn.
Nichols, Donald Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Niles, Charles Arden / Hopkins, Minn.
Nilsson, Ronald Allan /Des Plaines, Ill.
Norine, JamesMichael / Pennock, Minn.
Nye, JamesHarry /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nyquist, Kathleen Louise /St. Paul, Minn.
Nystrom, NoReen /Golden Valley, Minn.
Odegard, Lorelyn Ann / Dubuque, la.
Ojeda, Bernard P. Jr. /Brooklyn, N. Y.
Olsen, Roberta Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Olson, Douglas K. /St. James, Minn.
Olson, Judith Kay /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Olson, Kathryn Elizabeth /Hoffman, Minn.
Olson, Marsha Strommen /St. James, Minn.
Oslund, Sam David / Escanaba, Mich.
Pagel, Sandra Kaye /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Palm, Gregory John /Richfield, Minn.
Pedersen, JaniceNaomi /Chicago, Ill.
Pedersen, Karen Elizabeth /Copenhagen,
Denmark
Pedersen, Linda Lee / Minneapolis, Minn.
Pederson, Jonathan Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Pederson, Kathleen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peters Mary Joy/Chisago City, Minn.
Peters, Robert J. /Madelia, Minn.
Petersen, Lois Scott /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Joan Marie / Eden Prairie, Minn.
Peterson, Mary Roiland / Starbuck, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carolyn /New London,
Minn.
Pierson, Esther C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Pilcher, Pamela Jean/Blue Earth, Minn.
Pilgrim, David J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Prigge, Roger Irvin /St. Paul, Minn.
Quenemoen, Richard Wayne / Boyd, Minn.
Redeske, JoanCarol / Edina, Minn.
Robison, Thomas Lockert / Richfield, Minn.
Roebke, John M . /Hector, Minn.
Rogness, Audry JaneAnderson /Ashby,
inn.
Romerein, Judy Elaine/Minneapolis, Minn.
Romslo, James/ International Falls, Minn.
Ronning, Merrill Dean /Park River, N. Dak.
Rood, Lynette Kaye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ruud, Robert Henry /Richfield, Minn.
Sackreiter, Karen Foss /Spooner, Wisc.
Salmonson, Cecelia E. /Roseau, Minn.
Sanford, Karen Jean/Wausau, Wisc.
Sateren, Leland Bernhard Jr./Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schaubach, JudithAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schivone, Mary Louise / Mound, Minn.
Schmidt, Gary Hugh /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schornstein, Robert Victor /St. Paul, Minn.
Schueler, Bette Ann /Melrose, Minn.
Schulz, Alan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Seegmiller, Steven M. / Decorah, Iowa
Sethre, Earl William / Preston, Minn.
Severson, Clair Frederick / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Severson, JanA. /Cambridge, Minn.
Shaler, Emily Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Shelstad, Dennis LeRoy /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sie, Amy Yu-Mei / Hong Kong
Sletten, Donald A. /Souris, N. Dak.
Sorbel, Dorayne J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Stadum, Beverly Ann /Minot, N. Dak.
Stafsberg, Dianne Lea / Brainerd, Minn.
Stangland, Gary B. /Morris, Illinois
Starn, Susanne Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stavnes, Lowell E. / Lamberton, Minn.
Steen, Peter Timothy / Minneapolis, Minn.
Steenson, Robert L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steffen, Jane Louise /Walnut Grove, Minn.
Stevens, Nancy E. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stivland, Sidney Ralph / Lowry, Minn.
Stratton, Terrance L. / Bloomington, Minn.
Struckmann, Ronald H. / Rochester, Minn.
Sundberg, Stanley Waldon /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Swanson, Bonnie Lee / Northfield, Minn.
Swanson, T. Leonard /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sylvester, JoAnne Lois / Hutchinson, Minn.
Tholen, Judith J. /Aitkin, Minn.
Thompson, James Kermit / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Thoreson, Larry B. /Kenyon, Minn.
/ North Branch, Minn.
Thorp, Janet ~ l a i n e
Tiedeman, Diane Joan / Richfield, Minn.
Timm, Mary R. / Bricelyn, Minn.
Turner,Jeanne Marie /West St. Paul, Minn.
Vaala, Janice E. /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Vaala, Leslie David /Granite Falls, Minn.
Van Ornum, Bonita Karen / LaMoure, N. Dak.
Volz, Joan L. /Frost, Minn.
Weinard, John P. Jr. /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Wellnitz, Lois Adel / Lafayette, Minn.
Wilkman, Helen I./ Deer River, Minn.
Williams, Kathleen Dianne /Sacred Heart,
Minn.
Wilt, Judith Kay /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wolslegel, Mary Ellen /Wausau, Wisc.
Young, Richard John /Cannon Falls, Minn.
Youngquist, Myrtis M. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieserner, William M . /St. Paul, Minn.
GRADUATES, SEPTEMBER 1,
1968 to AUGUST 31,1969
Adix, Kathleen Ruby /Alden, Minn.
Affolter, Ronald H. /Lindenhunt, Ill.
Agre, Annetta Ellen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ahrens, Dallas A. /Windom, Minn.
Alm, Karen Marie / Forest Lake, Minn.
Anderson, Bonnie L. /Sargeant, Minn.
Anderson, Douglas Scott hchaumburg, Ill.
Anderson, Stewart C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Anderson, Sydney J. / Braham, Minn.
Andreason, Marjorie Lucille / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Anthonisen, John Christopher / Richfield,
Minn.
Arvidson, Lynn A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bailey, Suzan K. /Randall, Minn.
Becklund, Sandra /Minneapolis, Minn.
Beenken, David Low /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bell, Thomas Paul /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bengtson, Ardell Thorpe / New Brighton,
Minn.
Bengtson, Dennis Ray / Richfield, Minn.
Benson, Lynn Barbara /Minneapolis, Minn.
Berg, Lona May /Welch, Minn.
Berg, Ronald A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Betzler, William F., Jr. /Buhl, Minn.
Bickel, Lynda Sue /St. Paul, Minn.
Bjorklund, Pamela Joan /Columbia Heights,
Minn.
Bjur, Yvonne Mae /Bloomington, Minn.
Blazina, Barbara Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Blomquist, Susan Joan /Watertown, Minn.
Boe, Darrell A. /Grand Rapids, Minn.
Boen, Gary Lee / Burnsville, Minn.
Bolstad, Nancy H. /Helena, Montana
Botten, Thomas Ford /Minneapolis, Minn.
Bottge, Brian Adrian /Renville, Minn.
Bottge, Donna Nordang /Granite Falls, Minn.
Branes, Joel Keith /St. Paul, Minn.
Bucka, Barbara Jean/St. Louis Park, Minn.
Carlson, Wayne Donald / Kerkhoven, Minn.
Challgren, C. Gene /Sylmar, Cal.
Childs, Maureen Gladys /Columbia Heights
Minn.
Christensen, Sonya Ruth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Christianson, Carol Anne/St. Paul, Minn.
Christian, Pamela Kaye /Sheridan, Ill.
Cina, David George / Richfield, Minn.
Clark, Sharon Ann /Coon Rapids, Minn.
DahI, Beth S. Foss /Wayzata, Minn.
Danielson, Maynard /Cadott, Wisc.
DeVries, Stephen James/ Edina, Minn.
Docken, Thomas Lloyd /Minneapolis, Minn.
Edstrom, Philip E. /Marine on St. Croix,
Minn.
Egertson, Bruce D. /Tulsa, Okla.
Erickson, Cheryl Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Ersfeld, Diana Olson /New Brighton, Minn.
Essen, Michael D. / Edina, Minn.
Fenton, Richard William / Peoria, Ill.
Finke, Patricia Anne /Minneapolis, Minn.
Follingstad, Diane Ruth /Chicago, Ill.
Ford, Kathleen Page/Minneapolis, Minn.
Forseth, Marilyn Jeanne/ Minneapolis, Minn.
Franck, Michael J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Frank, Paul W. /Deer Park, Wisc.
Fredrickson, Pamela Ann /Burnsville, Minn.
Froyum, Dale Walter /Wanamingo, Minn.
Fundingsland, JohnAnderson /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Garmer, Mary Katherine Michaelsen /
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gisselquist, JamesClement / Story City, la.
Goetsch, Kristi Sanford / Wausau, Wisc.
Grams, Robert Warren /Anoka, Minn.
Greene, Mary Elizabeth /Minneapolis, Minn.
Greenfield, John C. / Northfield, Minn.
Hagel, Barbara Lee /St. Paul, Minn.
Hagestuen, Dorothy Sharon /Starbuck Minn.
Halseth, Roberta Loie /Mounds View, Minn.
Halverson, Joan Yvonne / Dallas, Wisc.
Halvorson, Carol Sue / Brainerd, Minn.
Hansen, Lois Batalden / Lamberton, Minn.
Hanson, David C. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Hanson, Sandra Marie/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hausske, George Edward, Jr. /Wheaton, Ill.
Hawkins, Janice Elizabeth /Lake Lillian,
Minn.
Hedstrom, L. Keith /Scandia, Kansas
Heege, Nancy Johnson /Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Helgeson, oiane Kay /Menomonie, Wisc.
Helgeson, Eunice May /Tracy, Minn.
Helmbrecht, Royce Ralph / Hayfield, Minn.
Hermann, Kaye Lilien /Delano, Minn.
Hermerding, Ertwin / Duluth, Minn.
Hoel, Mary Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Holden, Kristi Ellen /Westby, Wisc.
Holden, Ronald Edward / Eleva, Wisc.
Holmberg, Carole Lee /Fridley, Minn.
Holte, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoplin, David Glenn /Lowry, Minn.
Horner, Donald James/Minneapolis, Minn.
Hoseth, JamesAlan /Two Harbors, Minn.
Hubbling, John Randolph /East Greenwich,
Rhode Island
Huovie, Curtis Oliver /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobs; Gerald John /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Jacobson, Miriam Janice/Kenyon, Minn.
Jacobson, Rosemary /Menomonie, Wisc.
Jamieson, Bonnie J. /St. Paul, Minn.
Jenneke, Cheryl Yvonne / Lester Prairie,
Minn.
Jensen,Juanita Louise /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jensen, Karen Elaine / Goodridge, Minn.
Jensen, LeRoy / Milltown, Wisc.
Jetzer, Thomas Carl /Sheboygan, Wisc.
Johnson, Bruce Alan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, David John /Bloomington, Minn.
Johnson, Donna Lynne/Chisago City, Minn.
Johnson, Kay Lynn /Willmar, Minn.
Johnson, Laurel Jones/Minneapolis, Minn.
Johnson, Norma Jean/Princeton, Minn.
Johnson, JonScott /Robbinsdale, Minn.
Johnson, Thomas Curtis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Jones, Judith Lynn /Rochester, Minn.
Jones, Russell Keith /Massapequa, N.Y.
Jones, Sandra R. /Marshall, Minn.
Jurisch, John A. / Hector, Minn.
Kangas, Judith Johnson/Frazee, Minn.
Karkhoff, James Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Kelley, Suzanne /Golden Valley, Minn.
King, Peter C. / Rosemount, Minn.
King, Richard Earl / Rosemount, Minn.
Kirchner, Robert William /Anoka, Minn.
Kloster, Ingrid Rachel / Decorah, lowa
Kniefel, Jacqueline Mae /Medford, Minn.
Knudson, Curtis L. /Bemidji, Minn.
Koponen, Janet Kathryn /Detroit, Mich.
Kragnes, Kathleen /Bloomington, Minn.
Kraskin, Cheryl Ann /Bloomington, Minn.
Krinke, Susan / Lamberton, Minn.
Kulseth, Joyce Marie / Bellevue, Wash.
Kusel, Marilyn Janet/Orange, Cal.
Kwan, Peter K. W. / Hong Kong
Kyllo, Jeanne Marie / Wanamingo, Minn.
La Belle, Douglas H. / Rush City, Minn.
Larsen, Laurel Esther /Seattle, Wash.
Larson, Cynthia Joan / Edina, Minn.
Larson, Lawrence Louis /Minneapolis, Minn.
Leach, JoanneOgdahl /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lee, Janiel L. /Cottonwood, Minn.
Lempke, Diane K. /Ottawa, Ill.
Lien, Karen Elizabeth / Northfield, Minn.
Lindberg, Gary Leonard /Brainerd, Minn.
Locken, Carl M., Jr. /Coon Rapids, Minn.
Lofstrom, Hjalmer I., Jr. / Newfolden, Minn.
Louden, Michael Hughes /Cannon Falls,
Minn.
Lund, Marcia Ann /Forest City, lowa
Lund, Mark Alan /Forest City, lowa
Lunneborg, Sherman C. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Lyon, Melva Jean /Lake Crystal, Minn.
Machmueller, Nancy Lou /Birnamwood,
Wisc.
Malmberg, Rickard H. /St. Paul, Minn.
Mathison, JanisJune/Larsen, Wisc.
Matthews, Larry John/Fridley, Minn.
Mestemacher, Bruce Allen / Edina, Minn.
Mether, Mary L. / International Falls, Minn.
Mielke, Sharyn Lee /Montrose, Minn.
Mikkelsen, Clark L. /Cedar Falls, lowa
Moline, M . Stephen / Hopkins, Minn.
Molskness, Theodore Arthur / Minneapolis,
Minn.
Morgan, Susan /Minneapolis, Minn.
Moskal, Annette Joyce/Minneapolis, Minn.
Mueller, Paula Martha/ Prior Lake, Minn.
Neihart, Kenneth James/St. Paul, Minn.
Nelson, Charlotte Ann /Glencoe, Minn.
Nelson, David Dayton /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Stephen L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nelson, Thomas W. / Northfield, Minn.
Ness, Margaret Elaine / Hinckley, Minn.
Neuman, Judith L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Neumann, Nancy Lee / Edina, Minn.
Newhouse, John Orlando /Crystal, Minn.
Nichols, Paul William /Minneapolis, Minn.
Nord, Erland John / Goodhue, Minn.
Nordin, David Denton /Lake Lillian, Minn.
Odden, Shirley Jean/St. Paul, Minn.
Olmsted, Richard D. / Lakeville, Minn.
Olmsted, Sandra Larson /Richfield, Minn.
Olsen, David A. /Shakopee, Minn.
Olson, Arlene Eva /Blanchardville, Wisc.
Olson, Douglas Murlin / Paynesville, Minn.
Olson, Gary Leroy /St. Paul, Minn.
Ondov, Judy/Minneapolis, Minn.
Osman, Marshall Kent /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Paschke, Charles Edward /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Perkins, Dan Keith /Minneapolis, Minn.
Perkins, Patrick Stephen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Person, JohnWalker /Big Lake, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Allen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Dale Howard /Ogilvie, Minn.
Peterson, Dale William / Fairmont, Minn.
Peterson, Daylen Craig /Austin, Minn.
Peterson, Glen J. / Burnsville, Minn.
Peterson, Jeffrey Lynn /Minneapolis, Minn.
Peterson, Lois Ann /Richfield, Minn.
Peterson, Michael David /St. James, Minn.
Peterson, Nancy Carol / Bloomington, Minn.
Peterson, Ronald L. /Annandale, Minn.
Petrich, Ronald /Minneapolis, Minn.
Piepenburg, Patricia Ann /Grove City, Minn.
Pietig, Sandra Olson /Minneapolis, Minn.
Polly, Richard Pierson /Elk Grove, 111.
Putnins, Dace / Milwaukee, Wisc.
Ramsden, Linda Lee /Circle Pines, Minn.
Ramstad, Darlene Joanne/ Minneapolis,
Minn.
Randall, Catherine Nadine / Richfield, Minn.
Rasmussen, Clyde Stephen / Neenah, Wisc.
Redman, Alan William /Wells, Minn.
Reiff, Mark Andrew /St. Paul, Minn.
Repinski, Patricia A. /Tampa, Florida
Richmond, Stewart George, Jr. /
Bloomington, Minn.
Riskedahl, Sharon Janine/ Independence,
Iowa
Rolfe, Nancy Karen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Roste, JamesB. /Sacred Heart, Minn.
Runquist, Diane Ellingson / Milaca, Minn.
Saiovici, Adriana /Sao-Paulo, Brasil
Salzman, Linda J. / Peshtigo, Wisc.
Sammler, JamesRichard /St. Paul, Minn.
Sandeen, Richard Ernest /Richfield, Minn.
Sandven, Lars Arild / Norheimsund, Norway
Sanford, Linda Sue / Richfield, Minn.
Schaller, Lee Franklin /Minneapolis, Minn.
Schaubach, Jerome E., Jr. /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Schmidt, Donna Jean/Bloomington, Minn.
Schmidt, Judy Ann /St. Louis Park, Minn.
Schulte, Ellry L. /Brandon, Minn.
Schultz, Wilbur W. /Canby, Minn.
Schwanebeck, Lois Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Schwartz, Gary Lee /Minneapolis, Minn.
Scurrah, William L. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sevig, Daniel A. / Brookings, S. Dak.
Sevig, Kathleen Ruth / Kensington, Minn.
Shaffer, Thomas Wayne /Rockville, Md.
Shefveland, Richard D. /West St. Paul, Minn.
Sims, Barbara S. /Richfield, Minn.
Skogerboe, Laurel Elaine /Minneapolis,
Minn.
Snow, Jon Frederic /LeSueur, Minn.
Solomonson, Earle /Minneapolis, Minn.
Solomonson, Kathleen /Minneapolis, Minn.
Steinke, Steven H. /Bloomington, Minn.
Stendahl, Charles A. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Stensvaag, John-Mark/Minneapolis, Minn.
Stewart, Linda Marie /Robbinsdale, Minn.
,Stidand, Anna L. / Lowry, Minn.
Strand, Alvina Rae /Bonetraill, N. Dak.
Strandquist, Robert Adler / Richfield, Minn.
Strom, Gretchen Louise / Fairmont, Minn.
Strom, Mary Lynn /Red Wing, Minn.
Strommen, E. Peter / Richfield, Minn.
Stolberg, Larry J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sulzbach, John Harold /Minneapolis, Minn.
Sveom, Karen Ann /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, John E. /Litchfield, Minn.
Swanson, Paul D. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swanson, Roger L. /Columbia Heights, Minn.
Swanson, Ronald Allan /Riverside, Cal.
Swanson, Sally 0. /Minneapolis, Minn.
Swee, Shirley Ann / Faribault, Minn.
Tabor, Judith Ann /Welch, Minn.
Tangen, JulieA. /Redwood Falls, Minn.
Teigland, Julie Anne / Hutchinson, Minn.
Thernell, Shirley Faye /Minneapolis, Minn.
Thomas, Donald C. /Madelia, Minn.
Tollefsrud, David Lawrence /Zumbrota,
Minn.
Torfin, James N. /Burnsville, Minn.
Trechock, Aimee Jean/ Hopkins, Minn.
Trechock, Mark Alan /Minneapolis, b t ~ n n .
Tripp, Allen Charles /Ashby, Minn.
Turner, Lawrence Paul /West Concord, Minn.
Uejima, Arlene Suyeko /Minneapolis, Minn.
Villwock, Gary /Minneapolis, Minn.
Wagner, Frank John/Mound, Minn.
Walton, Sue Ellen /St. Paul, Minn.
Weltzin, Marcia Virginia /Viroqua, Wisc.
Wesley, Raymond J. /Minneapolis, Minn.
West, John Charles / Minneapolis, Minn.
Westberg, Karen Lee / Hoffman, Minn.
Weum, Larry A. /International Falls, Minn.
Wiebusch, Anne Lynn /Long Lake, Minn.
Winkler, Linda Johnson /Buhl, Minn.
Wold, Jane Knudsen /Shakopee, Minn.
Wood, Patricia A. /St. Paul, Minn.
Zieske, Curtis Lee / Cambridge, Minn.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
TOTAL
1870-1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3743
1967 (Jan. I-Aug. 31) ........................ 222
1968 (Sept. 1, 1967-Aug. 31, 1968) ............ 258
282
1969(Sept. 1, 1968-Aug. 31, 1969) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4505
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Augsburg College, September 1,1967 to August 31,1968
FIRST TERM
SECOND TERM
THIRD TERM
SUMMER SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
M e n Women Total
142
164
206
242
16
0
0
0
0
770
140
161
202
234
11
0
0
0
0
748
138
155
198
227
13
0
0
0
0
731
134 276
164 328
197 403
280 522
11
27
49
49
4 4
44
43
43
62
62
984 1754
124 264
165 326
197 399
272 506
9
20
49
49
4 0
40
42
42
60
60
958 1706
116 254
156 311
190 388
265 492
8
21
48
48
64
64
4 0
40
56
56
943 1674
Total Academic Year (1967-1968)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women Total
155 136 291
173 170 343
221 204 425
253 290 543
24
18
42
0
49
49
0
78
78
0
43
43
0
62
62
826 1050 1876
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1967-1968
SLA
Men Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
40
26
16
3
3
31
25
19
8
10
71
51
35
11
13
88 93 181
ENROLLMENT S U M M A R Y
Augsburg College, September 1,1968 to August 31,1969
SUMMER SESSION
FIRST TERM
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D.H.
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
SECOND TERM
Women Total
Men
161 158 319
168 157 325
214 214 428
242 266 508
13
20
33
0 4 8 4 8
0
50
50
0
56
56
0
74
74
798 1043 1841
140
161
213
241
12
Men
Women Total
139 279
151 312
199 412
259 500
18
30
47
47
43
43
55
55
71
71
767 982 1749
THIRD TERM
1ST SESSION
2ND SESSION
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
Men Women Total
126
174
202
236
25
135 261
148 312
192 394
250 486
26
51
44
44
66
66
52
52
61
61
753 974 1727
Total Academic Year (1968-1969)
Class
Senior
Junior
Sophomore
Freshmen
Special
Nurse D. H
Nurse F.H.
Nurse M.H.
Nurse S.H.
Total
Men
Women
Total
169 166 335
179 163 342
233 219 452
261 274 535
66
29
37
48
0
48
86
0
86
56
0
56
74
0
74
871 1123 1994
Total Student Enrollment for Academic Year, 1968-1969
SLA
M e n Students
Women Students
Total
NURSES
Men
Women
Total
TOTAL
38
39
19
12
5
34
28
15
8
5 1
72
67
34
20
0
113 90 203
20
10
7
4
2
7 17
8 18
5 12
1 5
1 3
33 22 55
INDEX
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Accreditation
....................... 6
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21. 33
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 46
Aims and Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 98
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . 54. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Board of Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
10
Business Administration ......... 56. 101
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59. 103
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 704
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 104
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . I31
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . 43
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy .................46
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . .94. 104
Degree
..............................
38
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . 105
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 96
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58.
Education. Department of ...........
Education, Elementary . . . . . . . . . . 64.
Education. Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.
Electives
...........................
Eligibility Requirements
...........
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 67.
Enrollment
........................
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examinations
......................
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
63
106
107
39
31
108
108
148
22
42
14
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Assistance ................ 15
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 109
.
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 109
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Graduates (1870-1966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Health and Physical Ed. . . . . . . . . . . 70. 110
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 110
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32. 40. 46
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
34
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . . 50
Interdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
7..
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
......
Laboratories. Natural Science
12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 8
Law Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
............................
..................
...........
Majors
38
Mathematics
74. 112
45. 733
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses ......113
Membership i n Educational
Associations
......................
6
Metropolitan Opportunities
27
Ministry. Preparation for the
123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
M o d e r n Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Multi-Racial Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 80. 174
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . 30. 83
Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
........
.......
-
Natural Science Major . . . . . . . . . .115. 1'16
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Norwegian ......................... 78
Numbering o f Courses ..............
50
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Objectives and Aims ................
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
9
34
~ass/No Credit Grading System
48
Payment of Accounts ..............I5
Personnel Services. Student ........ 33
Philosophy. Department o f ..... 83. 116
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . .31. 70. 110
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Physics. Department of ........ 84. 117
Placement Service for Graduates . . . 36
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 117
pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . 120
President's Board o f Advisors . . . . . . . 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Psychology. Department of . . . . . 88. 118
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 71
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Registration
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Religion and Philosophy. Division o f . 50
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . 89. 118
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Requirements. Graduation . . . . . . . . . . 38
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 118
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secretarial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59. 119
Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Social and Recreational Programs . . 26
Social Sciences. Division of t h e . . . . . . 50
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . .91. 123
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. 109
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 45
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 94. 121
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 33
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Suspension of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 42
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
w
w
ii
b
w
w
1
-
rn
1
...>-;;
b
r,.
.
..
1
-
+:?
.
'-
-
-
.?:
I:?
.
-
.I$.
3
Theater Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95. 122
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63. 107
Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Upper Division Requirements ....... 38
:+r
?>.
"
I
.
Additions to the Augsburg College Now
CHANGES EFFECTIVE
-
SEPTEMBER, 1972
1. CHANGES I N COSTS FOR THE 1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
(The following changes supersede the finallcia1 information stated on page 14)
Tuition
General Fee
Room and Board
2.
$1750
$ 150
$1017 to $1050
TUITION DEPOSIT CHANGED
(The following information supersedes financial information stated on page 15)
The tuition deposit has been changed from $100 to $50.
3.
ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS
(The following information supersedes requirement stated on page 22)
Either t h e Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board or the American College Testing (ACT) Program Examination is
required for admission of all freshmen.
4.
METRO-URBAN MAJOR ADDED TO THE CURRICULUM
Augsburg College now offers an interdisciplinary major in Metro-Urban Studies.
A metro-urban concentration is also available with appropriate majors such a s
history, sociology, religion, political science, and psychology.
5.
THE 4-1-4 CALENDAR TO BEGIN IN THE FALL OF 1972
The 4-1-4 calendar consists of two fourteen-week semesters of four courses
each, separated by a one-month interim in January when one course is taken.
6.
EXCHANGE PROGRAM
A student exchange program with the private colleges of St. Paul makes available a wider selection of courses for Augsburg students. Augsburg students
may register for one course a semester a t no additional cost a t the College of
St. Catherine, the College of St. Thomas, Hamline University, or Macalester
College.
(over)
Extra Issue, Vol. 34, No. 6, December 1970
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s published semi-monthly in January, March, August, September and
December and monthly in February, April, May, June, July, October and November by Augsburg
College, 731 21st Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second-class postage paid a t Minneapolis, Minn.
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE FOR THE 1972
-
73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester
....................................
2qaknke-4
September 5, 6
Welcome-Week
.......................................
September 7
..........................
December 15
.........................................
December 18 - 22
Classes Begin
...............................
Registration
- Fall
Semester
Classes End
Final Examinations
Interim
January 3 - 30
.............................
..
.
.
.
,
January Interim
Spring Semester
r',
..........................................
&-mr33
February
6 .........................
Easter Recess
.............................................
Classes End
May 14 - 18
May 20
Classes Begin - Spring Semester
........................................
April 19 - 23
May 11
Registration
...................................
.........................................
Final Examinations
Commencement
Show less
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Facu... Show more
Table of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
. . . Location . . . History . . . Nature
. . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
Identification
and Objectives
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Requirements
Majors
Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
International
Study
Honors Program
Degrees
...
...
...
PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E
...
...
...
...
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
Recreation
Intercollegiate Athletics
Religious L i f e
Student Services
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
...
PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
...
...
The Application Process
Transfer
Early
Early Admission
Advanced Placement
Decision :
Advanced Standing
...
..
...
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D
...
Expenses
1972-73 Cost Summary
Settlement o f Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
. . . Financial Aid
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Credit
Grading
by Examination
...
...
...
PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, PERSONNEL
PAGE 79, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e
q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
without n o t i c e .
Introduction
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s
t h e "4-1-4."
In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years
ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music
of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature a n d
Objectives
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major.
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world.
t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
imagination by encouraging and maintaining
academic e x c e l l e n c e .
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban
environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o
gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern
city.
t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional,
and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible
with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
L
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major
b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and
an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
6
CAMPUS GUIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.
t 3.
14.
15.
16.
West Hall
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Urness Tower Residence for Women
The College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
The Quadrangle
Murphy Square
The Art Studio
Organ Studio
The Music Building
Si Melby Hall
Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
Speech and Drama Building
East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + )
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
Here you w i l l
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld.
d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng
f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n
t h e modern g o r l d .
_LX
.@
.a.
The
4-12a Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would
be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses
containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as
well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s .
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and Physical
Education
History
Mathematics
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Physical Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Training
Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be
reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned
accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without
additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e
interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of
1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e
community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown
Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year
program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help
professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan
campuses
.
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of
Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses
offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of
students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable.
The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e
prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates
matriculation i n these co- learning courses
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s
coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete
courses toward t h e i r degrees.
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI )
.
Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f
courses .
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s
.
.
Augsburg
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN)
This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program.
University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year
i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition
t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities
f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may
arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be
approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and
then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit
earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's
graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each
year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For
information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman
students with outstanding high school records. For superior
students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
offered each term.
Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through
which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity
t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e college.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as
Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as
necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional
information on t h e honors program i s available upon request
from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree.
I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate
a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music.
12
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r
commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your education.
Social and C u l t u r a l
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name
entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n
s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n
post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon.
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship.
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e
f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won
The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron
second time i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by
a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative offices.
West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o
t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The
b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as
apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each
r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s
who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r .
The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of
t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d .
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high
school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Ad mission
An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advance
Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y
completed.
Advance
Standing
College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
17
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1750.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered
f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00.
Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not
authorized.
A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student
t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For
part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
.. .
4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00
Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00
(Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and
drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate
b a s i s of $20 a course.)
Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15 -00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an
interim).
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
- $987.00 t o $1,050.00
Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board.
(Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00)
Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board.
( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l
board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost
Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . .$987.00
-
............$
1,050.00
25.00
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. )
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable)
Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been
accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1
under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September,
1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
.
$25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be
prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be
arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding
term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following
schedule :
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s ,
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication
f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement
(PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s
must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
loans t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity
Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers
who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well
planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n
t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences.
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside
t h e United S t a t e s .
The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are
designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e
study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered
i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses
taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t year i n residence.
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e
Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following
departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s
requirement
.
Division
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Chairman: M r . Raymond E
. Anderson
Department o f A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department o f Music
Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck
Department
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Phys i cs
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Plzilip A, Quanbeck
Department o f Phi 10s ophy
Department o f Religion
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary
Education, Geography, Library Science
Department o f History
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
Registration
A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive
credit f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r
semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly
scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days of t h e semester.
Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F .
Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done
i n t h e Registrar1s Office.
Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end
o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory.
I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters
consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e
following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring
term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation
u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term.
Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l
not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Credit
Examination
Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations
should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar.
Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations.
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with
f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one
f o r D and zero f o r F.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system,
with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed
i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course
i n which t h e student receives a grade of N.
A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on
t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor.
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an
extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f
permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester.
Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e
grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record.
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been
received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e
grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be
audited.
25
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages.
See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
G r i e r N ic h o l l
MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective
c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s .
courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
TEACHING MAJOR: 16
MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings
under major.
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion
under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the
integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
level of work.
all)
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One project of an interdisciplinary nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Field experience during interim
Art
P h i 1ip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from
221, 223, 225, 350.
486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221,
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e
of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
1 1 8 PAINTING I
Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r .
(Fall,
Spring)
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , Spring)
351 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring)
3 5 5 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g .
(Prereq.: 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
( P r e r e q . : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G
urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern
times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l
t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
M+70R1 &
-o
n
I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and
one t e r m
s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
1
1x3
& bob% mf -ar.
351, 3 5 2 ) .
1
A
-
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r
-
11 1 1 1 - i ; r l
MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
--
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on
academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
I' cL
101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2
on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g )
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does
not apply toward the biology major. (Interim)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
For biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
112, Spring)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
laboratory.
Prereq.: 112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. :
112. Interim)
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereg.: 112.
Spring)
.
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223
or 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l )
,
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur
during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work.
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g )
491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r .
Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
F a l l , Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
(Prereq
.: 262.
Spring)
3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral
topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g )
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive
coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which
i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MRTOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 .
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION:
SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
E : Five
courses i n Business Education.
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 .
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l
education requirements
.
MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
HONORS
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
(rnt e r i m )
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m )
2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h
s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g )
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or
equivalent
.
Spring)
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1972-73)
4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f
b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
Economics
MAJOR:
ECYINOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379.
ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) :
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from
b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required.
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and
comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n
a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r ,
t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education.
Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ;
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of
elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic
theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120.
(Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications.
(Prereq. : 123. F a l l )
3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m )
A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization.
In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may
a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s
designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n
depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chal rman:
Chemistry
E a r l A1 t o n
GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY:
115,.116
( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and
P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y .
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d .
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading
a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e .
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3
hours o f laboratory.
105, F a l l ; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y ,
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry.
115, Fall; 116, Spring)
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or
115.
Spring)
351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of
modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism;
many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental
sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or
116.
251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g )
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g )
253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a
Prereq. : 352,
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362,
or#.
Fall)
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r
compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques.
1a b o r a t o r y
P r e r e q . : 362 o r #.
Spring)
.
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l )
4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
during t h e academic year.
Department of
Chairman:
E i n a r Johnson
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary
Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470,
and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y
S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic
m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw)
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s ,
opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary
school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y
education.
F a l l , Spring)
371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND' MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n
various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n
classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school
under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 ,
362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience
i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Secondary
Education
2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y )
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s .
Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore
standing.
Fall, Spring)
359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l .
a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74)
Seminars
369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR
Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major
concentration. (1973-74)
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational
philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n
education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING
Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e
provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e
secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel.
Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching
experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS
This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t ,
t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n
understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college
and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d
o n l y 1972-73)
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a
survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human
environment.
Library
Science
2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n .
Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l )
3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study
of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l )
3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY
Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and
l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n .
(spring)
4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal
i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school
l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o
juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval.
Department of
English
A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the
major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses
250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n
American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h
219 and 320.
Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion
o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l
completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o
c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e
short story. (Fall, Spring)
2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
(Spring)
2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of
naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given
t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y
movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre,
and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
( F a l l , Spring)
2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the
Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o
s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language.
(Spring)
331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES
While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth
century
(Spring)
.
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e
t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ]
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l )
American, and Continental novels.
428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M
An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m .
S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ]
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Foreign Language
Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language
equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s ,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. ( F a l l )
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
( F a l l , Spring)
advanced placement.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g )
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand)
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s .
French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and
incorrect speech h a b i t s .
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression.
d e n md )
331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent
of instructor.
Offered alternate years.
F a l l 1973-74)
332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
1974-75)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance
through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1972-73.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French.
( S p r i n g 1973-74.
Offered every t h i r d year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
M
o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) ,
B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a
literature m d e a s that led
t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide,
A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n
A
*®.:
311 o r #.
F a l l 1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including
the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g
1972-73.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e
Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re;
form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.:
354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r )
S a r t r e , Camus,
i n theme and
311 or #.
332,
4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75.
Offered every t h i r d year)
4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions)
(Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level.
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual
i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s ,
i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d .
i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer
MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e .
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German.
Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s .
112 F a l l , Spring)
2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n
speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by
(Offered a l t e r n a t e years.
3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l
English when h e l p f u l .
1973-74)
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism,
humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e
h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1972-73)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1 8 t h CENTURY
Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism,
with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y
h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions.
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY
Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and
Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent
t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74)
3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse,
-Kafka,
-Brecht,
Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e
concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including
control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language.
(Spring)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t .
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e
h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73;
112, F a l l 1973-74)
21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and
syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74)
Latin
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ;
112, Spring)
Russian
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN
For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and
d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e
i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian.
(111, F a l l ) 112, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJOR:
-
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring)
3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Spring 1972-73)
331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and
developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based
on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma
Lagerlof, P
ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge
of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape
.- . majors and minors w i l l be
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
-%--
- -
( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t
Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey
-$ o
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber
Knowledge of a
--+
Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n
l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d )
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course.
2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school Spanish)
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d .
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. :
112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n
Spanish.
3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e
pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE
A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y
movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical e x e r c i s e s .
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n
r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
( P r e r e q . : One survey course)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department
and
of
Physical
Chairman:
Health
Education
E. W. A n d e r s o n
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 ,
2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and
S o c i o l o g y 231.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 .
2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472.
10 c o u r s e s .
110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 ,
4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human
Physiology course are a l s o required.
~-
-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
COACHING ENDORSEMENT:
coaching.
5 courses.
5 courses.
4 courses.
1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 .
1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c
s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
(Fall, Spring)
110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid
Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body.
(Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105.
Spring)
3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program.
(Fall)
3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74)
4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures
(Fall)
4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y .
(Fall)
4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures.
(Spring)
4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS
Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by
h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h
programs. ( I n t e r i m )
4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l
4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Summer s c h o o l o n l y )
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q .: 351, 352.
4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education.
Open only t o majors.
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 courses plus 1 seminar.
A major must have at
least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas:
Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western.
A t least four o f these courses must be upper division.
Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o
apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed
independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be
applied toward the major.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before
the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language
at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course
credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR:
5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division.
Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300)
before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not
be taken i n sequence.
Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor.
1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring)
East through t h e high middle
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring)
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g )
2 2 2 U.S.
HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day.
(Fall)
.
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74)
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development.
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g )
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e
of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A
A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o
confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73)
464 MODERN CHINA
A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839.
The
erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The
N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e
opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74)
474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(1973-74)
.
495 SEMINAR
(Fall, Spring)
Department of
Mathematics
Chai rman : Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325.
MINOR:
5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l
e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f
j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education.
121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l
sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g )
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1
Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s
and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily
f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l )
.
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given
t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g )
2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring)
2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring)
2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability
distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l )
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1
A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several
variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory.
(Prereq. : 31 4 .
Spring)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l )
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 315, 324.
Spring)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t
registration.
Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Computer
Sclence
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL)
Medical Technology
This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended
courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical
Technology adviser.
.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223
( o r 351, 352), 353.
Department of Music
Chai man:
Leland Sateren
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457,
458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ;
2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double
- p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y
( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @
team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d
works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s
between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of
t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music
maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall]
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l )
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments.
all)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental
scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal
ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
(Spring)
4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY
(Fall)
.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and
minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same
teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l ,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r .
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments
Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t ,
b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Orchestra
Membership i s by a u d i t i o n .
Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 .
b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
59
In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223
and 361;
-
or 351
352; or 351
361.
In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be
c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d
c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the
m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Department of
Chairman:
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the
o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y .
j u n i o r year.
T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c
o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a
d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement
.
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates,
Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played
i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c .
all, Interim, S p r i n g )
120 ETHICS
Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
130 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and
rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated.
all, S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For description see under course 110.
( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring)
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V :
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211,
2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 19 72-73)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n Philosophy
.
S p r i n g 1973-74)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344.
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with
professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e
i n science.
F a l l , 1973-74)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such
themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
(Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e :
340.
F a l l , 1973-74)
61
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o ,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #.
S p r i n g , 1973-74)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
course i n philosophy.
S p r i n g , 1972-73)
4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physics
Chairman:
T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made
of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional
n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences.
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
mechanics, thermodynamics,
modern t o p i c s .
The course i s designed as
Medical Technology program.
Spring)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n
physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
121, Fall; 122, Spring)
2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, Spring)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . :
122.
Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1
A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m ,
central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1
The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s
t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour
l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an
important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g )
Department of
Chai rman:
Political Science
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may
be counted f o r t h a t a r e a .
The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g
158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.*
MINOR:
HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following:
T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be
3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l .
T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the
department
.
* T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area toward major o r minor requirements.)
--
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n
I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c .
T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y
s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n
e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
(No p r e r e q u i s i t e ;
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n .
I n t e r i m , 1972-73)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t
t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n .
Offered Fall term o f
e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e
F a l l , 19 7 2 )
.
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s .
( S p r i n g 1972-73)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
See note under 326)
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
Spring, 1972-73)
11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73)
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms
of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972)
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. :
One course i n Political Science or #.
Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice,
including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One
course i n Political Science or #)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand.
Prereq. : #)
1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S
Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy. (Spring, 1972-73)
3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972)
.-.
L
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s
of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . :
One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
I V . PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I
The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73)
V.
P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73)
380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s .
F a l l , 1972-73)
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S
An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e
development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n
t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s .
(Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73)
VI
.
SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project.
(Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq. : #
.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane J o h n s o n
MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology,
s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A
structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n
major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory
i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t .
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g )
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
(Prereq. : 105.
Fall)
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h .
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall, Spring)
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . :
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The
major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363,
871-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s .
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department o f Philosophy
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario*
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o
a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l )
3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of
primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring)
3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH
The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration
of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The
function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a
consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these
roles. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an
of society and t h e relationship of these
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s
exploration of t h e changing patterns
changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church.
(Fa11 )
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973)
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the
sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. ( F a l l )
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. ( F a l l )
3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l )
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g )
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of
its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g )
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r .
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each
i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e
methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology
365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than
educational psychology), o r sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e
S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r
365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology,
sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined.
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y ,
p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t
l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l
Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104,
332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
Department of Sociology
Chairman:
Joel Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 ,
383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352.
1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e
p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s .
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and
l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( F a l l )
231 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s
examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play.
all)
3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS
Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y ,
and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency
service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and
methods of human service. ( F a l l )
3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK
Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student
i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d
agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective
use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s
having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g )
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned.
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor,
and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION
A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ;
and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n
and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g )
3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l
r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK
Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate
t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l
work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g )
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e
course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g )
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater
Chairman:
Arts
Raymond A n d e r s o n
CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r :
S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 ,
355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication.
Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives:
E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368
Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485
S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482
L i b r a r y 385
Computer S c i e n c e
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
SPEECH MAJOR:
5 courses
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352,
355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a
m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d .
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366,
467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be
c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an
E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f
the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening.
per week.
all, S p r i n g )
Meets f i v e times
-
I
-
1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish
workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l )
2 2 8 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
Practical work i n pantomime and
participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
An introduction t o the a r t of acting.
improvisation;
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of
significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements.
(Spring)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r role i n society.
(Spring)
3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION
Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
3 5 2 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech writing. (Spring)
3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring)
3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n
discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
Practice i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning
product ions and conducting rehearsals
(Spring)
.
76
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #. S p r i n g )
(Prexeq.:
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l )
487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g )
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f
primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
( F a l l , Spring)
General Information
Courses
A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e
approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l
of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation.
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods
per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks
i n length.
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings.
Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult
t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and
above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e
100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and
400's f o r seniors.
Symbol
Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of
#.
prerequisites.
Personnel
Administration
...................................Oscar A.
...................Burton
President
Vice President and Executive
A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President
Anderson
P. Fosse
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Librarian.
....................Kenneth C . Bailey
....................................Miss Mildred J o e l
.........................Miss Beverly Wegge
...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y
Business A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . .
Controller
D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . .
Director of t h e College Center
Director of Food Services
Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent
Director of Data Processing..
Manager of t h e Book S t o r e
............Warren
Cuolin
...................................... Wayne Pederson
...............,,..Eugene Ecklund
...................Douglas Wasko
.........................Carl Stromer
...........James Lancaster
...................David Pederson
..........................I r v i n g Hoe1
Development
Vice President f o r Development
Associate D i r e c t o r of Development
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development
Director of Alumni Relations
Public Relations Coordinator.
Manager, News Bureau
.................Glen
W. Johnson
...........Sigvald Hjelmeland
.................David Teslow
..................... J e r o y Carlson
................. .Michael Walgren
...............................Steven Vite
Student A f f a i r s
Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean o f Admissions
Associate Dean of Students; Director,
Career Planning and Placement
Director of Financial Aid.
Director of New Student Programs..
Director o f Residence Programs.
Associate Director of Admissions
Admissions Counselor
.....................Bruce L. Gildseth
............Miss Fern Martinson
......................Herald Johnson
...............Richard Thoni
.............Mrs. Joan Petersen
...............Donovan Lundeen
.............................David Gronner
Total Student
Enrollment
.............................. 1,968
....................................
332
................................ 1,817
.................................... 349
Academic Year, 1969-1970.
Summer Session, 1970
Academic Year, 1970-1971
Summer Session, 1971
Summary Of
Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1969
Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970)
Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971).
...
..
4,505
309
310
5,124
Show less
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calenda... Show more
Table
of
Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE
Identification . .
.
and O b j e c t i v e s
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
.
. Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature
. A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . .
PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E
.
. .
. .
The 4-1-4.Calendar . .
Faculty
. General Education
Requirements
Majors
. . Pre-Professional Training
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
. International
Study
Honors Program
. Degrees
. ..
. ..
.
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E
.
.
.
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l
. . Recreation .
I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life
Student Services .
Housing .
Food S e r v i c e
MUS I P
..
.. .
. .
. . .
PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
.
.
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
. . Transfer . . Early
Decision
. Early Admission . . Advanced Placement
. . Advanced Standing
.
.
.
.
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D
.
.
. . . Deposits . . .
. . F i n a n c i a l Aid
Expenses
. 19 73- 74 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts .
Refunds ,
..
PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
.. .
.
..
. ..
. .
Graduation Requirements
Division Organization
Registration
. P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal .
Grading
C r e d i t by Examination
. Classification .
Courses . . . Numbering .
Symbol
..
.. .
.
. .
PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 87, INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the
q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s
c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f
p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change
w i t h o u t notice
.
Glossary
of Terms
This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e
information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t .
I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have
about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r
phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e .
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC.
......The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and
customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
COURSE
.........A
MAJOR..
. . . . . . . .A
MINOR
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m
such as "Community Development and Organization."
Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg
and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
..........A
concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than
t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n
t h e maj o r .
ELECTIVE.
FEE..
c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg
o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete
t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e
g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o
e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree.
. . . . . .A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor
b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e
department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e .
. . . . . . . . . .Charges
made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s
such a s l a b o r a t o r y .
Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses
and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e
a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and
governmental sources
LOA N . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t
based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of
t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t
o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT.
S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e
f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no
o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e
used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r .
Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e
i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972
AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In
January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly
In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly
e
Octobor nnd November
bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731
. 2f & ~ v e . S..
' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101.
sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota.
There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and
v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy
o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l
colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h .
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t
o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s ,
c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on
campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c
programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s .
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The
Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y
chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y
.
You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design
your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major
requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o
design much o f your own education.
A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s
t h e "4- 1-4. I t
I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s
and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The
l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of
knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t
concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose
from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s .
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis
and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope
of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education.
You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave
New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses.
You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby
Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups
t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o
a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s .
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g
academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t
body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
ldentif i c a t i o n
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with
Founded more than 100 years
t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC)
ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s
second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education.
.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran
background though many denominations a r e represented on campus.
About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from
t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a .
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n
t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many
other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing
organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music
o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e
i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s .
A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided
by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known
Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater,
and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company.
Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks
n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e
w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s
provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l
A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e
United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown
Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f
t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16)
History
Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,
as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were
e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879.
4
Nature
and
Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s :
1
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r .
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d .
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
a c a d e m i c excellence
.
I
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o
the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city.
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them.
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when
i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther
Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of
a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged.
Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical S o c i e t y
T h e Campus
Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f
Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks
i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major
b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very
popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two
of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e
a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus.
Visiting
t h e Campus
The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o
l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and
admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s ,
p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange
information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n
making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and
a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended
b u t a r e n o t mandatory.
S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e
asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181).
P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays.
Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y
and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n
session.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e
c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f
Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed
t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your
i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l
discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d
out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o
educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n
t h e modern world.
The
4 - 1 - 4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters
a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each
semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m
t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t
.
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole
world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation
and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general
academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study
and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may
f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l
agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your
i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r
l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e
f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r
first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l
climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over
t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e .
General
Education
Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been
determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide
through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be
incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would
be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) .
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t
of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and
7
drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry,
mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics ,
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r
l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e
demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses
c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s
w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Health and P h y s i c a l
Education
History
Mathemati cs
Pre- Professional
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Phi 1os ophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
Pbysi c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Welfare
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Traini n g
S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine,
d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t
from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t
requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e
reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned
a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e
n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n
and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter
- Institutional
Programs
Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e
Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul
c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t
a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new
perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools,
o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus.
Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e
i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f
12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota.
Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r
s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r
college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t
s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development
of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e
community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between
Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown
Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r
program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency
s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p
p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems.
Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n
campuses .
CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r
Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s
f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e
S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r
S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of
Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses
o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f
s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e
i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e
p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y
i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t
Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates
m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s
.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s
c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s
who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s
( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete
courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s .
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) .
Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r
t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t
Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e
Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview
h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t
Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing
should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County
General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s ,
Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a
c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t
t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l
twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s .
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked
out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be
approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application
should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r .
Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work
completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l .
A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e
D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of
courses
.
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences
a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each
y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s
a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer
i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications
t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The
SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group
meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent
study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and
t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n .
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under
which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r
i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These
i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r
College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r
American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n
t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s
f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may
a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n
through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be
approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and
t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t
e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s
g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major
sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
u
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s
f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently
Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n
f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each
y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For
i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t
t h e Foreign Study Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman
s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r
s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e
o f f e r e d each term.
S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through
which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y
t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e
throughout t h e c o l l e g e .
For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s
Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s
n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l
i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t
from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree,
and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f
M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s )
11
Student
Life
Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n
your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r
a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r
commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t
Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n .
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l
a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s .
These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name
e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s .
The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on
campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and
t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of
t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s
meet i n t h e C e n t e r .
There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n
a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble,
t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform
on and o f f campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r
h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s
competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l
performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e
Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s
colleges.
Intercollegiate
Athletics
Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e
A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n
s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l ,
hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n
p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d
i n t h e NAIA tournament.
T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA
n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won
t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron
Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r .
Religious
Life
A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s
a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by
a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e
s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel
s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental
and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d
voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e
f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l ,
academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s ,
residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic
a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic
i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working
r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a
s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s
.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o
respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s
l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided.
The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth
through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e
p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one
o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process
o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of
individual students
.
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower.
This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered
a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own
lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s .
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65
upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and
administrative o f f i c e s .
West Hall,
an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it
was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s .
13
TOWER APARTMENTS
-
now under c o n s t r u c t i o n .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n
t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women
s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d
t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s ,
and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each
residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o
s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r
t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass
s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students
who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically
removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25
breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded
upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing
education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and
f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center,
i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s
small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and
modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r
meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center,
f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n
t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e
l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s
Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l
f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob
experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r
personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y
o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s .
Admission to the College
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy
procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e
Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high
school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by
c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and
personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l
persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r
n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal
opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t
personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s .
A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission
counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your
questions.
The Application
Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an
o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e
l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg
College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e
recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s
p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can
l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he
should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s
non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n
charge.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must
complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form.
6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s ,
and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s
courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses
where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t
15
p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s .
The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t
Augs burg.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t
Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an
o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate
must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e
admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of
admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been
provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o
o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e
academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable
i s r e q u i r e d by January 1.
E a r l y Admission
An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school
j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high
academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high
school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s
j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e
s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during
t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t
applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test
i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e
b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n
courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined
by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously
completed.
Advanced S t a n d i n g
College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored
high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o
award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level
Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board.
Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e
R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg
.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I
Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 )
Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A )
Future S i t e of Residence Tower
Urness Tower Residence
The College C e n t e r
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V )
The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A )
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5)
The Music B u i l d i n g (m)
S i Melby H a l l (G)
Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g
YO- ~ 9 )
East Hall C E H )
(#a
Admissions (Science 156) 433-936
Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ;
Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i
Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 135)
C a r e e r Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1s t f l o o r )
C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development
(Memorial 1st f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c
CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32;
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21
'
Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c
.
Expenses and Financial Aid
Expenses
TUITION
-
$1,845.00
This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r
r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g
t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d
f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r
terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e
s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t
authorized.
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t
t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an
i n t e r i m course o n l y .
F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For
p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e .
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable
with t u i t i o n :
4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00
Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00
.
(Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o
organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and
drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r
s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e
b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . )
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved
non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f
t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e
General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n .
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f
c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late
r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00
S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO
Improvement o f Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r
(14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day:
organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an
interim).
Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e .
Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash
o r charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
-
$1,040 to $1,100
Men:
$1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00)
Women:
$1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d .
(Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00)
A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l
b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) .
A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through
F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h
t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s
approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r .
19
1973- 74
Cost
Summary
A p p l i c a t i o n Fee
Tuition
.............
$
10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e
t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .)
Board and Room
Breakage Deposit
. . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00
.......
$
25.00
( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.)
Deposits
.
TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e )
Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been
accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1,
i i 1972
(payment i s due J a n u a r y 1
under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e
t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00
(not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o
r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September,
and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n ,
$25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r
i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e
p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f
t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second
s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e
a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g
t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f
t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g
schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s .
80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s .
70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s
f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s
d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by
50%.
Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a
f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s .
In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Financial Aid
About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s ,
l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e
i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d .
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l
Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass
s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l
Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500
s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g
$5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l
l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and
Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o
apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity
Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan
( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and
F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For
i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Academic Administration
S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o
p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s
who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l
planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n
t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e
e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e
t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e
designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l
activities.
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e
s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n .
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered
i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one
department.
2.
Completion o f a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s
t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e .
5.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as
follows :
a.
A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s ,
psychology.
d.
A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s
l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s
requirement .
f.
A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r
demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s .
S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may
meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s .
h.
Division
Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r .
Organization
The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n
o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and
c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each
d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e
departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
Department o f Psychology
Department o f Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Department
Library
Department
Department
of Education: Elementary Education, Geography,
S c i e n c e , Secondary Education
o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education
o f Music
HUMANITIES
Department of A r t
Department o f English
Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek,
L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of R e l i g i o n
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e
credit for it.
A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n
t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r
s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s .
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e
s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y
scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s
a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t
t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r .
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F .
C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done
i n the Registrar's Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C
average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end
of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s
having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s
I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s
c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d
may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g
term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n
u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l
n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on
Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing.
A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and
withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l
permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h
f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one
f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d .
Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system,
w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n
s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed
i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e
i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N .
A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on
t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed
f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department
chairman .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an
extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a
p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g
s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r
removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f
permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed
during t h e following semester.
A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided
Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r .
Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e
grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been
r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades
earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e
grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been
e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e
audited.
Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N .
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations
s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r .
C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s
32 grade p o i n t s
J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s .
S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s
.......
To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r
f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e
c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses.
Courses
A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r
3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r
graduation.
Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r
i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n
course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e
cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o
determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e
numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n
g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen;
200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s .
The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second
i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s
t h e course.
Symbol
Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
26
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages.
See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
American Studies
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS :
History o f t h e United S t a t e s
American S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r
American S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490
Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 114
E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463
Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453
TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n
a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r .
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s
under m a j o r .
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n
under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l )
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study
of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e
i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n
depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l )
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E
For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295.
l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Department of
Chairman:
Art
P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ;
2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350.
-
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
8
I
t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 ,
27
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221
223, 225, 350.
1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e
of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s .
Fall)
1 0 7 DRAWING
Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media.
and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Descriptive, experimental,
118 P A I N T I N G I
Introduction t o painting media and technique.
all, S p r i n g )
2 2 1 SCULPTURE I
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d ,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I
P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media.
( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements
such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1
A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g
symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography,
and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 2 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and
observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m )
3 5 0 CERAMICS I
An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing
techniques.
(Prereq. : 350.
F a l l , Spring)
355 PAINTING I 1
Advanced study o f painting.
(Prereq. : 118.
F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G
Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 .
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq. : 223.
F a l l , Spring)
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l )
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
(Fall, Spring)
Department
Biology
Chairman:
Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 ,
352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and
one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r
351, 352)
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s .
r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) .
Also
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o
b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n
academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t .
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112
on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g )
-
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
a
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . :
Chemistry 103. Spring)
1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ;
A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e .
112, Spring.
3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory)
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n ,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s .
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s
l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory.
Frereq
.: 112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g )
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r
s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223
o r 352. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and
biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 .
Interim)
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s .
( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r
d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s .
Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work.
( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and
( 3 hours l e c t u r e ,
p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods.
3 hours laboratory.
P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e ,
3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended:
C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR
Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may
concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e .
S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e
r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e
i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e
( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring)
expected t o a t t e n d .
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r .
( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and
Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work.
p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r .
Department of
Business
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Administration,
Business Education, and
Economics
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 .
Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a
senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f
concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d
the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g
m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f
r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who
h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the
Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y
a f t e r graduation.
1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement. ( F a l l )
1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m )
2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm:
sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g )
.
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra.
Fall)
1I ' '
'A
381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals
and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
alternate years)
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM)
A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which
i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-14 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
required.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN:
SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit... Show more
augsburg college
minneapolis, minnesota
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which
might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct
at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without
notice.
Table of contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 22, EXPENSES
PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 96, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about
Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community
Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each
semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January.
.
MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18
departments.
MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major
ELECTIVE..
. . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN..
. . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of
special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and
length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are
used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
.. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in
length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE..
. .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very
special colleges that can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at avariety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to
you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or
intramural athletic programs you may choose
participation in athletics.
Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government for the
purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of
furthering the ministry of Christ on the
Augsburg campus.
.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude
for you to design much of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the
"4-1 -4,"
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You
may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the
Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or
at any of the many galleries or coffee houses.
You might spend an afternoon touring the
newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota
Orchestra or one by the many professional
touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities.
There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports
are also available-the Twins, the Vikings,
the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the
Buckskins.
Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a
strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a
remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969
and is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern,
Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny.
Bus or train connections can be made from all
areas of the United States.
The current student body of over 1500 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 50% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the greater metropolitan
area.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section
of this catalog.)
Location
History
Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art
Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1872. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types.
The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in
the area such as the nationally known Guthrie
Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log
Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera
Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim in
one of the many area lakes. In the winter you
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into
the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them
to become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage
them to develop attitudes and qualities of
character compatible with the Christian
faith.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a
number of associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools.
The National Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 15 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St.
Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus.
Visiting the Campus
T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information
vital in the process of selecting a college and
in making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not
mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred
times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m.
weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to
meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when
school is in session.
School, church, and other groups are
welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements
may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
</
*
',
-
+..'
\ -
\--+-'
- r
,
. :-
I
\
.
.
,
.. , '. \ -
-
. .
.
, - I
'
.,
.*
J'
. . . , d.
4. Science Hall
5. Old Main
6. Mortensen Tower
7 . Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. The Quadrangle
10 Memorial Hall
1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex
12. Music Hall
13 SI Melby Hall
14. Augsburg College Ice Arena
15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
16. East Hall
17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
- Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng
B. Student Parking
..2
-f
Offices
?-.I
Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S )
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Programs (Science 156)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Sc~ence32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
d.
-
<
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Science 156)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor)
Personnel Office (Science 135)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 135)
S.O,S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a
broad liberal arts education as well as prepare
them for a career. A strong academic program
in the arts and sciences and in theology is
available. Pre-professional preparation for
such fields as engineering, medicine, law and
the Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation for careers in
business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work,
and teaching is available.
Augsburg aims to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip
them to serve according to the interests and
abilities of each person.
opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the
interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty
who take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8
to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by
their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the
latest visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one
subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in
this break in the general academic schedule.
Interest in music may take form in the study
and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and
participation in activities of a social agency.
Newspapers and advertising agencies provide
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would choose
many of them even if they were not required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in
economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are
available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of
courses containing an emphasis on
metropolitan concerns is required as well as
physical education activities. (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors are available through the Five
College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be
consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- '
quirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in
the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several
programs.
FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM.
Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to
do this to gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or because
a specific course is not offered on the home
campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students free between
the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for
the January interim. For example, Augsburg
and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign
study opportunities for the interim. Since the
interim program is new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of 12 colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs
and resources of the community organizations
of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program is designed to train
specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and
the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor
credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation
center). One purpose of the classes, which are
offered by several departments, is to get a
first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals,
and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS
HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of
Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in
Minneapolis receive instruction in biology,
chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology
at Augsburg. Application for admission to the
School of Nursing should be made directly to
the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and
a final twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not
guarantee acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering
baccalaureate degree from Washington
University in a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the last
two years at Washington University.
Each year the Conservation of Human
Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates'
matriculation in these co-learning courses.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer
school calendar is coordinated with that of
Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who
enroll may select courses on either campus.
Two sessions are offered each summer.
Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of
Physical Education. Application should be
made during the spring semester of the
sophomore year. Candidates are required to
have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as
soon as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students.
Some of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of
lnternational Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries
are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to
spend a summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of
one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD.
Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their
sophomore or junior year in study at a number
of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg;
Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de
Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American
Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon
in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany;
The University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University
of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and
through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England,
France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of
study must be approved before departure by
the Director of International Programs, one's
faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned
through foreign study may be applied to the
student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to
satisfy some of the general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
Some special accelerated course sections are
available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students
of all class years, interdisciplinary honors
seminars are offered each term.
Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn
honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College.
For students who apply for and receive special
status as Honors Scholars, general education
requirements are modified as necessary to
meet the student's needs and interests. Addi-
tional information on the honors program is
available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg.
available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Degrees
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program
(MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program.
It provides students in all fields of study with
the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic
program or personal interests. Internships are
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student
or commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, avariety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The
College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of
the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate
Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete in
volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton,
golf and tennis.
Religious Life.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour
regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral
Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers
also perform on and off campus. Several plays
are given on campus each year under the
direction of the theater arts department.
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of
students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life,
and the stimulation of faith through discussion
and service. Chapel services are held four
times a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. Students, faculty and
staff attend voluntarily.
Recreation
Student Sewices
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and relax-
The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and
academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, financial
problems, student activities, and residence
halls.
The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around
the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. The faculty
takes both a scholastic and personal interest
in students. Secondary Education students
may desire a second adviser: one in the major
and one in the area of education.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults
who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and
planning, a simplified time-saving registration
procedure, on-the-job experience prior to
graduation, and, for those who desire it, a
special course to ease the transition to
academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study
skills, career exploration, and discussion of
personal and family problems arising from the
return to school. The course enables returning
adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
is designed to promote student growth
through relationships with other students and
being an active participant in group decision
making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate
the process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen
live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the
greater campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at
home are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. An
optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing
units.
Students engage a room at the beginning of
the fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must
sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 30 will be provided housing only if space
is available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded
upon graduation, transfer to another institu-
tion, or discontinuing the educational program
at Augsburg if the condition of the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence
halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College
is a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school
performance, promise of success in college as
shown by college entrance examination
scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations.
didates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance
has been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from
its educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background.
5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
Avisit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during the summer.
The Application Process
Transfer
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission.
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universitieson the basis of their
academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to
grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average
for graduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education require-
2. Hand the completed application to your
high school counselor, along with the $10.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent
with your official high school transcript
through the last complete semester to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that can-
ments at Augsburg except for two courses in
religious studies.
The Transfer Process
1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and
complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions
Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to
the:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give
them to two persons to fill out and return
directly to the Admissions Office in the
postage paid envelopes which are provided.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition
deposit is requested within one month after
acceptance has been made and/or financial
aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After a deposit has been made, the student
must complete a medical history form, which
will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1. After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student must
agree to withdraw applications made to other
colleges. The admissions decision is based
upon the academic record through the junior
year, test scores, and recommendations. A
$50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable
is required by January 1.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic
record and test scores, recommendation from
the high school, and the maturity to cope with
acollege course after his junior year in high
school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or during
the first year of college. A student applying for
Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior
year.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis
of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
About 70% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college in the
form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus
employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial
need and academic record. Application for aid
is made by completing the Family Financial
Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers
the FFS, students may instead submit the
Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the
College Scholarship Service to be considered
for financial aid. Upperclass students must
also complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1973-74, approximately
1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg
received scholarships or grants totaling
$915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources,
and federal loans totaling $480,000.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply,
and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student
Loan (formerly National Defense Student
Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April
1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial
Services at Augsburg College.
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION - $2,349
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning in September, 1975. Students
time when they take three
are 'Onsidered
or more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. Such
registration is payable in this manner:
Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305.
Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044.
If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized.
A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $155 a course.
SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new
students.
Graduation fee is $15.00.
Registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register
at Augsburg. The charge will be $190.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day,
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $15
Computer Science, $30 per course
Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a
semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim..
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim),
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or
$3.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,251
Partial Board and Room - $1,170
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited
Residences) - $819
5 Day Lunch Plan - $252
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 14 meals per
week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract."
A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year.
1975-76 Cost Summary
Board and Room - $1,251
Breakage Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted;
to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September, and applied to the room
charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or
discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second
semester is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Business
Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full.
Refunds
Application Fee - $10.00
Tuition - $2,349
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition
charges.)
If a student decides to cancel his registration,
refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule:
100% through the first Friday of classes.
80% during the balance of first week of
classes.
70% during the second week of classes.
60% during the third week of classes.
No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a
student is forced to cancel his registration
because of accident or illness during the first
five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced
by 50%.
50% during the fourth week of classes.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
40% during the fifth week of classes.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are
readily available for consultation and
guidance. A well-planned program of liberal
arts studies will include courses in the
humanities, the natural sciences, and the
social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able
to write effectively; they are also expected to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns and
have some understanding of cultures outside
the United States.
The general physical activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to equip students for
lifetime sports and recreational activities.
Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the
Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, it scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music
may select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2
courses by independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
may apply toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward
the major.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one
less than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music;
literature (from the Department of
English); philosophy; speech or drama.
c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physiesrpsychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 ,
political science, s o c i o d a n d one or
two courses from the Department of
Foreign Languages to make a total of
three courses in these five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one semester of activities.
Divisional Organization
The college courses are organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Norma C. Noonan
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Japanese,
Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian
Area Studies, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester
and one course in the interim. Students
registered for.three or four courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in afailing grade. Cancellation of
courses or cancellation from College must be
done in the Registrar's Office.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2.0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors,
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is
unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-15 courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term.
A student who has a poor academic record
may be strongly advised to withdraw before
the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Grading
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards.
.5
0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is not computed in the grade point
average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year.
Sociology 383, some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to
use the PIN grade option with care since some
graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
the PIN grading system. Any changes in
choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and.date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or
X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent
study must first secure permission from the
faculty member who will direct the study as
well as from the department involved.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit
may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore. . . . 7 courses..
Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses..
Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses..
. . . . 14 grade points
. . . . 32 grade points
. . . . 50 grade points
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three
courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35
courses is required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule
of classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above
are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered in the 100's are primarily
for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for
juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number
indicates the level of the course; the second is
the division within the department; and the
third identifies the course.
Symbol
#. Course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76
are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and
a,
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
History of the United States
American Studies 231
History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis)
Religion 352,363
Literature and Fine Arts in the United
States
American Studies 232
Art 102
English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490
and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
American Studies 260
Economics 120, 122, 123,251
Education 478 #
Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370,
371, 421
Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381,
383
Social Work 351, 463
credit value. The symbol # indicates that the
course may be taken with the consent of the
instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
major.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to
the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
(Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Offered
1974-75.)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
and the co-learning model when appropriate
to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores.
Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate
years. Offered 1976-77)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. lntended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes
a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Philip Thompson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from
386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223,
225, 350.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from
386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225,
350.
Department of Art
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique.
(Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3
one hour lectures. Spring)
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS II
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process.
A continuation of handbuilding and glazing
with an introduction to throwing techniques.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall,
Spring)
223 PRINTMAKING I
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure,
and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring)
368 PRINTMAKING II
Advanced work in various media, including
silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.:
223. Fall, Spring)
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on
the Mediterranean region and Europe.
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
350 CERAMICS I
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
(Fall, Spring)
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Three major works in any of the following
media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood,
fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others.
(Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring)
a,
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111,
112, and at least one course from each of the
following three groups: 352,361 (Group I);
355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group
Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,
125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111,
112,352 and at least one course from each of
the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I);
361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471,
476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar.
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,
352) also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this major.
MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar;
one course of approved independent study
with an oral defense of the research report.
Application for the honors major should be
made no later than the first term of the senior
year.
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for
other students)
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses
only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring)
111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must
be taken in sequence except by permission of
instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory.
11 1, Fall; 112, Spring)
352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY
An analysis of the structure of animals and the
evolutionary relationships revealed by this
analysis. This includes an inquiry into the
structural changes which occur and new
structures which appear in the course of
evolution, the way in which these structures
enable the animal to function in the environ-
ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed
by this study, and the classification of animals
based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy, life
histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
352 or #. Fall)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis
on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as
well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3
hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103
or 122 or #. Spring)
Discussions of topics based on biological
literature and research.Topics may concern
research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given
for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan
to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on
the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352
or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
Department of
Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131,
261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484.
Economics 122,123,251 and one additional
course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are
also required. Forthose planning on careers
in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484
is recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101,102,131,261,
262,373,379,478, and one other course from
the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122,
123,251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392
is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379,
478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics
122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12
courses of related business subiects (Eco-
nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students
who have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota
State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG
to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property'and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Interim, Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial
topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: 262. Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation
through literature, readings, lectures, and
case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the
areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Business Education
have had one year of high school typewriting,
(Interim)
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101,102,131; Business Education 110,364,
460,465; Economics 122,123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended.
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108.
Operation of transcription machines, filing
and records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education
108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business
Administration 101,102,131 and Economics
120. A student in the two-year program must
select six courses from the general education
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination in the
major field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing
material dictated at minimum speed of 80
words a minute. (Not open to students who
have had one year of shorthand in high
school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or
equivalent. Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with
rapid dictation and transcription of material
dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute.
(Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and
training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 1976-77)
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and
one other course from business administration
offerings also required. In addition, courses in
data processing and computer programming
are highly recommended.
MINOR:
Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some
of the topics to be discussed are: Population
"Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing
Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic
course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly
to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics 122
or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken
in either order, or may be taken in the same
term in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its
economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
but not required for the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report
on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295,495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national
and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity
to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in
seminar. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124,
125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122
the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106), and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124,125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121,122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to 2 semesters also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116
(or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced
course. certification after July, 1979 requires
course work in earth and life sciences.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
Department of Chemistry
of approved research; participation in semin ar
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and
115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major
in chemistry, although students may go from
106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a
brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.:
high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall;
76, Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 115. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical
bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry
to the biological and environmental sciences.
(3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis
and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples,
and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or
116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim
schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5
hour laboratory)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the second
semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122;
Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use
of the literature (including Beilstein); and
further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared
and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,
361 or #; some reading knowledge of German.
Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using avariety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used
to develop molecular orbital theory for
molecules. Includes commutators, electron
spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
a,
This major, offered by the five colleges in the
Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16
courses distributed as follows:
Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage
Four Courses in cultural specialization
a,
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academic year.
East Asian Studies
Four courses in comparative emphases
Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history
department, or Donald Steinmetz of the
foreign languages department, for information
on specific courses that may apply toward this
major.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. The student is advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN
SETTING (Elementary)
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and
481, 482 and electives
2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 358, The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq:
sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in
classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary
education. Fall, Spring)
371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent
registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Department. Secondary Education students
are advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program:
481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall,
Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered
on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms
are available in the Education Department
office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the
department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses
after the Orientation course only if he or
she has been admitted into the program of
the Department of Education.
2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0 overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary
Education
c) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 105, General Psychology
f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc-
cessful completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their special area. A person
working for certification in one of these
special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
major in art will register for Educ. 361; the
major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in
Music for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently
with School and Society in one full-time
term in professional education. Special
afternoon and/or evening seminars are held
during the term as part of the professional
work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course
in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term.
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. Human Relations Laboratory.
(Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission
into the secondary education program).
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Spring)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (Fall, Spring)
Speech and Drama (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art
at the elementary and junior high school level.
(Spring)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Materials and methods for teaching physical
education. Includes also the American Red
Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq:
Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall)
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to
all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing.
Fall, Spring)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior
high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high
school level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by astudy of
educational philosophy and the development
of American education, current major issues
in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of
the media center and methods of evaluation.
(Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning
experiences on the secondary school level
under the supervision of college and high
school personnel. Seminars are held on a
regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359.
Fall, Spring)
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in
use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in avariety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT
RESOURCES
Production and use of audio-visual materials
in libraries and library systems. This course
offered in conjunction with the 5-College
Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75.
Spring)
a,
Augsburg College and the Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating
in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts
degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University in a five-year period,
with the first three years being spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu-
a,
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in
British literature (1 course from literature
before 1660), 1 course in American literature,
1 course in world literature (a course outside
the Anglo-American tradition), and course
219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing
(219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or
366; and Library Science 475 are required.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some
topic of interest in the field of school library
service, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors,
with department approval.
Engineering
dents accepted into the program will be
guaranteed admission to the Washington
University Engineering School, provided they
are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science for continuing support.
Their applications will be evaluated using
need and academic performance as criteria.
Department of English
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in
British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320.
The English Department recommends but
does not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by
careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study
course that applies to the concentration, and
by the selection of some related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331,
332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and
sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an
American literature concentration should take
some of the courses listed under the American
Studies major which are selected from the
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy
242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes
282, 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser. Interim
courses, special courses, and courses given at
the other cooperating colleges will often fit
well into a concentration. A student with a
double major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department
should also work closely with an adviser in the
English department.
term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic value and the
historical significance of the film medium. See
also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring)
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works;
attention is also given to the contribution of
the writer to the historical development and
literary movements of American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
English 111 is strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course.
Study of the works of selected classical Greek
and Roman writers in the various genre, and
the influence of the classical tradition on later
Western literature. (Fall, Spring)
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
272 LITERARY CLASSICS
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected
European classics from the Renaissance to
the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers.
(Fall, Spring)
219 ADVANCED WRITING
282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in avariety of writing specializations. The
focus of each course will shift from term to
Individual courses designed to investigate
specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any
year will be listed in the class schedule for that
year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76)
288 LITERARY CRITICISM
A course designed to introduce students to
the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt
to apply such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of the works of significant Romantic and
Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists
and of the major literary movements of the
century. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
(Fall, Spring)
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics
and a view of the development of the English
language. (Spring)
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with
attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years,
1975-76 Fall)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
368 MODERN DRAMA
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote.
Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be
examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
367 MODERN POETRY
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
through study of selected British, American,
and continental novels. (Alternate years,
1975-76)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to
the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491,
a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
-
-
-
-
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman,
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
-
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the
formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to
the results of a placement test which may be
taken at the beginning of any term and after
consultation with the instructor. Students
placed in a particular course wishing to
register for a more elementary course may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and
literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level
Mandarin Chinese or #)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. One interim plus one semester, or
one semester plus one summer of study in
France strongly recommended.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. One interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters.
Foreign Language Methods for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
011 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings. Once
weekly. No credit. Offered on demand.
-
-
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system, basic noun groups and verb forms,
and sentence structures are taught to enable
understanding and speaking on a rudimentary
level. Two hours laboratory work. See above
on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
advanced placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have studied most of the basic
structures may here review all tenses and
some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory
work. (Fall)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes the review of basic structures and
more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals
of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading
and literary study in French. (Spring)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand-
ing. Does not count toward a French major or
minor. (Fall)
311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of
current interest in both oral and written form to
build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment,
grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall)
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
Offered alternate years. Fall 1976)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years. Fall 1977)
351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey of the major literary works from the
twelfth century renaissance through the six-
teenth century. These include the epic, courtly
romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric
poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written
reports in French, some laboratory texts.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every
third year)
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey of the major literary contributors to
the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in
their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and
written reports, and laboratory work in French.
Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall
1976-77. Offered alternate years)
353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of the major works contributing to the
enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily
prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts
in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third
year)
354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
A survey of the nineteenth-century novel
(Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and
his successors in poetry, and the literature of
ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide,
Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third
year)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism.
Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training
in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring)
451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
#. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977.
Every third year)
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or
353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in
French literature. Student presentations in
French. For advanced students. (See Interim
suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey
(351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research,
or meet individual interests. In literature a ma-
jor paper and its defense are included.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French
teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified
early with study adviser)
more universal perspective of world literature.
Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall)
German
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic
German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11
Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature.
(211, Fall. 212, Spring)
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition.
(Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary
scene is considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking people.
Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered
alternate years. Spring, 1977)
351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
MEDIEVAL - 1780
Selected readings from the heroic and courtly
literature of the middle ages, the Reformation
era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by
lectureson the history of German literature
and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds.
(Fall 1976)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
1780 1890
Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings
are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and
Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and
its relation to social, political and intellectual
questions. (Spring 1977)
-
353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE:
IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY
Principle works of Impressionism and 20th
century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse,
Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war
literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the
concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975,
1977)
211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Seleclion from the New Testament with
special emphasis given to parsing and syntax
of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth
yearly)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Fall 1975, 1977)
Introduction to Japanese language and
culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern,
conversational expressions and, in the second
semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese
syllabary and Chinese characters are learned
gradually from the very first lesson.
451 GERMAN PROSE
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre
as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history.
(Spring 1977)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of general human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek.
(1 11 Fall, 112 Spring)
Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading
to improve the student's comprehension and
facility in expression of Japanese. Reading
materials will be chosen from avariety of
fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and
culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #)
Linguistics
311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar,
case grammar, generative semantics, with the
aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria
and the explanatory goals which distinguish
them. The theories will also be contrasted with
respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology,
logic and communication theory and the way
in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring)
present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Inquiry into the psychological foundations of
language and the contribution of modern
linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of
recent linguistic research are examined for
their implications for various psychological
topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of
language, cognitive processes, innate ideas
and psychological universals. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II
Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring)
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and
Einar Johnson (Director)
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable
courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each
year. These courses solicit students from the
community on a non-credit basis as well as
college students on a credit basis.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain 4 courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred
to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which
may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall.
112, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as
basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief
literature survey. Laboratory work expected.
(Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND
CONVERSATION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall)
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from
the community on a noncredit basis, as well
as regular college students either on an audit
or credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring)
SPANISH
MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315,
456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain
or Latin America strongly recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315,
331, and one course in literature. (Study in
Spain or Latin America strongly recommended)
111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. (111, Fall,
Spring; 112, Spring)
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring
1977)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian.
Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Offered on demand.)
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213,
Fall; 214, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit
in this course does not count toward a major
or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (Fall)
315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory
work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course
is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses.
Fa11)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring)
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978)
417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
I, II
456 SPANISH DRAMA
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall
1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977)
Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand)
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age
and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Spring 1976, 1978)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish American
literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977)
a,
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from each
of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval:
Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major
with certain supporting courses, qualifies a
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Spring 1977)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
student for certification as a social studies
teacher on the secondary level. See Mr.
Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser,
for details.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 over-all; application before the end of the
first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its
equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the
Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the
post-New Deal era. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Spring)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the
Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late
19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE
TO 338 B.C.
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
The development of civilization in the Near
East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is
placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and
the political process. (Fall, 1975-76)
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77)
with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will
especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall)
412 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern
science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed
as 1560-1714. (Spring)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring,
1976-77)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the distinctive features of
the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of
Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization,
and Japan's emergence as a major world
power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76)
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Fall, 1976-77)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring)
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events and
developments in the area due to confrontation
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
a,
Chairman: Dean Gulden
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224,
314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real
Algebra,
gy, and Mathematics-Education.
Department of Mathematics
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to mathematical models and
structure. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. No course credit
will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors.
(Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years)
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio
and variation, progressions, binomial theorem,
and logarithms. (Fall)
Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential
equations; solution by special transforms;
numerical methods; and an introduction to
partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
121,122 CALCULUS I, II
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic
geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed
on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring)
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is
recommended. Fall)
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical
forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and vector
analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring
1976, offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions,
central limit theorem, estimation, regression
and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA
An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois
Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered
alternate years)
427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func-
tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues.
(Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate
years)
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
454 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product
spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms.
(Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration.
Spring 1976, offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being
FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Spring)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may
be granted towards a mathematics major or
minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and
Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration.
Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00)
a,
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
a,
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111,
362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a
minimum of one course in internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110;
Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education
478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351
and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent
studies, by approval of the Director and the
Advisory Council.
Medical Technology
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111,
112 and two additional upper division (usually
367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,
116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION:
To be linked with appropriate majors (such as
business administration, business education,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core
courses are required for the Concentration:
Economics 120; Political Science 122;
Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in
metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social
Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
*The course in metro-urban planning is not as
yet a regular part of the course offerings. The
interim, independent study, and internship can
provide opportunities for such a course. For
planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program.
Creative alternatives to the above suggested
programs will be considered.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karle'n
MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260,
261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457,
458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in
a music organization; piano proficiency, and
music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223,
224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354,
355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies;
2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music
organization; piano proficiency; and music
repertoire tests.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0
in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors
Program at the beginning of the second term
of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260,
261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476;
Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years
of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121,
231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. The major follows the approved
curriculum of the National Association for
Music Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano
proficiency; and two music repertoire tests.
Attendance at 8 performance workshops and
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue
the Bachelor of Music degree must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory
102.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop
and all campus faculty and student recitals is
required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All
music majors and minors, must register for
Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital
in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe
junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof
Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1
year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and
with correct fingering, at moderate speed and
from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or
a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern
piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be
played from memory.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study
is with a member of the Augsburg College
music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour
lessons.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather
than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224,
Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study
of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine
arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program,
(1) pass an advanced standing test in music
theory, and (2) sing or play representative
pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done
immediately before registration or earlier
when convenient. Transfer students must pass
the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their
first term at Augsburg.
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC
An objective analysis of musical stimuli:
design and implementation of experimental
research in music.
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC
THERAPY
Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers.
Dates and times to be arranged.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. (Alternate years)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for
public performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see
under Financial Information. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-.
ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for
the benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
a,
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools.
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 111,112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen
from the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after con-
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to
65 singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition,
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire
Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
sultation with a member of the Physics Department.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits
a number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools
to which he or she intends to apply.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111,
112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351,
352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry;
Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and
Physics 121, 122.
a,
Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer
a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of
Nursing
Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of
Admissions for further information.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
120 ETHICS
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,
343. and 344.
Sometimes you say that a certain action is
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because you like it? Are there
better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at
possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal
and social issues resulting from them. (Fall,
Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the
junior year. The program will consist of an
honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
130 LOGIC
Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then
said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do
you? Does the conclusion follow from the
given premises? Here we examine the rules
which govern valid arguments and work to
develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring)
110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND
ARISTOTLE
Socrates said that the unexamined life is not
worth living. We want you to take a look at
your beliefs to see whether or not they are
worth holding. What do you know? What
makes things what they are? Must you be able
to define the good before you can do it? These
and other questions will be looked at through
the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to
see what they have to say to modern man.
(Fall, Spring)
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? What did
Aristotle the scientist think of this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies
the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering?
Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the
basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate
to the world -can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is
it possible to have a language which only one
individual can understand? We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to these
and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975)
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?
What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are
there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods
used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In
addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special
sciences. (Fall, 1976)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings- both philosophical
and literary -of prominent Existentialist
authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth
with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt,
despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 344)
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course
in philosophy.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242,
343, or #.)
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Department of Physical Education'
and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses.
223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352,
365, 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351,
352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361,
362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required.
required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical
education and
.
athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110,
111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111,
243,351,482 and practicum in coaching.
(Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Fall, Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple
rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Theory and practice in teaching
swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open
only to majors and minors. (Fall)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF
EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103,
Chemistry 105. Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351,
352, Summer School only)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role
of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Spring)
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
(Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross Instructors
Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid
Standard First Aid card. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at
VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and
Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual
hospital experience in the following four areas
of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department)
Consult department chairman.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall)
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Health Education
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
Curriculum, organization and administration
of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975)
a,
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362,
and 395.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv.
frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent
registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and
three courses above 122.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as
a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles,
but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement
for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103
plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,
Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in
a,
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at
least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of
physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the
experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers,
the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen
atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351,
352. Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
Department of Political Science
5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122;
158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3
out of 5 areas*.
ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed
above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an
Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before
a faculty committee. Students should apply for
the Honors Major no later than the first term of
the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public Law,
and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course
listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.)
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or
160.
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction.
(Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The electoral process, emphasizing political
parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field
work with parties, pressure groups and other
relevant organizations. (Students may not take
BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No
prerequisite)
The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic.
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Students interested in secondary education
niay take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information.
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including
public opinion research and political public
relations.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
(Offered in non-election years. See note under
326. See Section I1 for description)
121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political
system; contemporary political issues imping-
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state
focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or
#. Offered on demand.)
356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of public opinion and
the determinants of voter choice, including
study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #.)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems
and discussion of contemporary issues.
Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic
values and processes; moralism, legalism, and
realism in foreign policy.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet
Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union
and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science
or # I
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process in developing
areas with particular attention to the creation,
maintenance, and administration of political
structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #. Offered on demand)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional
system, emphasizing significant Supreme
Court cases involving the United States
government and the federal system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years)
temporary Communism, and the impact of
historical traditions in the Soviet Union and
other communist states. (Prereq.: One course
i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and
economic approaches to political study, and a
survey of the methods common to empirical
social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.)
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through
the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects
of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human
society. (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary
search' for political processes and structures
appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST
POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories,
the development and uses of ideology in con-
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.:
#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
a,
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Duane Johnson
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting
courses from other departments may also be
required. The major program is planned in
consultaton with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include
105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to
include in preparation for graduate study are
105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at
least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will
usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264,
265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year,
and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and
toward the particular educational, vocational,
and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major
should be completed and approved by the
beginning of the junior year. The plan, which
may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of
a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended.
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
It is recommended that psychology majors
take some course work from among the
following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355,
473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261.
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design
methodology. Experimental Psychology I may
be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be
taken in the term immediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall,
Spring)
351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
MINOR: 5 courses including 105.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point
average over-all, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major
program. Application for honors consideration
is to be made during the junior year.
352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the
meaning that data and theory have for the
development of persons in the adolescent and
adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology,
and research methods. Emphasis will be given
to interactions of the central nervous system
with environmental events including the
effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and
one course in biology; two courses i n biology
are recommended. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a
widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with
the environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment,
and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361.
Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fa11)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.)
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology.
(Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and
senior standing. Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal
issues. Consideration of the approaches and
methods of behavioral science to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research in which students select
an area of investigation, plan the appropriate
design, collect data, and write a research re-
a,
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
port according to the standards established by
the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual
research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing
and #. Fall, Spring)
\'
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational
and purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
and the emergence of the church. (Fall,
Spring)
MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper
division New Testament Greek. The major
shall include one interim course; and at least
three out of the following four areas shall be
represented by at least one course : 352-356,
360-363, 471-475, 481-484,
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major
and 3.00 over-all; research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
MINOR: 5 courses
Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the
development of the various liturgical traditions
and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention
will be given to both the theology and the form
of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of
worship services. (Fall)
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC
SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed'and
discussed. (Spring)
-
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major
religious traditions and forms of faith found in
India, China, and Japan (special attention will
be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of
this survey is to introduce both the variety and
the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
(See under Department of Music)
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of
these changes to the institutional church.
(Fall)
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental
doctrines from the time of the Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction to the theological thought of
the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
-
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the
"quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 1976-77)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the
religious development. A special interest in
such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and
Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
support of this course in Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations
and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the
church. (Spring)
a,
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is designed for those preparing for
secondary school teaching in social studies
and for others who desire a broad major in this
area. A major consists of 14 courses, which
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. (Spring)
Social Science
ics, history, political science, psychology or
sociology.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499;
Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365);
and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics.
.
. - . . .. - -
7 courses in history: adistribution of these
courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at
least 4 of these courses must be upper division
and one a seminar; 2 courses in political
science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography,
anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1
course in the methodology of the social
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384,
Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or
495).
For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of
the State of Minnesota for a high .school
teacher of the social studies, there must be
among the courses taken at least 7 courses in
history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or
362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1
additional upper division course in econom-
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363,
381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416,
440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122,
123, 495, 499.
a,
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman: Joel Torstenson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim
course.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic
forms; sociological models for analyzing the
structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
Basic background for advanced work in
sociology. (Fall, Spring)
historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches
towards solutions. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A
comparison of "primitive" and "civilized"
world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring)
300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such
places as institutions for adult felons;
physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
The structure and function of the family unit
and its place through time in the larger social
system. Includes interaction within the family,
sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring)
232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS
An analysis of the causes and nature of the
contemporary social problems in light of their
362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An integrated two-course sequence in
sociological research; analysis of attempts to
build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe
social life; use of data processing equipment
and computers in sociological research.
Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are
strongly encouraged to take this sequence
their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or # ; high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
utilized as a major learning laboratory.
(Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring)
365 SOCIAL STATISTICS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
Scientific methods of organizing, comparing
and interpreting socio-psychological data.
Constructing graphs and tables, calculating
measures of central tendency, variability and
association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for
Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school
algebra. Fall, Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or lntership
Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis
upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime.
The theories of crime causation, treatment,
and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Society and the individual, the socialization
process, the development of personality, the
impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational
components of phenomena commonly seen as
individual problems: phenomena such as
mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105.
Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and in various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the
emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the
future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its
central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of social stratification and
social organization; their structural and
dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale
organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology, including 121. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Paul Steen
MAJOR: The core program of Social Work
begins in the junior year, but freshmen and
sophomores are advised to take Social Work
257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology
105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social
Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One
course in the Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) program should be taken
(see the index in this catalog to find where to
read about CHR courses).
The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the
following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology
351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology
375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be
taken as freshman or sophomore); and
Sociology 231 and 232.
257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social
work professionals, social service delivery
systems, and career aspects in the helping
vocations, Independent study with a term
paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and
sophomores. (Interim)
351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic features of the helping process; social
work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work;
public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo
.
class periods and six hours
field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior
standing or #. Fall)
352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
A pair of seminars consisting of social security
(required) and one additional seminar in such
topics as mental retardation, alcohol and
chemical dependency, or the ecology of
welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week
to learn by practice the basic skills of social
work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #.
Interim)
353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS
Direction and application of principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and
concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring)
357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
A summer work experience of ten weeks or
longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution.
Special opportunity to consider career
aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical
reports and participation in seminars required.
Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may
be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer)
358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER
WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent
study relating to the work experience. Study to
be reported in a major paper of high quality.
,-- ......".,
/<~rmrnerI
461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN
SPECIAL AREAS
Emphasis on the refinement of social work
practice skills and development of role models
for effective service in programs serving
special groups such as the aged, mentally
retarded, chemically dependent, and youth.
Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours
field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a
week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related
field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours
related field experience or an approved plan
for independent work in community study or
planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall)
a,
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilites assigned as a professional
social worker in some social welfare agency
with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to
20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major. Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English
219. Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
111, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases -journalism, advertising and
public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from
the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for
the major and a personal career action plan.
Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A
course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor
s h or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 116, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the
five following areas: acting, set construction
and painting, light and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354,
360,476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or
243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or
243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467,
476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in
English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111
and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355,
352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field
of concentration. Application to be made early
in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant
films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than
technical elements. (Spring)
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
Practical experience in the production of radio
and television programs of diverse kinds:
news programs, talk shows, documentaries,
and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered
1974-75. Fall)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
A study of the distinctive character of each of
the major mass media, with emphasis on their
role in society. See also description under
Department of Political Science. (Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selection of stories for various age groups.
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers as well as elementary and
secondary school teachers. (Fall)
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study
of great speeches; practical work in speech
writing. (Spring)
228 STAGECRAFT
353 ADVERTISING
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in
modern marketing and communications.
(Offered 1974-75. Spring)
352 PERSUASION
-
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
399 INTERNSHIP
Introduction to communication dynamics
embracing scientific as well as humanistic
perspectives on human communication.
(Spring)
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; principles and
types of discussion; practice in discussion
techniques. (Fall)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication theory. (Fall)
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research. (Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
a,--
Transdisciplinary Major
A student who wishes to follow an individually
designed major may do so under the title:
Transdisciplinary major. Although this major
may not be well suited for students who plan
to pursue graduate studies, it does enable
them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must
include at least two-thirds of the number of
courses required in each of two major fields
offered at the college.
Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year.
The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions
and Student Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1973-74 ..........................
.
,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840
..
285
Summer Session, 1974 .................................................................
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................
5,736
Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) .........................................
315
A
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French). Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach
MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary
Education)
*WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies
B
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960,
University of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia
(German and Russian)
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
(Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of
Iowa (Head Football Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater
Arts)
D
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the
Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program)
MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University
Department Chairman
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law
(Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
(Voice)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
* P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford
University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S.
1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach)
*VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of
Minnesota (German)
*I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar)
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University,
M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French)
MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of
the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
*JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
L
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of
Minnesota
JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
M
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn)
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
(Elementary Education)
*ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity
of Wisconsin -Madison,
M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano)
*ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at
Albany
GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and
Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of
the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
(Greek)
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971,
University of Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American
Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairman
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
*VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String
Instruments)
Q
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University, Department Chairman
STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary
Education)
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
S
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965,
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
"IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science)
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany)
*ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion)
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota
DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska,
Department Chairman
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa
Barbara
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman
*EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental
Music, Director of the String Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
* Part-time
Administration
.........................................................
....................................................
President..
College Pastor,.
Oscar A. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. .
Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer
Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley
Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko
Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster
Administrative Assistant for Operations
and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson
Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel
Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad
Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey
.......
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey
Associate Dean of the Faculty
F. Mark Davis
and Director of Special Programs..
Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel
Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge
Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley
Larry Glenn
Director of Audio Visual Services
John C. Dawson
Director of MUSIP ..................................................
Louise McColl
Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program
..............................
....................................
.........................
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Foundation and Government Relations..
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs..
Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson
..................
...........................
INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..
........................ Bruce L. Gildseth
College Relations
Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock
Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren
Steven J. Vite
Manager of Publications.,
...........................................
Admissions
Director of Admissions..
Donald E. Webber
Assistant Director of Admissions,.
Dave Benzel
Assistant Director of Admissions..
Barb J. Lundberg
Karen Nelson
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman
............................................
...................................
....................................
..............................................
Student Affairs
Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander
Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh
Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson
Joel Mugge
Director of Student Programs..
Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone
Ralph Crowder
Coordinator of Minority Affairs.
.......................................
......................................
............................25
Academic Administration
Academic Life
Accreditation
Administration
Admission to the College
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
American Studies
Anthropology
Art. Department of
Bachelor of Music Degree
Biology. Department of
Board. Cost of
Business Administration
Business Education
Calendar
Campus
Campus Map
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
Classification
Communications
Computer Science
Conservation of Human
,
.
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
Courses of Study
Course Descriptions
Credit by Examination
Degrees
Divisional Organization
Early Admission
Early Decision
East Asian Studies
Economics
Education. Department of
Education. Elementary
Education. Secondary
Engineering
English. Department of
Enrollment
Expenses
Faculty
Financial Aid
Financial Information
Five College Cooperative
Food Service
French
Foreign Languages
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
Geography
German
Grading
Graduates (1870-1974)
Graduates. Summary of
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
Greek
...................................... 11
.......................................
7
...................................... 94
.......................19. 32a
................................
20
................................. 20
...............................
30. 29a
..................................
80
...............................30. 7a
........................15. 62
...........................33. 9a
...................................... 23
........................35. 10a
.............................37. I l a
.......................................... 11
.......................................... 7
.......................................8
.......................40. 12a
.....................................49. 16a
......................................
29
...............................83. 13a
..............................60. 19a
............
................
13. 5a
..............................
13. 68
............................29. 30. 6a
.............................30. 7a
..............................
29
........................................15
.............................
26
................................
20. 32a
..................................
20. 32a
.............................
42. 29a
..................................... 38. 14a
.......................42. 15a
.........................
.42. 15a
...........................43. 15a
.....................................
13. 46
..........................46. 16a
.................................
...... 88
..........................................
22
.......................................... 11. 87
.......................................
21
...............................
22
....................
.
.
.
.. 12
.......................................
18
.................
.
.
....................49. 16a
............................. 49. 16a
...........................26
....................11
.................................... .a.
1.......................................
.52, 77e
............................................ 27
.............................88
.............................88
........................... 25
.........................28
..........................................53. 17s
...............................70. 22a
........................ 6
..........................56. 18a
....................................14
......................................... 17
.......................................6
..................................28
......................12. 3a
.........................16. 17a
..........................................
53
.........................................47
.................................
45. 15a
.....................................
53. 17a
...........................................6
.............................................
12
Health Education
History of Augsburg College
History. Department of
Honors Program
Housing
Identification
Independent Study
Inter-lnstltutional Programs
Intercollegiate Athletics
Japanese
Journalism
Library Science
Linguistics
Location
Majors
Mathematics. Department of
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of
Music Therapy
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
New Dimensions Program
Numbering of Courses
Nursing
Personnel of the College
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
Physics. Department of
Political Science. Department of
Pre-Professional Training
Probation and Dismissal
Psychology. Department of
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Religion. Department of
Religious Life
Room Costs
Russian
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science Majors
Social Work
Sociology. Department of
Spanish
Speech. Department of
Student Life
Student Services
Summer School
Study Abroad
Symbol (#)
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
Transfer to Augsburg
Tuition and Fees
Visiting the Campus
.....................59. 18a
........................13. 61. 19a
............................61. 29a
....................15. 4a
...........................62. 21a
......................................62
.................. 6
................................65. 29a
...........................17
..............................29
..........................................
66
............................84
......................66. 22a
.............................68. 22a
.........................70. 23a
.................71. 24a
.......................12. 29a
............................ 27
......................75, 25a
.........................................16
............................................23
......................................
26
.........................77, 2Se
......................................16
......................................... 23
........................................54. 17a .
..................... ma
..........................
78.
................................60.81. 26a
.64.
29a
....................... BO. 288
........................................55. 1Ta
.......................... 89.27a
........................................7%
.
............................
....
.16
..........................
,
.....
13. 14
......................................14
.....................................29. 30
....................................
63, 280
.........................
66,28a
.......................
18.20. 12a
....................................
22
................................ Z
Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the
Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less